s3cf792cad773e861.jimcontent.com...’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802) i 2008 CAMRY SOLARA from Feb. ’08 Prod. (OM33810U) Foreword Welcome to the growing group of value−conscious people

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

i

2008 CAMRY SOLARA from Feb. ’08 Prod. (OM33810U)

ForewordWelcome to the growing group of value−conscious people who drive Toyotas. We are proud of the advanced engineering andquality construction of each vehicle we build.This Owner’s Manual explains the operation of your new Toyota. Please read it thoroughly and have all the occupantsfollow the instructions carefully. Doing so will help you enjoy many years of safe and trouble−free motoring. Forimportant information about this manual and your Toyota, read the following pages carefully.When it comes to service, remember that your Toyota dealer knows your vehicle very well and is interested in your completesatisfaction. Your Toyota dealer will provide quality maintenance and any other assistance you may require.If there is not a Toyota dealer near you, please call the following number:U.S. OWNERS: � When traveling in the U.S. mainland or Canada:

Toyota Customer Experience Center Toll−free:1−800−331−4331� Hawaii:

Servco Automotive Customer Services Toll−free:1−888−272−5515CANADIAN OWNERS: � When traveling in Canada or the U.S. mainland:

Toyota Canada Customer Interaction Centre Toll−free:1−888−TOYOTA−8 or 1−888−869−6828Please leave this Owner’s Manual in this vehicle at the time of resale. The next owner will need this information also.All information and specifications in this manual are current at the time of printing. However, because of Toyota’s policy ofcontinual product improvement, we reserve the right to make changes at any time without notice.Please note that this manual applies to all models and explains all equipment, including options. Therefore, you mayfind some explanations for equipment not installed on your vehicle.Please access our websites for further information.� The U.S. mainland www.toyota.com� Hawaii www.toyotahawaii.com� Canada www.toyota.ca

© 2008 TOYOTA MOTOR CORPORATIONAll rights reserved. This material may not be reproduced or copied, in whole or in part, without the written permission of ToyotaMotor Corporation.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

ii


Important information about this manual

Safety and vehicle damage warnings

Throughout this manual, you will see safety and vehicle dam-age warnings. You must follow these warnings carefully toavoid possible injury or damage.

The types of warnings, what they look like, and how they areused in this manual are explained as follows:

CAUTION

This is a warning against anything which may causeinjury to people if the warning is ignored. You areinformed about what you must or must not do inorder to reduce the risk of injury to yourself andothers.

NOTICE

This is a warning against anything which may causedamage to the vehicle or its equipment if the warningis ignored. You are informed about what you must ormust not do in order to avoid or reduce the risk ofdamage to your vehicle and its equipment.

Safety symbol

When you see the safety symbolshown above, it means: “Do not...”;“Do not do this”; or “Do not let thishappen”.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

iii


Important information about your Toyota

Occupant restraint systems

Toyota encourages you and your family to take the time toread Section 1−3 of this Owner’s Manual carefully. Interms of helping you understand how you can receive themaximum benefit of the occupant restraint systems thisvehicle provides, Section 1−3 of this Owner’s Manual isthe most important Section for you and your family toread.

Section 1−3 describes the function and operation concern-ing seats, seat belts, SRS airbags and child restraint sys-tems of this vehicle and some potential hazards youshould be aware of. These systems work together alongwith the overall structure of this vehicle in order to provideoccupant restraint in the event of a crash. The effect ofeach system is enhanced when it is used properly andtogether with other systems. No single occupant restraintsystem can, by itself, provide you or your family with theequal level of restraint which these systems can providewhen used together. That is why it is important for you andyour family to understand the purpose and proper use ofeach of these systems and how they relate to each other.

The purpose of all occupant restraint systems is to helpreduce the possibility of death or serious injury in theevent of a collision. None of these systems, either individ-ually or together, can ensure that there is no injury in theevent of collision. However, the more you know aboutthese systems and how to use them properly, the greateryour chances become of surviving an accident withoutdeath or serious injury.

Seat belts provide the primary restraint to all occupants ofthe vehicle, and every occupant of the vehicle should wearseat belts properly at all times. Children should always besecured in child restraint systems that are appropriate fortheir age and size. SRS (Supplemental Restraint System)airbags are, as their names imply, designed to work with,and supplement the seat, seat belts and are not substi-tutes for them. SRS airbags can be very effective in reduc-ing the risk of head and chest injuries by reducing thechance of contact by the head and chest with interior por-tions of the vehicle.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

iv


In order to be effective, the SRS airbags must deploy withtremendous speed. The rapid deployment of the SRS air-bags makes the SRS airbags themselves potential sourcesof death or serious injury if an occupant is too close to anairbag, or if an object or some part of his or her body hasbeen placed between the occupant and the airbag at thetime of deployment. This is just one example of how theinstructions in Section 1−3 of this Owner’s Manual will helpensure proper use of the occupant restraint systems, andincrease the safety they can provide to you and your fami-ly in the event of an accident.

Toyota recommends you to read the provisions in Section1−3 carefully and refer to them as needed during your timeof ownership of this vehicle.

Event data recorder

Your vehicle has computers that monitor and control cer-tain aspects of your vehicle. These computers assist indriving and maintaining optimal vehicle performance. Be-sides storing data useful for troubleshooting, there is asystem to record data in a crash or a near car crashevent. This is called an Event Data Recorder (EDR).

The SRS airbag sensor assembly contains the EDR. In acrash or a near car crash event, this device may recordsome or all of the following information:

� Engine speed

� Whether the brake pedal was applied or not

� Vehicle speed

� To what extent the accelerator pedal was depressed

� Position of the transmission selector lever

� Whether the driver and front passenger wore the seatbelts or not

� Driver’s seat position

� Front passenger’s occupant classification

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

v


� SRS airbag deployment data

� SRS airbag system diagnostic data

The information above is intended to be used for thepurpose of improving vehicle safety performance. Unlikegeneral data recorders, the EDR does not record sounddata such as conversation between passengers.

Toyota will not disclose the data recorded in an EDR to athird party except when:

� An agreement from the vehicle’s owner (or the leas-ing company for a leased vehicle) is obtained

� Officially requested by the police or other authorities

� Used as a defense for Toyota in a law suit

� Ordered by the court

However, if necessary Toyota will:

� Use the data for research on Toyota vehicle safetyperformance

� Disclose the data to a third party for research pur-poses without disclosing details of the vehicle owner,and only when it is deemed necessary

� Disclose summarized data cleared of vehicle identifi-cation information to a non−Toyota organization forresearch purposes

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

vi


New vehicle warranty

Your new vehicle is covered by the following Toyota limitedwarranties:

� New vehicle warranty

� Emission control systems warranty

� Others

For further information, please refer to the “Owner’sWarranty Information Booklet” or “Owner’s ManualSupplement”.

Your responsibility formaintenance

It is the owner’s responsibility to make sure that the speci-fied maintenance is performed. Section 6 gives details ofthese maintenance requirements. Also included in Section6 is general maintenance. For scheduled maintenance in-formation, please refer to the “Scheduled MaintenanceGuide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.

Important health and safetyinformation about your Toyota

CAUTION

� WARNING: Engine exhaust, some of its constitu-ents, and a wide variety of automobile compo-nents contain or emit chemicals known to theState of California to cause cancer and birth de-fects and other reproductive harm. In addition,oils, fuels and fluids contained in vehicles aswell as waste produced by component wear con-tain or emit chemicals known to the State ofCalifornia to cause cancer and birth defects or

other reproductive harm.

� Battery posts, terminals and related accessoriescontain lead and lead compounds. Wash yourhands after handling. Used engine oil containschemicals that have caused cancer in laboratoryanimals. Always protect your skin by washing

thoroughly with soap and water.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

vii


Accessories, spare parts andmodification of your Toyota

A wide variety of non−genuine spare parts and accessoriesfor Toyota vehicles are currently available in the market.You should know that Toyota does not warrant these prod-ucts and is not responsible for their performance, repair, orreplacement, or for any damage they may cause to, oradverse effect they may have on, your Toyota vehicle.

This vehicle should not be modified with non−genuineToyota products. Modification with non−genuine Toyotaproducts could affect its performance, safety or durability,and may even violate governmental regulations. In addi-tion, damage or performance problems resulting from themodification may not be covered under warranty.

Spark ignition system of yourToyota

The spark ignition system in your Toyota meets all require-ments of the Canadian Interference−Causing EquipmentStandard.

Installation of a mobiletwo−way radio system

As the installation of a mobile two−way radio system inyour vehicle could affect electronic systems such asmultiport fuel injection system/sequential multiport fuelinjection system, electronic throttle control system, cruisecontrol system, anti−lock brake system, traction controlsystem, vehicle stability control system, SRS airbag sys-tem and seat belt pretensioner system, be sure to checkwith your Toyota dealer for precautionary measures orspecial instructions regarding installation.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

viii


Tires and loading on yourToyota

Underinflated or overinflated tire pressure and theexcess load may result in the deterioration ofsteering ability and braking ability, leading to anaccident. Check the tire inflation pressure periodi-cally and be sure to keep the load limits given inthis Owner’s Manual. For details about tire inflationpressure and load limits, see pages 284 and 349.

Leak detection pump

This pump performs fuel evaporation leakage check. Thischeck is done approximately five hours after the engine isturned off. So you may hear sound coming from under-neath the luggage compartment for several minutes. Itdoes not indicate a malfunction.

Scrapping of your Toyota

The SRS airbag and seat belt pretensioner devices in yourToyota contain explosive chemicals. If the vehicle isscrapped with the airbags and pretensioners left as theyare, this may cause an accident such as fire. Be sure tohave the systems of the SRS airbag and seat belt preten-sioner removed and disposed of by the qualified serviceshop or by your Toyota dealer before you dispose of yourvehicle.

Perchlorate Material

Special handling may apply,See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.

Your vehicle has components that may contain perchlorate.These components may include airbag, seat belt preten-sioners, and wireless remote control batteries.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

1


OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSOverview of instruments and controlsInstrument panel overview 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Instrument cluster overview 7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Indicator symbols on the instrument panel 8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 1− 1

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

2


1. Side defroster outlets

2. Side vents

3. Instrument cluster

4. Center vents

5. Personal lights

6. Electric moon roof switch

7. Garage door opener

8. Auxiliary box

9. Power door lock switches

10. Power window switches

11. Glove box

12. Portable ashtray

13. Power outlet

14. Cup holder

15. Parking brake lever

16. Automatic transmission selector leveror manual transmission gear shift lever

17. Headlight beam level control dial

18. Power rear view mirror control switches

19. Hood lock release lever

20. Window lock switch

Instrument panel overview�View A (coupe)

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

3


1. Side defroster outlets

2. Side vents

3. Instrument cluster

4. Garage door opener

5. Convertible top latch handles

6. Center vents

7. Personal lights

8. Power door lock switches

9. Power window switches

10. Glove box

11. Portable ashtray

12. Power outlet

13. Cup holder

14. Parking brake lever

15. Automatic transmission selector lever

16. Headlight beam level control dial

17. All window control switch

18. Convertible top control switch

19. Power rear view mirror control switches

20. Hood lock release lever

21. Window lock switch

�View A (convertible)

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

4


1. Headlight, turn signal and front foglight switches

2. Wiper and washer switches

3. Multi−information displays

4. Front passenger’s occupantclassification indicator light/frontpassenger’s seat belt reminder light

5. Emergency flasher switch

6. Audio system or navigation systemincluding audio system (For thenavigation system, see the separate“Navigation System Owner’s Manual”.)

7. Air conditioning controls

8. Rear window defogger switch

9. Auxiliary box

10. Power outlet

11. AUX adapter

12. Engine switch

13. Tilt steering lock release lever

14. Telescopic steering lock release lever

15. Tire pressure warning system resetswitch

16. “TRAC OFF” (traction control systemoff) switch

�View B (with manual air conditioning controls)

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

5


1. Headlight, turn signal and front foglight switches

2. Wiper and washer switches

3. Multi−information displays

4. Front passenger’s occupantclassification indicator light/frontpassenger’s seat belt reminder light

5. Emergency flasher switch

6. Audio system or navigation systemincluding audio system (For thenavigation system, see the separate“Navigation System Owner’s Manual”.)

7. Air conditioning controls

8. Rear window and outside rear viewmirror defogger switch

9. Auxiliary box

10. Power outlet

11. AUX adapter

12. Seat heater switches

13. Engine switch

14. Tilt steering lock release lever

15. Telescopic steering lock release lever

16. Tire pressure warning system resetswitch

17. “TRAC OFF” (traction control systemoff) switch

�View B (with automatic air conditioning controls)

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

6


1. Audio remote control switches

2. Telephone switch

3. Multi−information display control switch

4. Speech command switch

5. Cruise control switch

Steering switches overview

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

7


1. Tachometer

2. Service reminder indicators andindicator lights

3. Speedometer

4. Engine coolant temperature gauge

5. Fuel gauge

6. Automatic transmission shift rangeposition display

7. Automatic transmission shift positionindicator lights

8. Odometer and two trip meters

9. Trip meter reset knob/instrument panellight control knob

Instrument cluster overview

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

8


Brake system warning light∗1

Driver’s seat belt reminder light∗1

Charging system warning light∗1

Malfunction indicator lamp∗1

Low engine oil pressure warning light∗1

Anti−lock brake system warning light∗1

Open door warning light∗1

SRS warning light∗1

Low windshield washer fluid level warning light∗1

oror

Front passenger’s seat belt reminder light∗1

Low fuel level warning light∗1

Vehicle stability control system/traction controlsystem warning light∗1

Tire pressure warning light∗1

Engine oil replacement reminder light∗1

Engine immobilizer/theft deterrent systemindicator light

Indicator symbols on the instrument panel

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

9


Slip indicator light

∗1: For details, see “Service reminder indicators and warningbuzzers” on page 133 in Section 1−6.

∗2: If this light flashes, see “Cruise control” on page 163 in Sec-tion 1−7.

Cruise control indicator light∗2

Traction control system off indicator light

Turn signal indicator lights

Headlight high beam indicator light

Front passenger occupant classification indicatorlight

Headlight indicator light

Tail light indicator light

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

10


’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

11


OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSKeys and DoorsKeys 12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine immobilizer system 14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wireless remote control 16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Side doors 21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power windows 24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Trunk lid 28. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hood 30. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Theft deterrent system 30. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel tank cap 32. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electric moon roof 34. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Convertible top 36. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 1− 2

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

12


Your vehicle is supplied with two kindsof keys.

1. Master keys (black)—

These keys work in every lock. YourToyota dealer will need one of them tomake a new key with a built−in trans-ponder chip.

Since the doors can be locked withouta key, you should always carry a sparemaster key in case you accidentallylock your keys inside the vehicle.

2. Sub key (gray)—

This key will not work in the trunk lidlock release lever and glove box.

To protect items locked in the trunk orglove box when using valet parking,leave the sub key with the attendant.

A transponder chip for engine immobilizersystem has been placed in the head ofthe master and sub keys. These chips areneeded to enable the system to functioncorrectly, so be careful not to lose thesekeys. If you make your own duplicate key,you will not be able to cancel the systemor start the engine.

NOTICE

When using a key containing a trans-ponder chip, observe the followingprecautions:

� When starting the engine, do notuse the key with a key ring restingon the key grip and do not pressthe key ring against the key grip.Otherwise the engine may not start,or may stop soon after it starts.

Keys

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

13


� When starting the engine, do notuse the key with other transponderkeys around (including keys of oth-er vehicles) and do not press otherkey plates against the key grip.Otherwise the engine may not start,or may stop soon after it starts. Ifthis happens, remove the key onceand then insert it again after remov-ing other transponder keys (includ-ing keys of other vehicles) from thering or while gripping or coveringthem with your hand to start theengine.

� Do not bend the key grip.

� Do not cover the key grip with anymaterial that cuts off electromagnet-ic waves.

� Do not knock the key hard againstother objects.

� Do not leave the key exposed tohigh temperatures for a long period,such as on the dashboard and hoodunder direct sunlight.

� Do not put the key in water orwash it in an ultrasonic washer.

� Do not use the key with electromag-netic materials.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

14


KEY NUMBER PLATE

Your key number is shown on the plate.Keep the plate in a safe place such asyour wallet, not in the vehicle.

If you should lose your keys or if youneed additional keys, duplicates can bemade by a Toyota dealer using the keynumber.

We recommend writing down the key num-ber and storing it in a safe place.

The engine immobilizer system is atheft deterrent system. When you insertthe key in the engine switch, the trans-ponder chip in the key’s head transmitsan electronic code to the vehicle. Theengine will start only when the elec-tronic code in the chip corresponds tothe registered ID code for the vehicle.

Never leave the keys inside the vehiclewhen you leave the vehicle.

The system is automatically set when thekey is removed from the engine switch.The indicator light will start flashing toshow the system is set.

If any of the following indicator conditionsoccurs, contact your Toyota dealer.

� The indicator light stays on exceptwhen the theft deterrent system is set-ting or activating. (See “Theft deterrentsystem” on page 30 in this Section.)

� The indicator light does not start flash-ing when the key is removed from theengine switch.

� The indicator light flashes inconsistent-ly.

Engine immobilizer system

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

15


Inserting the registered key in the engineswitch automatically cancels the system,which enables the engine to start. Theindicator light will go off.

The system is maintenance−free.

For your Toyota dealer to make you anew key with built−in transponder chip,your dealer will need your key numberand master key. However, there is a limitto the number of additional keys yourToyota dealer can make for you.

If you make your own duplicate key,you will not be able to cancel the sys-tem or start the engine.

NOTICE

Do not modify, remove or disas-semble the engine immobilizer sys-tem. If any unauthorized changes ormodifications are made, proper opera-tion of the system cannot be guaran-teed.

For vehicles sold in U.S.A.

FCC ID: MOZRI−21BTY

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions:

(1) This device may not cause harmfulinterference, and (2) this device mustaccept any interference received, includ-ing interference that may cause unde-sired operation.

CAUTION

Changes or modifications not ex-pressly approved by the party respon-sible for compliance could void theuser’s authority to operate the equip-ment.

For vehicles sold in Canada

This device complies with RSS−210 ofIndustry Canada. Operation is subject tothe following two conditions:

(1) This device may not cause interfer-ence, and (2) this device must acceptany interference, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation ofthe device.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

16


1. Lock switch

2. Unlock switch

3. Alarm switch

4. Trunk lid open switch

The wireless remote control system isdesigned to lock or unlock both doors,open the trunk lid or activate the alarmfrom a distance within approximately 1m (3 ft.) of the vehicle.

When you operate any switch, push itslowly and securely.

The wireless remote control transmitter isan electronic component. Observe the fol-lowing instructions in order not to causedamage to the transmitter.

� Do not leave the transmitter in placeswhere the temperature becomes highsuch as on the dashboard.

� Do not disassemble it.

� Avoid knocking it hard against otherobjects or dropping it.

� Avoid putting it in water.

You can use up to 4 wireless remote con-trol transmitters for the same vehicle.Contact your Toyota dealer for detailedinformation.

If the wireless remote control transmitterdoes not actuate the doors or alarm, oroperate from a normal distance:

� Check for closeness to a radio trans-mitter such as a radio station or anairport which can interfere with normaloperation of the transmitter.

� The battery may have been consumed.Check the battery in the transmitter. Toreplace the battery, see “—Replacingbattery” on page 19.

If you lose your transmitter, contact yourToyota dealer as soon as possible toavoid the possibility of theft, or an acci-dent. (See “If you lose your wireless re-mote control transmitter” on page 320 inSection 4.)

Wireless remote control—

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

17


This complies with Part 15 of the FCCrules. Operation is subject to the follow-ing two conditions:


Locking operation

Unlocking operation

To lock and unlock both doors, pushthe switches of the transmitter slowlyand securely.

To lock: Push the lock switch. Both doorsare locked simultaneously. At this timeone beep will be heard, and the turn sig-nal lights will flash once.

Check to see that the doors are securelylocked.

If either door is not securely closed, lock-ing cannot be performed by the lockswitch and a beep will sound continuouslyfor 10 seconds. However, if the key is inthe ignition, a beep will not sound.

To stop the beep, close both doors se-curely or push the unlock switch.

To unlock: Push the unlock switch once tounlock the driver’s door alone. Pushingthe switch twice within 3 seconds unlockspassenger’s door simultaneously. Eachtime the unlock switch is pushed, twobeeps will be heard, and the turn signallights will flash twice.

—Locking and unlockingdoors

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

18


Coupe—When unlocking a door when bothdoors are locked, the interior light andengine switch light come on. The lightsremain on for about 15 seconds unlesseither door is opened and closed. (Forfurther information, see “Interior light” onpage 123 and “Engine (ignition) switchlight and quarter trim courtesy light” onpage 124 in Section 1−5.)

Convertible—When unlocking a door whenboth doors are locked, the engine switchlight, quarter trim courtesy light and per-sonal lights come on. The lights remainon for about 15 seconds unless eitherdoor is opened and closed. (For furtherinformation, see “Engine (ignition) switchlight and quarter trim courtesy light” onpage 124 and “Personal lights” on page125 in Section 1−5.)

You have 60 seconds to open a door afterusing the wireless remote unlock feature.If a door is not opened by then, bothdoors will be automatically locked againand one beep will be heard.

If the lock or unlock switch is kept pushedin, the locking or unlocking operation isnot repeated. Release the switch and thenpush again.

To open the trunk lid, push the switchof the transmitter for 1 second.

If the key is in the ignition, the trunk lidcannot be opened by the trunk lid openswitch.

Pushing the switch blows the horn in-termittently and flashes the headlights,tail lights, turn signal lights, and interi-or light (coupe) or personal lights (con-vertible).

The alarm switch is used to deter vehicletheft when you witness anyone attemptingto break into or damage your vehicle.

The alarm will last for one minute. To stopalarm midway, push the switch onceagain, unlock a door with transmitter, orturn the engine switch from the “LOCK” to“ON” position.

The alarm does not work when the engineswitch is in the “ON” position.

—Opening trunk lid —Activating alarm

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

19


You can switch the beep on and off. (Thebeep is on initially and after battery re-placement.)

To switch the beep on and off:

With the driver’s door opened—

1. Insert the ignition key and remove it.

2. Within 5 seconds, insert the engineswitch again and turn it to the “ON”position.

3. After 10 seconds, push any switch onthe transmitter twice within 10 seconds.Two beep sounds inform you that theprogram has been switched on or off.

If this procedure is not followed exactly,the beep will not operate as expected.

Check the beep ON/OFF operation bypushing the transmitter switch after youfinish this procedure. If the beep does notoperate as expected, repeat this proce-dure from step 1.

For replacement, use a CR2032 lithiumbattery or equivalent.

CAUTION

Special care should be taken to pre-vent small children from swallowingthe removed transmitter battery orcomponents.

NOTICE

� When replacing the transmitter bat-tery, be careful not to lose the com-ponents.

� Replace only with the same orequivalent type recommended by aToyota dealer.

� Dispose of used batteries accordingto the local laws.

Replace the transmitter battery by follow-ing these procedures:

1. Using a coin or equivalent, open thetransmitter case.

—Switching beep sound —Replacing battery

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

20


2. Remove the circuit board, then removethe discharged transmitter battery.

NOTICE

� Take care not to damage the circuitboard.

� Do not bend the terminals.

3. Put in a new transmitter battery withpositive (+) side up. Install the circuitboard into the transmitter case.

Close the transmitter case securely.

NOTICE

� Make sure the positive side andnegative side of the transmitter bat-tery are faced correctly.

� Do not replace the battery with wethands. Water may cause unexpectedrust.

� Do not touch or move any compo-nents inside the transmitter, or itmay interfere with proper operation.

� Be careful not to bend the electrodewhen inserting the transmitter bat-tery and that dust or oils do notadhere to the transmitter case.

� Close the transmitter case securely.

After replacing the battery, check that thetransmitter operates properly. If the trans-mitter still does not operate properly, con-tact your Toyota dealer.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

21


LOCKING AND UNLOCKING WITH KEY

Insert the key into the keyhole and turnit.

To lock: Turn the key forward.To unlock: Turn the key backward.

Passenger’s door locks simultaneouslywith the driver’s door. Turning the keyonce will unlock the driver’s door andtwice in succession will unlock passen-ger’s door.

Coupe—When unlocking a door when bothdoors are locked, the interior light andengine switch light will come on and re-main on for about 15 seconds before fad-ing out. (For further information, see “Inte-rior light” on page 123 and “Engine(ignition) switch light and quarter trimcourtesy light” on page 124 in Section1−5.)

Convertible—When unlocking a door whenboth doors are locked, the engine switchlight, quarter trim courtesy light and per-sonal lights will come on and remain onfor about 15 seconds before fading out.(For further information, see “Engine (igni-tion) switch light and quarter trim courtesylight” on page 124 and “Personal lights”on page 125 in Section 1−5.)

LOCKING AND UNLOCKING WITHINSIDE LOCK KNOB

Move the lock knob.

To lock: Push the knob forward.To unlock: Pull the knob backward.

The doors can be opened by pulling theinside handle even if the lock knobs arein the locked position.

Side doors—

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

22


CAUTION

Do not pull the inside handle of thedoors while driving. The doors willopen and an accident may occur.Toyota strongly recommends that allchildren be placed in the rear seat ofthe vehicle.

Closing the door with the lock knob in thelock position will also lock the door. Becareful not to lock your keys in the ve-hicle.

The door cannot be locked when eitherdoor is open and the key is in the igni-tion.

Driver’s side

Passenger’s side

LOCKING AND UNLOCKING WITHPOWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH

Push the switch.

To lock: Push the switch down on thefront side.To unlock: Push the switch down on therear side.

Operating the switch simultaneously locksor unlocks both doors.

If you do either of the following, no doorcan be unlocked with the power door lockswitch.

� Lock both doors with the key or wire-less remote control transmitter whenboth doors are closed.

� Open the driver’s door or passenger’sdoor and move the inside lock knobsof both doors to the lock position, thenclose the doors.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

23


The power door lock switch can be resetin the following ways.

� Turn the engine switch to “ON”.

� Unlock both doors with the key or wire-less remote control transmitter.

� Unlock the driver’s door or passenger’sdoor with the inside lock knob, andthen unlock both doors with the powerdoor lock switch.

CAUTION

Before driving, be sure that the doorsare closed and locked, especiallywhen small children are in the ve-hicle. Along with the proper use ofseat belts, locking the doors helpsprevent the driver and passengersfrom being thrown out from the ve-hicle in an accident. It also helps pre-vent the doors from being openedunintentionally.

AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKING

You can set or cancel the following au-tomatic door locking function:

� Locking linked with the shift position(vehicles with automatic transmis-sion only)

All doors are automatically locked whenthe selector lever is moved out of “P”position.

Be sure to apply the parking brake whenperforming the following operations.

To set the locking linked with the shiftposition:

1. Close all doors and turn the engineswitch to the “ON” position.

2. Shift the selector lever to the “P” posi-tion.

3. Within 10 seconds of turning the en-gine switch to the “ON” position, pressand hold the driver’s side power doorlock switch in the lock position for 5seconds and then release.

The doors will be locked and unlockedto indicate that the function is set.

To cancel the function, do the above op-eration again.

AUTOMATIC DOOR UNLOCKING

You can select the following functions:

� Unlocking linked with the shift posi-tion (vehicles with automatic trans-mission only)

All doors are automatically unlockedwhen the selector lever is moved to“P” position.

� Unlocking linked with the driver’sdoor

All doors are automatically unlockedwhen the driver’s door is opened within10 seconds after the engine switch isturned to the “ACC” or “LOCK” posi-tion, or the key is removed.

You can set or cancel the automaticdoor unlocking functions:

Be sure to apply the parking brake whenperforming the following operations.

—Automatic door locking andunlocking functions

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

24


To select the unlocking linked with theshift position:


2. Shift the selector lever to the “P” posi-tion.

3. Within 10 seconds of turning the en-gine switch to the “ON” position, pressand hold the driver’s side power doorlock switch in the unlock position for5 seconds and then release.



To select the unlocking linked with thedriver’s door:


2. Automatic transmission models only—Shift the selector lever from “P” to the“N” position.

3. Within 10 seconds of turning the en-gine switch to the “ON” position, pressand hold the driver’s side power doorlock switch in the unlock position for5 seconds and then release.



The windows can be operated with theswitch on each door.

The power windows work when the engineswitch is in the “ON” position.

Key off operation: Both windows work forabout 43 seconds even after the engineswitch is turned off. They stop workingwhen either door is opened.

OPERATING THE DRIVER’S WINDOW

Use the switch on the driver’s door.

Normal operation: The window moves aslong as you hold the switch.

To open: Lightly push down the switch.To close: Lightly pull up the switch.

Power windows

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

25


Coupe

Convertible

Automatic operation:

Coupe—Push the switch completely downor pull it completely up, and then releaseit. The window will fully open or close. Tostop the window partway, lightly move theswitch in the opposite direction and thenrelease it.

Convertible—Push the switch completelydown and then release it. The window willfully open. To stop the window partway,lightly pull the switch up and then releaseit.

Jam protection function (coupe):

During automatic closing operation or keyoff closing operation, the window stopsand opens half way if something getscaught between the window and body.

If the window receives a strong impact,this function may work even if nothing iscaught.

CAUTION

� Never try jamming any part of yourbody to activate the jam protectionfunction intentionally, as it could re-sult in a death or serious injury.

� The jam protection function maynot work if something gets caughtjust before the window is fullyclosed.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

26


Windowlockswitch

OPERATING THE PASSENGER’SWINDOW

Use the switch on the passenger’sdoor. The driver’s door also has aswitch that controls the passenger’swindow.

The window moves as long as you holdthe switch.

To open: Push down the switch.To close: Pull up the switch.

If you push in the window lock switch onthe driver’s door, the passenger’s windowcannot be operated.

OPERATING THE ALL WINDOWCONTROL SWITCH (convertible)

Both side windows and quarter win-dows can be operated simultaneouslywith the all window control switch.

The windows move as long as you holdthe switch.

To open: Push on the lower side of theswitchTo close: Push on the upper side of theswitch. The side windows will open slightlybefore closing if they are not fully opened.

If the side windows stop partway, releasethe switch and push it again after a mo-ment, or operate the side power windowswitches on the doors.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

27


INITIALIZATION OF THE DRIVER’SPOWER WINDOW (coupe)

If the driver’s power window does notoperate automatically or the jam protec-tion function does not operate correctly,you should normalize the power win-dow.

To initialize the power window

1. Push down the power window switchand lower the window halfway.

2. Pull up the switch until the windowcloses and hold the switch for at leastone second.

Make sure that the window opens andcloses automatically. If the power windowcannot be operated properly, have itchecked by your Toyota dealer.

CAUTION

To avoid death or serious personalinjury, you must do the following.

� Before you close the power win-dows, always make sure there isnobody around the power windows.You must also make sure theheads, hands and other parts of thebodies of all occupants are keptcompletely inside the vehicle. Ifsomeone’s neck, head or hands getcaught in a closing window, itcould result in death or serious in-jury. When anyone closes the powerwindows, make sure he or she op-erates the windows safely.

� When small children are in the ve-hicle, never let them use the powerwindow switches without supervi-sion. Use the window lock switch toprevent them from making unex-pected use of the switches.

� Be sure to remove the ignition keywhen you leave your vehicle.

� Never leave anyone (particularly asmall child) alone in your vehicle,especially with the ignition key stillinserted. Otherwise, he/she coulduse the power window switches andget trapped in a window. Unat-tended person (particularly a smallchild) can be involved in a seriousaccident.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

28


To open the trunk lid, pull up on thelock release lever.

See “—Stowage precautions” on page 285in Section 2 for precautions when loadingluggage.

To close the trunk lid, lower it and pressdown on it. After closing the trunk lid, trypulling it up to make sure it is securelyclosed.

To deactivate this lock release lever fromopening the trunk lid, see “—Luggage se-curity system” described below.

The trunk lid can be opened with the wire-less remote control transmitter, see“—Opening trunk lid” on page 18 in thisSection.

CAUTION

Keep the trunk lid closed while driv-ing. This not only keeps the luggagefrom being thrown out but also pre-vents exhaust gases from enteringthe vehicle.

This system prevents someone (withthe sub key) from gaining access to thetrunk by folding down a rear seat orusing the trunk lid lock release lever.

To protect valuables stored in thetrunk, do the following procedure.

1. Coupe—Open the trunk lid and pushdown the security lock levers to lockthe rear seatbacks.

After locking the rear seatbacks, try fold-ing them down to make sure they aresecurely locked, otherwise someone couldget into the trunk by folding down a rearseat.

Trunk lid— —Luggage security system

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

29


2. Close the trunk lid. Insert the masterkey into the keyhole and turn it tothe “LOCK” direction to deactivatethe trunk lid lock release lever.

After the operation, try pulling up thetrunk lid lock release lever to make sureit is locked.

NOTICE

Implement the above steps to maxi-mize security of the luggage in thetrunk whenever the vehicle is unat-tended.

If a person is locked in the trunk,he/she can pull down the phosphores-cent handle on the inside of trunk lidto open the trunk lid.

The phosphorescent (glow−in−the−dark)handle will continue to glow for a timeafter the trunk lid is closed. Exposing thehandle to stronger light will cause it toglow longer.

CAUTION

� Always lock the trunk lid and alldoors, and keep away the vehiclekeys out of children’s reach.

� Never leave children unattended inthe vehicle. Unsupervised childrenmay lock themselves in the vehicleor trunk and suffer serious injuriesor death.

—Internal trunk release handle

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

30


To open the hood:

1. Pull the hood lock release lever. Thehood will spring up slightly.

CAUTION

Before driving, be sure that the hoodis closed and securely locked. Other-wise, the hood may open unexpected-ly while driving and an accident mayoccur.

2. In front of the vehicle, pull up theauxiliary catch l ever and lift thehood.

Before closing the hood, check to see thatyou have not forgotten any tools, rags,etc. Then lower the hood and make sureit locks into place. If necessary, pressdown gently on the front edge to lock it.

The system sounds alarm and flasheslights when forcible entry is detected.The alarm is triggered if any of thedoors, trunk or hood is forcibly un-locked or the battery terminal is discon-nected and then reconnected while thevehicle is locked.

Hood Theft deterrent system

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

31


SETTING THE SYSTEM

1. Turn the engine switch to the “LOCK”position and remove the key.

The indicator light will start flashing whenthe key is removed from the engineswitch. (See “Engine immobilizer system”on page 14 for details.)

2. Have all passengers get out of thevehicle.

3. Close and lock both doors, trunk andhood.

The indicator light will remain on whenboth doors, trunk and hood are closed andlocked.

The system will automatically be set after30 seconds. When the system is set, theindicator light will start flashing again.

4. After making sure the indicator lightstarts flashing, you may leave the ve-hicle.

Never leave anyone in the vehicle whenyou set the system, because unlockingfrom the inside will activate the system.

CANCELLING THE SYSTEM

The system will be cancelled by the fol-lowing ways.

� Any of the doors are unlocked with thekey or wireless remote control.

� The trunk is opened with the wirelessremote control transmitter.

� Turn the engine switch to the “ON”position.

If the tail lights come on for 2 seconds,the theft deterrent system has beenalarmed. Check to see if there is anyabnormality with your vehicle.

WHEN THE SYSTEM IS SET

Activating the system

The system will sound the alarm underthe following conditions:

� If any of the doors are forcibly un-locked or opened, or if the trunk orhood is forcibly opened without the keyor wireless remote control transmitter

� If the battery terminal is disconnectedand then reconnected

� If the ignition is hotwired

The indicator light will come on when thesystem is activated.

If any of the door is unlocked without thekey or wireless remote control transmitterand the key is not in the engine switch,all the doors will be automatically lockedagain.

After one minute, the alarm will automati-cally stop and the indicator light will startsflashing again.

Reactivating the alarm

Once set, the system automatically resetsthe alarm after the alarm stops.

The alarm will activate again under thesame circumstances described in“Activating the system”.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

32


Stopping the alarm

The alarm will be stopped by the followingthree ways:

� Turn the engine switch from the“LOCK” to “ON” position.

� Unlock any of the doors with the keyor wireless remote control transmitter.

� Open the trunk with the wireless re-mote control transmitter.

These ways cancel the system at thesame time.

If the battery becomes discharged dueto the vehicle being unused for a longtime, etc., when the battery is rechargedor replaced, the system will give thealarm. If this happens, immediately unlockany of the doors with the key or the wire-less remote control transmitter, and thealarm will stop.

TESTING THE SYSTEM

1. Open both windows.

2. Set the system as described above.The doors should be locked with thekey or wireless remote control transmit-ter. Be sure to wait until the indicatorlight goes off or starts flashing.

3. Unlock any door from the inside. Thesystem should activate the alarm.

4. Stop the alarm as described above.

5. Repeat this operation for the otherdoors, trunk and hood. When testingthe hood, also check that the systemis activated when the battery terminalis disconnected and then reconnected.

If the system does not work properly,have it checked by your Toyota dealer.

This indicates that the fuel filler dooris on the left side of your vehicle.

Fuel tank cap

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

33


1. To open the fuel filler door, pull thelever up.

When refueling, turn off the engine.

CAUTION

� Do not smoke, cause sparks or al-low open flames when refueling.The fumes are flammable.

� When opening the cap, do not re-move the cap quickly. In hot weath-er, fuel under pressure could causeinjury by spraying out of the fillerneck if the cap is suddenly re-moved.

2. To remove the fuel tank cap, turnthe cap counterclockwise. Pauseslightly before removing it.

It is not unusual to hear a slight swooshwhen the cap is opened.

3. The removed cap can be stored onthe back side of the fuel filler door.

When installing the cap, turn it clock-wise until a click is heard, in order tofully close it. The cap returns slightlywhen your hand is released from thecap after closure, however this doesnot cause any problems.

If the cap is not installed securely, themalfunction indicator lamp comes on.Make sure the cap is tightened securely.

The indicator lamp goes off after drivingseveral times. If the indicator lamp doesnot go off, contact your Toyota dealer assoon as possible.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

34


CAUTION

� Make sure the cap is installed se-curely to prevent fuel sp illage inthe event of an accident.

� Use only a genuine Toyota fuel tankcap for replacement. It is designedto regulate fuel tank pressure.

NOTICE

To prevent damage to the cap, applyforce only in the turning direction tothe cap. Do not pull or pry it.

Sliding operation

Tilting operation

To operate the moon roof, use theswitch between the personal lights.

The moon roof works when the engineswitch is in the “ON” position.

The sun shade can be opened or closedby hand.

Sliding operation—

To open: Push and hold the switch for 1second on the “SLIDE OPEN” side.

The roof will open and stop partway 50mm (2.0 in.) from the fully opened posi-tion. When you push the “SLIDE OPEN”side again, the moon roof will open fully.To stop the roof partway, push the switchon either the “SLIDE OPEN” or “TILT UP”side briefly.

As driving with the moon roof opened fullywill cause wind throbs, we recommendyou to drive with the moon roof partway50 mm (2.0 in.) from the fully openedposition.

The sun shade will be opened togetherwith the roof.

To close: Push and hold the switch for 1second on the “TILT UP” side.

The roof will fully close automatically. Tostop the roof partway, push the switch oneither the “SLIDE OPEN” or “TILT UP”side briefly.

Electric moon roof

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

35


Tilting operation—

To tilt up: Push and hold the switch for1 second on the “TILT UP” side.

The roof will fully tilt up automatically. Tostop the roof partway, push the switch oneither the “SLIDE OPEN” or “TILT UP”side briefly.

To tilt down: Push and hold the switch for1 second on the “SLIDE OPEN” side.

The roof will fully tilt down automatically.To stop the roof partway, push the switchon either the “SLIDE OPEN” or “TILT UP”side briefly.

Key off operation: If both front doors areclosed, the moon roof works for about 43seconds even after the engine switch isturned off. It stops working when eitherdoor is opened.

Jam protection function:

If something gets caught between themoon roof and frame during closing opera-tion, the moon roof stops and opens halfway.

If the moon roof receives a strong impact,this function may work even if nothing iscaught.

If the moon roof does not operate auto-matically or the jam protection functiondoes not operate correctly, you shouldnormalize the moon roof.

To initialize the moon roof, push and holdthe moon roof switch on the “TILT UP”side, the moon roof will tilt all the way upand then tilt down a little automatically.

Make sure that the moon roof opens andcloses automatically. If the moon roof can-not be operated properly, have it checkedby your Toyota dealer.

CAUTION

To avoid death or serious personalinjury, you must do the following.

� While the vehicle is moving, alwayskeep the heads, hands and otherparts of the bodies of all occupantsaway from the roof opening. Other-wise, they could be killed or seri-ously injured if the vehicle stopssuddenly or if the vehicle is in-volved in an accident.

� Before you close the moon roof,always make sure there is nobodyaround the moon roof. You mustalso make sure nobody places hisor her head, hands and other partsof the body in the roof opening. Ifsomeone’s neck, head or hands getcaught in the closing roof, it couldresult in death or serious injury.When anyone closes the moon roof,first make sure it is safe to do so.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

36



� Never leave anyone (particularly asmall child) alone in your vehicle,especially with the ignition key stillinserted. Otherwise, he/she coulduse the moon roof switch and gettrapped in the roof opening. Unat-tended person (particularly a smallchild) can be involved in a seriousaccident.

� Never sit on top of the vehiclearound the roof opening.

� Never try jamming any part of yourbody to activate the jam protectionfunction intentionally, as it could re-sult in a death or serious injury.

� The jam protection function maynot work if something gets caughtjust before the moon roof is fullyclosed.

CAUTION

� When raising or lowering the con-vertible top, keep hands clear fromthe hinges of the top side rails andany part of the top linkage.

� Do not stop operating the switch inthe middle of operation unlessotherwise required. The roof will begradually lowered, resulting in per-sonal injury and damage to the con-vertible top mechanism.

� Do not open or close the convert-ible top when the wind is strong.

� The vehicle should never be drivenwith the convertible top partiallylowered. Make sure the top hasbeen either fully latched to thewindshield frame or fully loweredbefore driving.

� While the vehicle is moving withthe convertible top opened, nobodyshould stand up on the seat, sit onthe rear seat seatback or lean overit. Otherwise, they could be killedor seriously injured if the vehiclestops suddenly or if the vehicle isinvolved in an accident.

� Before you raise the convertibletop, always make sure there is no-body near the top. You must alsomake sure nobody places his or herhead, hands and other parts of thebody on the convertible top. Ifsomeone’s neck, head or hands getcaught in the closing top, it couldresult in death or serious injury.When anyone raises the convertibletop, first make sure it is safe to doso.


� Never leave anyone (particularly asmall child) alone in your vehicle,especially with the ignition key stillinserted. Otherwise, he/she coulduse the convertible top controlswitch and get trapped in the con-vertible top opening. Unattendedperson (particularly a small child)can be involved in a serious acci-dent.

Convertible top——Convertible top precautions

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

37


NOTICE

� Make sure there are no items orpackages between the rear seatbackand the convertible top storage areawhen raising or lowering the con-vertible top. Even small items mayinterfere with convertible top opera-tion and can cause damage.

� Do not sit or place excessiveweight on the convertible top; whenthe top is up or down, damage tothe top may result.

� To prevent from damaging the con-vertible top material, do not raiseor lower the convertible top whenthe temperature is below 0 �C (32�F)or the convertible top is frozen. Ifnecessary to do so, warm the ve-hicle in a heated garage prior tooperating the convertible top mech-anism.

� Do not lower the convertible top ifthe top is damp or wet. Possibleinterior water damage, water stainsor mildew of the top material mayresult.

� When the convertible top is low-ered, keep the rear window defog-ger turned off to avoid damage tothe convertible top.

� Do not open or close the convert-ible top repeatedly within a shorttime. If the motor prevention circuitactivates, the side windows opera-tion is disabled. In this case, oper-ate the switch again after a while.

� Do not sit or apply excessive loadon the rear seat seatback when theconvertible top is lowered. This maycause damage.

1. Park your vehicle on level ground.

2. Make sure the parking brake is appliedfirmly and the automatic transmissionselector lever is in the “P” position.

3. Start the engine.

—Before operating theconvertible top

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

38


1. Lower the sun visors. Pull down theconvertible top by grasping the han-dle under the convertible top. Andpull the latch handles fully back-ward.

Visually check that the hooks of latchhandles are unhooked.

2. Push and hold the convertible topcontrol switch on the “OPEN” sideuntil the convertible top is complete-ly lowered. Raise the sun visors.

The side windows and quarter windowswill go completely down when the convert-ible top control switch is pressed on the“OPEN” side.

If you push the switch intermittently, theside windows may not go completelydown.

You can conceal the lowered convertibletop by covering it with the top boot. Forinstructions about how to use the topboot, see “—Using the top boot” on page39 in this Section.

If the convertible top does not lower dur-ing switch operation, see “If the convert-ible top does not rise or lower” on page319 in Section 4 for instructions.

—Lowering the convertible top

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

39


1. Lower the sun visors. Push the con-vertible top control switch on the“CLOSE” side until the top stopsmoving.

The side windows go partially down andquarter windows go completely down whenthe windows are closed and the convert-ible top control switch is pressed on the“CLOSE” side.

If the convertible top does not rise duringswitch operation, see “If the convertibletop does not rise or lower” on page 319in Section 4 for instructions.

2. Pull down the convertible top bygrasping the handle under the con-vertible top. Push the latch handlesfully forward until they are hooked.

Visually check that the latch handles arefully seated in the strikers. Also, pull onthe convertible top side rails to make surethe top is securely hooked.

3. Raise the side windows, quarter win-dows and sun visors.

The top boot is used to conceal thelowered convertible top.

—Raising the convertible top —Using the top boot

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

40


The top boot is folded as shown in theillustration and stored in the trunk.

When using it, take it out and unfastenthe straps holding the top boot. Then un-fold the boot and fasten the straps again.

1. Insert the top boot rear retainer un-derside of the body molding andplace the top boot over the loweredconvertible top. Keep the edge of thetop boot above the body molding.

2. Insert the top boot front retainer be-tween the rear seatback and anchorbar.

Make sure the top boot retainer protru-sions are under the bar.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

41


3. Tuck the top boot edge under thebody molding, behind the rear seat-back and under the quarter trims un-til the edge seems are hidden.

4. Hook the tabs at the rear and sidesof the top boot to the quarter trimedge.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

42


Plug

5. Remove the plugs from the plug-holes on the inside of the quartertrim and hook the straps into theplugholes.

Store the plugs in a safe place until need-ed again.

When removing the top boot, do theabove procedures in the reverse order.

CAUTION

Make sure the top boot is securelyfixed. Otherwise the boot may becaught by the wind and fly off.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

43


OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSOccupant restraint systemsSeats 44. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front seats 44. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fold−down rear seat 49. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Seat heaters 50. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Head restraints 51. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Seat belts 52. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SRS airbags 61. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Child restraint 85. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 1− 3

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

44


While the vehicle is being driven, all ve-hicle occupants should have the seatbackupright, sit well back in the seat and prop-erly wear the seat belts provided.

CAUTION

� Do not drive the vehicle unless theoccupants are properly seated. Donot allow any passengers to sit ontop of a folded−down seatback, orin the luggage compartment or car-go area. Persons not properlyseated and/or not properly re-strained by seat belts can be killedor severely injured in the event ofemergency braking or a collision.

� During driving, do not allow anypassengers to stand up or movearound between seats. Otherwise,death or severe injuries can occurin the event of emergency brakingor a collision.

Driver seat

CAUTION

The SRS driver airbag deploys withconsiderable force, and can causedeath or serious injury especially ifthe driver is very close to the airbag.The National Highway Traffic SafetyAdministration (“NHTSA”) advises:

Since the risk zone for driver airbagis the first 50—75 mm (2—3 in.) ofinflation, placing yourself 250 mm (10in.) from your driver airbag providesyou with a clear margin of safety.This distance is measured from thecenter of the steering wheel to yourbreastbone. If you sit less than 250mm (10 in.) away now, you canchange your driving position in sever-al ways:

� Move your seat to the rear as faras you can while still reaching thepedals comfortably.

� Slightly recline the back of theseat. Although vehicle designs vary,many drivers can achieve the 250mm (10 in.) distance, even with thedriver seat all the way forward, sim-ply by reclining the back of theseat somewhat. If reclining the backof your seat makes it hard to seethe road, raise yourself by using afirm, non−slippery cushion, or raisethe seat if your vehicle has thatfeature.

� If your steering wheel is adjustable,tilt it downward. This points the air-bag toward your chest instead ofyour head and neck.

The seat should be adjusted as rec-ommended by NHTSA above, whilestill maintaining control of the footpedals, steering wheel, and your viewof the instrument panel controls.

SeatsFront seats— —Front seat precautions

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

45


Front passenger seat

CAUTION

The SRS front passenger airbag alsodeploys with considerable force, andcan cause death or serious injury es-pecially if the front passenger is veryclose to the airbag. The front passen-ger seat should be as far from theairbag as possible with the seatbackadjusted, so the front passenger sitsupright.

Front seats (with SRS side airbags)

CAUTION

The SRS side airbags are installed inthe driver and front passenger seats.Observe the following precautions.

� Do not lean against the front doorwhen the vehicle is in use, sincethe side airbag inflates with consid-erable speed and force. Otherwise,you may be killed or seriously in-jured.

� Do not use seat accessories whichcover the area where the side air-bags inflate. Such accessories mayprevent the side airbags from acti-vating correctly, causing death orserious injury.

� Do not modify or replace the seatsor upholstery of the seats with sideairbags. Such change may preventthe side airbag system from activat-ing correctly, disable the system orcause the side airbag system to in-flate accidentally, resulting in deathor serious injury.

CAUTION

� Do not adjust the seat while thevehicle is moving as the seat mayunexpectedly move and cause thedriver to lose control of the vehicle.

� Be careful that the seat does nothit a passenger or luggage.

� After adjusting the seat position, re-lease the lever and try sliding theseat forward and backward to makesure it is locked in position.

� After adjusting the seatback, pushyour body back against the seat tomake sure the seat is locked inposition.

� Do not put objects under the seats.Otherwise, the objects may interferewith the seat−lock mechanism orunexpectedly push up the seat posi-tion adjusting lever and the seatmay suddenly move, causing thedriver to lose control of the vehicle.

—Seat adjustment precautions

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

46


� While adjusting the seat, do not putyour hands under the seat or nearthe moving parts. Otherwise, yourhands or fingers may be caught andinjured.

1. SEAT POSITION ADJUSTING LEVER

Hold the center of the lever and pull itup. Then slide the seat to the desiredposition with slight body pressure andrelease the lever.

2. SEAT CUSHION ANGLE ADJUSTINGKNOB

Turn the knob either way.

3. SEAT HEIGHT ADJUSTING LEVER

Pull up or push down the lever.

4. SEAT LUMBAR SUPPORTADJUSTING SWITCH

Push the switch on either side.

The amount of lumbar support will changewhile the switch is pushed.

5. SEATBACK ANGLE ADJUSTINGLEVER

Lean forward and pull the lever up.Then lean back to the desired angleand release the lever.

—Adjusting front seats(manual seat)

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

47


CAUTION

Avoid reclining the seatback anymore than needed. The seat belts pro-vide maximum protection in a frontalor rear collision when the driver andthe front passenger are sitting upstraight and well back in the seats. Ifyou are reclined, the lap belt mayslide past your hips and apply re-straint forces directly to the abdomenor your neck may contact the shoul-der belt. In the event of a frontalcollision, the more the seat is re-clined, the greater the risk of deathor serious injury.

1. SEAT POSITION, SEAT CUSHIONANGLE AND SEAT HEIGHT ADJUST-ING SWITCH

Move the control switch in the desireddirection.

Releasing the switch will stop the seat atthat position.

Do not place anything under the frontseats, as this might interfere with the seatmovement.

2. SEATBACK ANGLE ADJUSTINGSWITCH

Move the control switch in the desireddirection.

Releasing the switch will stop the seat-back at that position.

—Adjusting front seats (powerseat)

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

48


CAUTION

Avoid reclining the seatback anymore than needed. The seat belts pro-vide maximum protection in a frontalor rear collision when the driver andthe front passenger are sitting upstraight and well back in the seats. Ifyou are reclined, the lap belt mayslide past your hips and apply re-straint forces directly to the abdomenor your neck may contact the shoul-der belt. In the event of a frontalcollision, the more the seat is re-clined, the greater the risk of deathor serious injury.

3. SEAT LUMBAR SUPPORTADJUSTING SWITCH

Push the switch on either side.

The amount of lumbar support will changewhile the switch is pushed.

4. SEATBACK LOCK RELEASE LEVER

This lever uses for the rear seat entry.For details, see “—Moving front seats forrear seat entry” described below.

Coupe

Convertible

Coupe—Before access to the rear seat,push the seat belt hanger down as faras it will go when it is in the raisedposition.

Convertible—Before access to the rearseat, remove the seat belt from the seatbelt guide.

—Moving front seats for rearseat entry

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

49


From the driver’s side

From the front passenger’s side

From the driver’s side—

Pull up the seatback angle adjustinglever (manual seat) or seatback lock re-lease lever (power seat), and incline theseatback.

After passengers are in, lift the seatback.

From the front passenger’s side—

Pull up the seatback angle adjustinglever or press the lock release pedalbehind the seatback, and move the seatto the front most position.

After passengers are in, lift the seatbackand return the seat until it locks.

CAUTION

� After putting back the seat, trypushing the seat forward and rear-ward to make sure it is secured inplace.

� Never allow anyone to rest theirfoot on the lock release pedal be-hind the front passenger seatbackwhile the vehicle is moving.

1. Pull up the seatback security locklever (1) to the unlock position.

2. Pull up the lock release button (2).

3. Fold down the seatback.

Each seatback can be folded separately.

NOTICE

To prevent damage to the lock releasebutton, do not fold down the seatbackby pulling the lock rel ease button.

Fold−down rear seat (coupe)

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

50


This will enlarge the trunk as far as theseatbacks. See “—Stowage precautions”on page 285 in Section 2 for precautionswhen loading luggage.

NOTICE

Make sure the luggage loaded in theenlarged trunk will not damage thewebbing of the rear seat belts whenthe seatback is folded down.

CAUTION

When returning the seatback to theupright position, observe the follow-ing precautions in order to preventdeath or serious injury in a collisionor sudden stop:

� Make sure the seatback is securelylocked by pushing forward and rear-ward on top of the seatback andthat the red mark at the button ontop of the seatback cannot be seen.Failure to do so will prevent theseat belt from operating properly.

� Make sure the seat belts are nottwisted or caught in the seatbackand are arranged in the properposition and are ready to use.

To turn on the seat heater, push theswitch. At this time, the indicator lightwill illuminate to indicate the seat heat-er is operating.

To turn off the seat heater, push theswitch once again.

The engine switch must be in the “ON”position to operate seat heaters.

Seat heaters

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

51


CAUTION

Occupants must use caution when op-erating the seat heater because itmay make them feel too hot or causeburns at low temperatures (erythema,varicella). Use extra caution for;

� Babies, small children, elderly per-sons, sick persons or persons withphysical disabilities

� Persons who have sensitive skin

� Persons who are exhausted

� Persons who have taken alcohol ordrugs which induce sleep (sleepingdrug, cold remedy, etc.)

To prevent the seat overheating, donot use the seat heater with a blan-ket, cushion, or other insulating ob-jects which cover the seat.

NOTICE

� Do not put unevenly weighed ob-jects on the seat and do not sticksharp objects (needles, nails, etc.)into the seat.

� When cleaning the seats, do notuse organic substances (paint thin-ner, benzine, alcohol, gasoline,etc.). They may damage the heaterand seat surface.

� To prevent the battery from becom-ing discharged, turn the switch offwhen the engine is not running. Front

Rear (coupe)

Head restraints

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

52


For your safety and comfort, adjust thehead restraint before driving.

To raise: Pull it up.To lower: Push it down while pressing thelock release button.

Rear head restraints (coupe)—When anoccupant sits on the rear seats, alwayspull up the head restraint to the lock posi-tion.

The head restraint is most effective whenit is close to your head. Therefore, usinga cushion on the seatback is not recom-mended.

CAUTION

� Adjust the center of the head re-straint so that it is closest to thetop of your ears.

� After adjusting the head restraint,make sure it is locked in position.

� Do not drive with the head re-straints removed.

Toyota strongly urges that the driver andpassengers in the vehicle be properly re-strained at all times with the seat beltsprovided. Failure to do so could increasethe chance of injury and/or the severity ofinjury in accidents.

The seat belts provided for your vehicleare designed for people of adult size,large enough to properly wear them.

Child. Use a child restraint system ap-propriate for the child until the child be-comes large enough to properly wear thevehicle’s seat belts. See “Child restraint”on page 85 in this Section for details.

If a child is too large for a child restraintsystem, the child should sit in the rearseat and must be restrained using thevehicle’s seat belt. According to accidentstatistics, the child is safer when properlyrestrained in the rear seat than in thefront seat.

If a child must sit in the front seat, theseat belts should be worn properly. If anaccident occurs and the seat belts are notworn properly, the force of the rapid infla-tion of the airbag may cause death orserious injury to the child.

Do not allow any children to stand up orkneel on either rear or front seats. Anunrestrained child could suffer serious in-jury or death during emergency braking ora collision. Also, do not let the child siton your lap. Holding a child in your armsdoes not provide sufficient restraint.

Pregnant woman. Toyota recommends theuse of a seat belt. Ask your doctor forspecific recommendations. The lap beltshould be worn securely and as low aspossible over the hips and not on thewaist.

Injured person. Toyota recommends theuse of a seat belt. Depending on the inju-ry, first check with your doctor for specificrecommendations.

Seat belts——Seat belt precautions

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

53


CAUTION

Persons should ride in their seatsproperly wearing their seat beltswhenever the vehicle is moving.Otherwise, they are much more likelyto suffer serious bodily injury ordeath in the event of sudden brakingor a collision.

When using the seat belts, observethe following:

� Use the belt for only one person ata time. Do not use a single belt fortwo or more people—even children.

� Avoid reclining the seatback anymore than needed. The seat beltsprovide maximum protection in afrontal or rear collision when thedriver and the front passenger aresitting up straight and well back inthe seats. If you are reclined, thelap belt may slide past your hipsand apply restraint forces directlyto the abdomen or your neck maycontact the shoulder belt. In theevent of a frontal co llision, themore the seat is reclined, the great-er the risk of death or serious inju-ry.

� Be careful not to damage the beltwebbing or hardware. Take care thatthey do not get caught or pinchedin the seat or doors.

� Inspect the belt system periodically.Check for cuts, fraying, and looseparts. Damaged parts should be re-placed. Do not disassemble ormodify the system.

� Keep the belts clean and dry. Ifthey need cleaning, use a mild soapsolution or lukewarm water. Neveruse bleach, dye, or abrasive clean-ers, or allow them to come intocontact with the belts—they mayseverely weaken the belts. (See“Cleaning the interior” on page 327in Section 5.)

� Replace the belt assembly (includ-ing bolts) if it has been used in asevere impact. The entire assemblyshould be replaced even if damageis not obvious.

USING FRONT SEAT BELT HANGERS(coupe)

Raise the front seat belt hanger until itlocks before you fasten the front seatbelt. Then adjust the length of thehanger by pulling or pushing it.

You will hear a click when the seat belthanger locks in raised position.

CAUTION

Make sure the seat belt hanger issecured in the raised position beforeyou fasten the seat belt. If it is not,the seat belt may not work properly.

—Fastening front and rearseat belts

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

54


USING FRONT SEAT BELT GUIDES(convertible)

The seat belt guide helps keep the seatbelt in its proper position. The guidecan also be used to reach the seat belttab easily.

To use the seat belt guide, detach thehanger magnet. Place the seat beltthrough the guide and reattach the mag-nets.

CAUTION

� Always make sure the shoulder beltis positioned securely across theshoulder, but kept away from neck.Use the seat belt guide to positionthe belt if necessary. Failure toproperly position the belt may re-duce the amount of protection in anaccident and could lead to death orserious injuries in a collision.

� Always make sure that the beltwebbing is not twisted and runsfreely through the guide when usingit.

� Always adjust the seat belt webbingsnugly, adjust the seat belt guideand seat position to assure properfit and comfort of your seat belt.

Tab

Buckle

Adjust the seat as needed and sit upstraight and well back in the seat. Tofasten your belt, pull it out of the re-tractor and insert the tab into thebuckle.

You will hear a click when the tab locksinto the buckle.

The seat belt length automatically adjuststo your size and the seat position.

The retractor will lock the belt during asudden stop or on impact. It also maylock if you lean forward too quickly. Aslow, easy motion will allow the belt toextend, and you can move around freely.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

55


When a passenger’s shoulder belt is com-pletely extended and is then retractedeven slightly, the belt is locked in thatposition and cannot be extended. This fea-ture is used to hold the child restraintsystem securely. (For details, see “Childrestraint” on page 85 in this Section.) Tofree the belt again, fully retract the beltand then pull the belt out once more.

If the seat belt cannot be pulled out of theretractor, firmly pull the belt and releaseit. You will then be able to smoothly pullthe belt out of the retractor.

CAUTION

� After inserting the tab, make surethe tab and buckle are locked andthat the belt is not twisted.

� Do not insert coins, clips, etc. inthe buckle as this may prevent youfrom properly latching the tab andbuckle.

� If the seat belt does not functionnormally, immediately contact yourToyota dealer. Do not use the seatuntil the seat belt is fixed, becauseit cannot protect an adult occupantor your child from death or seriousinjury.

Too high

Take upslack

Keep as low onhips as possible

Adjust the position of the lap andshoulder belts.

Position the lap belt as low as possibleon your hips—not on your waist, then ad-just it to a snug fit by pulling the shoulderportion upward through the latch plate.

CAUTION

� Both high−positioned lap belts andloose−fitting belts could causedeath or serious injuries due tosliding under the lap belt during acollision or other unintended event.Keep the lap belt positioned as lowon hips as possible.

� Do not place the shoulder belt un-der your arm.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

56


To release the belt, press the bucklerelease button and allow the belt toretract.

If the belt does not retract smoothly, pullit out and check for kinks or twists. Thenmake sure it remains untwisted as it re-tracts.

If your seat belts cannot be fastened se-curely because they are not long enough,a personalized seat belt extender is avail-able from your Toyota dealer free ofcharge.

Please contact your local Toyota dealer toorder the proper required length for theextender. Bring the heaviest coat you ex-pect to wear for proper measurement andselection of length. Additional ordering in-formation is available at your Toyota deal-er.

CAUTION

When using the seat belt extender,observe the following precautions.Failure to follow these instructionscould reduce the effectiveness of theseat belt restraint system in case ofan accident, increasing the chance ofdeath or serious injury.

� Remember that the extender pro-vided for you may not be safe whenused on a different vehicle, foranother person, or at a differentseating position than the one origi-nally intended.

� If the seat belt extender has beenconnected to the driver’s seat beltbuckle without wearing the seat beltwhen using the extender in thedriver’s seat, the SRS driver’s air-bag system will judge that the driv-er wears the seat belt even if notwearing it. In this case, the driver’sairbag may not activate correctly,causing death or serious injury inthe event of collision. Be sure towear the seat belt with the seat beltextender.

—Seat belt extender

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

57


� Make sure the front passenger oc-cupant classification indicator lightindicates “ON” when using the seatbelt extender for the front passen-ger seat. If the indicator light indi-cates “OFF”, disconnect the extend-er tongue from the seat belt buckle,then reconnect the seat belt. Recon-nect the seat belt extender aftermaking sure the indicator light indi-cates “ON”. If you use the seat beltextender while the indicator lightindicates “OFF”, the front passen-ger airbag and side airbag on thefront passenger side may not acti-vate correctly, which could causedeath or serious injury in the eventof collision.

� Be sure to wear the seat belt with-out the seat belt extender if youcan fasten the seat belt without theextender.

� Do not use the seat belt extenderwhen installing a child restraintsystem on the front or rear passen-ger seat. If installing a child re-straint system with the seat beltextender connected to the seat belt,the seat belt will not securely holdthe child restraint system, whichcould cause death or serious injuryto the child or other passengers inthe event of collision.

To connect the extender to the seatbelt, insert the tab into the seat beltbuckle so that the “PRESS” signs onthe buckle release buttons of the ex-tender and the seat belt are both facingoutward as shown.

You will hear a click when the tab locksinto the buckle.

When releasing the seat belt, press onthe buckle release button on the extender,not on the seat belt. This helps preventdamage to the vehicle interior and extend-er itself.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

58


As far as the seat belt extender on thefront passenger side is concerned, do notfail to disconnect the extender from theseat belt after the above operation in or-der to activate the front passenger airbagcorrectly when getting into the vehiclenext time.

When not in use, remove the extenderand store in the vehicle for future use.

CAUTION

� After inserting the tab, make surethe tab and buckle are locked andthat the lap and shoulder portionsof the belt and the seat belt extend-er are not twisted.

� Do not insert coins, clips, etc. inthe buckle as this may prevent youfrom properly latching the tab andbuckle.

� If the seat belt does not functionnormally, immediately contact yourToyota dealer. Do not use the seatuntil the seat belt is fixed, becauseit cannot protect an adult occupantor your child from death or seriousinjury.

The driver and front passenger seatbelt pretensioners are designed to beactivated in response to a severe fron-tal impact.

When the sensor detects a severe frontalimpact, the front seat belts are quicklydrawn back by the retractors so that thebelts snugly restrain the occupants.

The front passenger’s seat belt pretension-er will not activate if no passenger isdetected in the front passenger seat bythe front passenger occupant classificationsystem. However, the front passenger’sseat belt pretensioner may activate if lug-gage is put on the seat, or the seat beltis buckled up regardless of the presenceof an occupant in the seat. (As for thefront passenger occupant classificationsystem, see “—Front passenger occupantclassification system” on page 81 in thisSection.)

The seat belt pretensioners and SRS air-bags may not operate together in all colli-sions.

—Seat belt pretensioners

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

59


The seat belt pretensioner system con-sists mainly of the following componentsand their locations are shown in the il-lustration.

1. Front airbag sensors

2. SRS warning light

3. Front passenger occupant classificationindicator light

4. Front passenger occupant classificationsystem (ECU and sensors)

5. Seat belt pretensioner assemblies

6. Front passenger’s seat belt buckleswitch

7. Airbag sensor assembly

The seat belt pretensioners are controlledby the airbag sensor assembly. The airbagsensor assembly consists of a safing sen-sor and airbag sensor.

When the seat belt pretensioners are acti-vated, an operating noise may be heardand a small amount of non−toxic gas maybe released. This does not indicate thata fire is occurring. This gas is normallyharmless.

Once the seat belt pretensioners havebeen activated, the seat belt retractorsremain locked.

CAUTION

Do not modify, remove, strike or openthe seat belt pretensioner assemblies,airbag sensor or surrounding area orwiring. Failure to follow these instruc-tions may prevent the seat belt pre-tensioners from activating correctly,cause sudden operation of the systemor disable the system, which couldresult in death or serious injury. Con-sult your Toyota dealer about any re-pair and modification.

NOTICE

Do not perform any of the followingchanges without consulting yourToyota dealer. Such changes caninterfere with proper operation of theseat belt pretensioners in somecases.

� Installation of electronic devicessuch as a mobile two−way radio,cassette tape player or compactdisc player

� Repairs on or near the front seatbelt retractor assemblies

� Modification of the suspension sys-tem

� Modification of the front end struc-ture

� Attachment of a grille guard (bullbar, kangaroo bar, etc.), snowplow,winches or any other equipment tothe front end

� Repairs made on or near the frontfenders, front end structure or con-sole

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

60


This indicator comes on when the en-gine switch is turned to the “ON” posi-tion. It goes off after about 6 seconds.This means the seat belt pretensionersare operating properly.

This warning light system monitors theairbag sensor assembly, front airbag sen-sors, side airbag sensors, side and curtainshield airbag sensors, curtain shield air-bag sensors, driver’s seat position sensor,driver’s seat belt buckle switch, front pas-senger occupant classification system andindicator light, front passenger’s seat beltbuckle switch, seat belt pretensioner as-semblies, inflators, warning light, intercon-necting wiring and power sources. (Fordetails, see “Service reminder indicatorsand warning buzzers” on page 133 in Sec-tion 1−6.)

If any of the following conditions occurs,this indicates a malfunction of the airbagsor seat belt pretensioners. Contact yourToyota dealer as soon as possible.

� When the engine switch is turned tothe “ON” position, the light does notcome on or remains on for more than6 seconds.

� The light comes on or flashes whiledriving.

� If any seat belt does not retract orcannot be pulled out due to a malfunc-tion or activation of the relevant seatbelt pretensioner.

� The seat belt pretensioner assembly orsurrounding area has been damaged.

In the following cases, contact your Toyotadealer as soon as possible:

� The front of the vehicle (shaded in theillustration) was involved in an accidentthat was not severe enough to causethe seat belt pretensioners to operate.

� Either seat belt pretensioner assemblyor surrounding area is scratched,cracked, or otherwise damaged.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

61


The SRS (Supplemental Restraint Sys-tem) front airbags are designed to pro-vide further protection for the driverand front passenger in addition to theprimary safety protection provided bythe seat belts.

Your vehicle is equipped with “ADVANCEDAIRBAGS” designed based on US motorvehicle safety standards (FMVSS208). Theairbag system controls airbag deploymentpower for the driver and front passenger.The driver airbag system consists of thedriver seat’s position sensor etc. The frontpassenger’s airbag system consists of thefront passenger occupant classificationsensor etc.

In response to a severe frontal impact,the SRS front airbags work with the seatbelts to help reduce injury by inflating.The SRS front airbags help reduce injuriesmainly to the driver’s or front passenger’shead or chest caused by hitting the ve-hicle interior.

The SRS front passenger airbag will notactivate if there is no passenger sitting inthe front passenger seat. However, thefront passenger airbag may deploy if lug-gage is put in the seat, or the seat beltis buckled up, regardless of the presenceof an occupant in the seat. (As for thefront passenger occupant classificationsystem, see “—Front passenger occupantclassification system” on page 81 in thisSection.)

Always wear your seat belt properly.

CAUTION

� The SRS front airbag system is de-signed only as a supplement to theprimary protection of the driver andfront passenger seat belt systems.The driver and front passenger canbe killed or seriously injured by theinflating airbags if they do not wearthe available seat belts properly.During sudden braking just beforea collision, an unrestrained driveror front passenger can move for-ward into direct contact with orclose proximity to the airbag whichmay then deploy during the colli-sion. To ensure maximum protectionin an accident, the driver and allpassengers in the vehicle mustwear their seat belts properly. Wear-ing a seat belt properly during anaccident reduces the chances ofdeath or serious injury or beingthrown out of the vehicle. For in-structions and precautions concern-ing the seat belt system, see “Seatbelts” on page 52 in this Section.

SRS airbags——SRS driver airbag and frontpassenger airbag

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

62


� Improperly seated and/or restrainedinfants and children can be killedor seriously injured by the deploy-ing airbags. An infant or child whois too small to use a seat beltshould be properly secured using achild restraint system. Toyotastrongly recommends that all in-fants and children be placed in therear seat of the vehicle and proper-ly restrained. The rear seat is thesafest for infants and children. Forinstructions concerning the installa-tion of a child restraint system, see“Child restraint” on page 85 in thisSection.

The SRS front airbags are designed todeploy in severe (usually frontal) colli-sions where the magnitude and durationof the forward deceleration of the ve-hicle exceeds the designed thresholdlevel.

The SRS front airbags will deploy if theseverity of the impact is above the de-signed threshold level, comparable to anapproximate 25 km/h (15 mph) collisionwhen the vehicle has the impact straightinto a fixed barrier that does not move ordeform.

However, this threshold velocity will beconsiderably higher if the vehicle strikesan object, such as a parked vehicle orsign pole, which can move or deform onimpact, or if the vehicle is involved in anunderride collision (e.g. a collision inwhich the front of the vehicle “underrides”,or goes under, the bed of a truck, etc.).

It is possible that in some collisionswhere the forward deceleration of the ve-hicle is very close to the designed thresh-old level, the SRS front airbags and theseat belt pretensioners may not activatetogether.

Always wear your seat belts properly.

Collision from the rear

Collision from the side

Vehicle rollover

The SRS front airbags are not generallydesigned to inflate if the vehicle is in-volved in a side or rear collision, if itrolls over, or if it is involved in a low−speed frontal collision. But, when ever acollision of any type causes sufficientforward deceleration of the vehicle, de-ployment of the SRS front airbags mayoccur.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

63


Hitting a curb, edgeof pavement orhard surface

Falling into orjumping overa deep hole

Landing hard or vehicle falling

The SRS front airbags may also deployif a serious impact occurs to the under-side of your vehicle. Some examplesare shown in the illustration.

The SRS front airbag system consistsmainly of the following components, andtheir locations are shown in the illustra-tion.

1. Front airbag sensors



4. Airbag module for front passenger (airbag and inflator)



7. Driver’s seat belt buckle switch

8. Driver’s seat position sensor


10. Airbag module for driver (airbag and inflator)

The airbag sensor assembly consists of asafing sensor and airbag sensor.

The front airbag sensors constantly moni-tor the forward deceleration of the vehicle.If an impact results in a forward decelera-tion beyond the designed threshold level,the system triggers the airbag inflators. Atthis time a chemical reaction in the infla-tors very quickly fills the airbags withnon−toxic gas to help restrain the forwardmotion of the occupants. The front airbagsthen quickly deflate, so that there is noobstruction of the driver’s vision should itbe necessary to continue driving.

When the airbags inflate, they produce aloud noise and release some smoke andresidue along with non−toxic gas. Thisdoes not indicate a fire. This smoke mayremain inside the vehicle for some time,and may cause some minor irritation tothe eyes, skin or breathing. Be sure towash off any residue as soon as possibleto prevent any potential skin irritation withsoap and water. If you can safely exitfrom the vehicle, you should do so imme-diately.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

64


Deployment of the airbags happens in afraction of a second, so the airbags mustinflate with considerable force. While thesystem is designed to reduce serious inju-ries, primarily to the head and chest, itmay also cause other, less severe injuriesto the face, chest, arms and hands. Theseare usually in the nature of minor burnsor abrasions and swelling, but the force ofa deploying airbag can cause more seri-ous injuries, especially if an occupant’shands, arms, chest or head is in closeproximity to the airbag module at the timeof deployment. This is why it is importantfor the occupant to: avoid placing anyobject or part of the body between theoccupant and the airbag module; sitstraight and well back into the seat; wearthe available seat belt properly; and sit asfar as possible from the airbag module,while still maintaining control of the ve-hicle.

Parts of the airbag module (steering wheelhub, airbag cover and inflator) may be hotfor several minutes after deployment, sodo not touch! The airbags inflate onlyonce. The windshield may be damaged byabsorbing some of the force of the inflat-ing airbag.

CAUTION

The driver or front passenger who istoo close to the steering wheel ordashboard during airbag deploymentcan be killed or seriously injured.Toyota strongly recommends that:

� The driver sit as far back as pos-sible from the steering wheel whilestill maintaining control of the ve-hicle.

� The front passenger sit as far backas possible from the dashboard.

� All vehicle occupants be properlyrestrained using the available seatbelts.

For instructions and precautions con-cerning the seating position, see“—Front seat precautions” on page44 in this Section.

� Do not sit on the edge of the seator lean against the dashboard whenthe vehicle is in use, since thefront passenger airbag could inflatewith considerable speed and force.Anyone who is up against, or veryclose to, an airbag when it inflates,can be killed or seriously injured.Sit up straight and well back in theseat, and always use your seat beltproperly.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

65


� Toyota strongly recommends that allinfants and children be placed inthe rear seat of the vehicle and beproperly restrained.

� Do not hold a child on your lap orin your arms. Use a child restraintsystem in the rear seat. For instruc-tions concerning the installation ofa child restraint system, see “Childrestraint” on page 85 in this Sec-tion.

� Do not put anything or any part ofyour body on or in front of thedashboard or steering wheel padthat houses the front airbag sys-tem. They might restrict inflation orcause death or serious injury asthey are projected rearward by theforce of the deploying airbags. Like-wise, the driver and front passengershould not hold objects in theirarms or on their knees.

� Do not modify or remove any wir-ing. Do not modify, remove, strikeor open any components such asthe steering wheel pad, steeringwheel, column cover, dashboardnear the front passenger airbag,front passenger airbag cover, frontpassenger airbag or airbag sensorassembly. Doing so may prevent thefront airbag system from activatingcorrectly, cause sudden activationof the system or disable the sys-tem, which could result in death orserious injury.

Failure to follow these instructionscan result in death or serious injury.Consult your Toyota dealer about anyrepair and modification.

If you wish to modify your vehicle fora person with physical disability, con-sult your Toyota dealer. It may dan-gerously interfere with the SRS frontairbags operation.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

66


NOTICE

Do not perform any of the followingchanges without consulting yourToyota dealer. Such changes caninterfere with proper operation of theSRS front airbag system in somecases.



� Modification of the front end struc-ture

� Attachment of a grille guard (bullbar, kangaroo bar, etc.), snowplow,winches or any other equipment tothe front end

� Repairs made on or near the frontfenders, front end structure, con-sole, steering column, steeringwheel, front passenger’s seat ordashboard near the front passengerairbag

This indicator comes on when the en-gine switch is turned to the “ON” posi-tion. It goes off after about 6 seconds.This means the SRS front airbags areoperating properly.

This warning light system monitors theairbag sensor assembly, front airbag sen-sors, side airbag sensors, side and curtainshield airbag sensors, curtain shield air-bag sensors, driver’s seat position sensor,driver’s seat belt buckle switch, front pas-senger occupant classification system andindicator light, front passenger’s seat beltbuckle switch, seat belt pretensioner as-semblies, inflators, warning light, intercon-necting wiring and power sources. (Fordetails, see “Service reminder indicatorsand warning buzzers” on page 133 in Sec-tion 1−6.)



� The light comes on or starts flashingwhile driving.

The SRS warning light will come on andfront passenger occupant classification in-dicator light will indicate “OFF” if there isa malfunction in the front passenger occu-pant classification system.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

67



� The SRS front airbags have been in-flated.

� The front of the vehicle (shaded in theillustration) was involved in an accidentthat was not severe enough to causethe SRS front airbags to inflate.

� The pad section of the steering wheelor front passenger airbag cover(shaded in the illustration) is scratched,cracked, or otherwise damaged.

NOTICE

Do not disconnect the battery cablesbefore contacting your Toyota dealer.

The SRS (Supplemental Restraint Sys-tem) side airbags are designed to pro-vide further protection for the driverand front passenger in addition to theprimary safety protection provided bythe seat belts.

In response to a severe side impact, theSRS side airbags work with the seat beltsto help reduce injury by inflating. The SRSside airbags help to reduce injuries mainlyto the driver’s or front passenger’s chest.

—SRS side airbags

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

68


The SRS side airbag on the passengerseat will not activate if there is no pas-senger sitting in the front passenger seat.However, the side airbag on the passen-ger seat may deploy if luggage is put inthe seat, or the seat belt is buckled upregardless of the presence of the occu-pant in the seat. (As for the front passen-ger occupant classification system, see“—Front passenger occupant classificationsystem” on page 81 in this Section.)


CAUTION

� The SRS side airbag system is de-signed only as a supplement to theprimary protection of the driver andfront passenger seat belt systems.To ensure maximum protection inan accident, the driver and all pas-sengers in the vehicle must weartheir seat belts properly. Wearing aseat belt properly during an acci-dent reduces the chances of deathor serious injury or being thrownout of the vehicle. For instructionsand precautions concerning the seatbelt system, see “Seat belts” onpage 52 in this Section.

� Improperly seated and/or restrainedinfants and children can be killedor seriously injured by the deploy-ing airbags. An infant or child whois too small to use a seat beltshould be properly secured using achild restraint system. Toyotastrongly recommends that all in-fants and children be placed in therear seats of the vehicle and prop-erly restrained. The rear seats arethe safest for infants and children.For instructions concerning theinstallation of a child restraint sys-tem, see “Child restraint” on page85 in this Section.

� Do not allow anyone to lean his/herhead or any part of his/her bodyagainst the front door or the areaof the seat from which the SRSside airbag deploys even if he/sheis a child seated in the child re-straint system. It is dangerous ifthe SRS side airbag inflates, andthe impact of the deploying airbagcould cause death or serious injuryto the occupant.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

69


The SRS side airbag system may notactivate if the vehicle is subjected to acollision from the side at certainangles, or a collision to the side of thevehicle body other than the passengercompartment as shown in the illustra-tion.

The SRS side airbags are designed toinflate when the passenger compartmentarea suffers a severe impact from theside.



Collision from the front

Vehicle rollover

The SRS side airbags are not generallydesigned to inflate if the vehicle is in-volved in a front or rear collision, if itrolls over, or if it is involved in a low−speed side collision.

The SRS side airbag system consistsmainly of the following components, andtheir locations are shown in the illustra-tion.




4. Side airbag sensors

5. Side airbag modules (airbag and inflator)



’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

70


The SRS side airbag system is controlledby the airbag sensor assembly. The airbagsensor assembly consists of a safing sen-sor and airbag sensor.

In a severe side impact, the side airbagsensor triggers the side airbag inflators.At this time a chemical reaction in theinflators quickly fills the airbags with non−toxic gas to help restrain the lateral mo-tion of the occupants.

When the airbags inflate, they produce afairly loud noise and release some smokeand residue along with non−toxic gas. Thisdoes not indicate a fire. This smoke mayremain inside the vehicle for some time,and may cause some minor irritation tothe eyes, skin or breathing. Be sure towash off any residue as soon as possibleto prevent any potential skin irritation withsoap and water. If you can safely exitfrom the vehicle, you should do so imme-diately.

Deployment of the airbags happens in afraction of a second, so the airbags mustinflate with considerable force. While thesystem is designed to reduce serious inju-ries, it may also cause minor burns orabrasions and swelling.

Front seats may be hot for several min-utes, but the airbags themselves will notbe hot. The airbags are designed to inflateonly once.

CAUTION

SRS side airbags inflate with consid-erable force. To reduce the possibilityof death or serious injury when theyinflate, the driver and front passengermust:

� Wear their seat belts properly.

� Remain properly seated with theirbacks upright and against the seatsat all times.

� Do not allow anyone to lean againstthe front door when the vehicle isin use, since the side airbag couldinflate with considerable speed andforce. Otherwise, he/she may bekilled or be seriously injured. Spe-cial care should be taken especiallywhen you have a small child in thevehicle.

� Sit up straight and well back in theseat, distributing your weight evenlyin the seat. Do not apply excessiveweight to the outer side of theseats on vehicles with side airbags.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

71


� Do not attach a cup holder or anyother device or object on or aroundthe door. When the side airbag in-flates, the cup holder or any otherdevice or object will be thrown withgreat force or the side airbag maynot activate correctly, resulting indeath or serious injury. Likewise,the driver and front passengershould not hold objects in theirarms or on their knees.

� Do not use seat accessories whichcover the parts where the side air-bags inflate. Such accessories mayprevent the side airbags from acti-vating correctly, causing death orserious injury.

� Do not modify or replace the seatsor upholstery of the seats with sideairbags. Such changes may preventthe side airbag system from activat-ing correctly, disable the system orcause the side airbags to inflate ac-cidentally, resulting in death or seri-ous injury.


If you wish to modify your vehicle fora person with physical disability, con-sult your Toyota dealer. It may dan-gerously interfere with the SRS sideairbags operation.

NOTICE

Do not perform any of the followingchanges without consulting yourToyota dealer. Such changes caninterfere with proper operation of theSRS side airbag system in somecases.



� Modification of the side structure ofthe passenger compartment

� Repairs made on or near the con-sole or front seat

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

72


This indicator comes on when the en-gine switch is turned to the “ON” posi-tion. It goes off after about 6 seconds.This means the SRS side airbags areoperating properly.

This warning light system monitors theairbag sensor assembly, front airbag sen-sors, side airbag sensors, driver’s seatposition sensor, driver’s seat belt buckleswitch, front passenger occupant classifi-cation system and indicator light, frontpassenger’s seat belt buckle switch, seatbelt pretensioner assemblies, inflators,warning light, interconnecting wiring andpower sources. (For details, see “Servicereminder indicators and warning buzzers”on page 133 in Section 1−6.)






� Any of the SRS side airbags havebeen inflated.

� The portion of the doors (shaded in theillustration) was involved in an accidentthat was not severe enough to causethe SRS side airbags to inflate.

� The surface of the seats with the SRSside airbag (shaded in the illustration)is scratched, cracked, or otherwisedamaged.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

73


NOTICE


The SRS (Supplemental Restraint Sys-tem) side airbags and curtain shield air-bags are designed to provide furtherprotection for the driver, front passen-ger and rear outside passengers inaddition to the primary safety protec-tion provided by the seat belts.

In response to a severe side impact, theSRS side airbags and curtain shield air-bags work with the seat belts to helpreduce injury by inflating. The SRS sideairbags help reduce injuries mainly to thedriver’s or front passenger’s chest and theSRS curtain shield airbags help reduceinjuries mainly to the driver’s, front pas-senger’s or rear outside passenger’s head.

The SRS side airbag on the passengerseat will not activate if there is no pas-senger sitting in the front passenger seat.However, the side airbag on the passen-ger seat may deploy if luggage is put inthe seat, or the seat belt is buckled upregardless of the presence of the occu-pant in the seat. (As for the front passen-ger occupant classification system, see“—Front passenger occupant classificationsystem” on page 81 in this Section.)

The SRS curtain shield airbag on the pas-senger side are activated even with nopassenger in the front seat or rear outsideseat.

The SRS curtain shield airbags may acti-vate even when the side airbags are notactivated.


—SRS side airbags and curtainshield airbags

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

74


CAUTION

� The SRS side airbag and curtainshield airbag system is designedonly as a supplement to the prima-ry protection of the driver, frontpassenger and rear outside passen-ger seat belt systems. To ensuremaximum protection in an accident,the driver and all passengers in thevehicle must wear their seat beltsproperly. Wearing a seat belt prop-erly during an accident reduces thechances of death or serious injuryor being thrown out of the vehicle.For instructions and precautionsconcerning the seat belt system,see “Seat belts” on page 52 in thisSection.

� Do not allow anyone to lean his/herhead or any part of his/her bodyagainst the door or the area of theseat, p illar, rear pillar or roof siderail from which the SRS side airbagand curtain shield airbag deployeven if he/she is a child seated inthe child restraint system. It is dan-gerous if the SRS side airbag andcurtain shield airbag inflate, and theimpact of the deploying airbagcould cause death or serious injuryto the occupant.

� Improperly seated and/or restrainedinfants and children can be killedor seriously injured by the deploy-ing airbags. An infant or child whois too small to use a seat beltshould be properly secured using achild restraint system. Toyotastrongly recommends that all in-fants and children be placed in therear seats of the vehicle and prop-erly restrained. The rear seats arethe safest for infants and children.For instructions concerning theinstallation of a child restraint sys-tem, see “Child restraint” on page85 in this Section.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

75


The SRS side airbag and curtain shieldairbag system may not activate if thevehicle is subjected to a collision fromthe side at certain angles, or a collisionto the side of the vehicle body otherthan the passenger compartment asshown in the illustration.

The SRS side airbags and curtain shieldairbags are designed to inflate when thepassenger compartment area suffers a se-vere impact from the side.



Collision from the front

Vehicle rollover

The SRS side airbags and curtain shieldairbags are not generally designed toinflate if the vehicle is involved in afront or rear collision, if it rolls over,or if it is involved in a low−speed sidecollision.

The SRS side airbag and curtain shieldairbag system consists mainly of the fol-lowing components, and their locations areshown in the illustration.



3. Curtain shield airbag modules(airbag and inflator)


5. Side and curtain shield airbag sensors

6. Curtain shield airbag sensors

7. Side airbag modules (airbag and inflator)

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

76




The SRS side airbag and curtain shieldairbag system is controlled by the airbagsensor assembly. The airbag sensor as-sembly consists of a safing sensor andairbag sensor.

In a severe side impact, the side andcurtain shield airbag sensor and/or thecurtain shield airbag sensor trigger(s) theside airbag inflators and/or the curtainshield airbag inflators. At this time achemical reaction in the inflators quicklyfills the airbags with non−toxic gas to helprestrain the lateral motion of the occu-pants.

When the airbags inflate, they produce afairly loud noise and release some smokeand residue along with non−toxic gas. Thisdoes not indicate a fire. This smoke mayremain inside the vehicle for some time,and may cause some minor irritation tothe eyes, skin or breathing. Be sure towash off any residue as soon as possibleto prevent any potential skin irritation withsoap and water. If you can safely exitfrom the vehicle, you should do so imme-diately.

Deployment of the airbags happens in afraction of a second, so the airbags mustinflate with considerable force. While thesystem is designed to reduce serious inju-ries, it may also cause minor burns orabrasions and swelling.

Front seats as well as parts of the frontand rear pillars, and roof side rail may behot for several minutes, but the airbagsthemselves will not be hot. The airbagsare designed to inflate only once.

CAUTION

SRS side airbags and curtain shieldairbags inflate with considerableforce. To reduce the possibility ofdeath or serious injury when they in-flate, the driver, front passenger andrear outside passengers must:

� Wear their seat belts properly.

� Remain properly seated with theirbacks upright and against the seatsat all times.

� Do not allow anyone to lean againstthe door when the vehicle is in use,since the side airbag and curtainshield airbag could inflate with con-siderable speed and force. Other-wise, he/she may be killed or seri-ously injured. Special care shouldbe taken especially when you havea small child in the vehicle.

� Sit up straight and well back in theseat, distributing your weight evenlyin the seat. Do not apply excessiveweight to the outer side of theseats with a side airbag, and to thefront pillar, rear pillar and roof siderail with a curtain shield airbag.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

77


� Do not allow anyone to get his/herhead closer to the area where theside airbag and curtain shield air-bag inflate, since these airbagscould inflate with considerablespeed and force. Otherwise, he/shemay be killed or seriously injured.Special care should be taken espe-cially when you have a small childin the vehicle.

� Do not allow anyone to kneel onthe passenger seat, facing the pas-senger’s side door, since the sideairbag and curtain shield airbagcould inflate with considerablespeed and force. Otherwise, he/shemay be killed or seriously injured.Special care should be taken espe-cially when you have a small childin the vehicle.

� Do not allow anyone to get his/herhead or hands out of windowssince the curtain shield airbagscould inflate with considerablespeed and force. Otherwise, he/shemay be killed or seriously injured.Special care should be taken espe-cially when you have a small childin the vehicle.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

78


� Do not attach a cup holder or anyother device or object on or aroundthe door. When the side airbag in-flates, the cup holder or any otherdevice or object will be thrown withgreat force or the side airbag maynot activate correctly, resulting indeath or serious injury. Likewise,the driver and front passengershould not hold objects in theirarms or on their knees.

� Do not attach a microphone or anyother device or object around thearea where the curtain shield airbagactivates such as on the windshieldglass, side door glass, front andrear pillars, roof side rail and assistgrips. When the curtain shield air-bag inflates, the microphone or oth-er device or object will be thrownaway with great force or the curtainshield airbag may not activate cor-rectly, resulting in death or seriousinjury.

� Do not hook a hanger, heavy orsharp pointed objects on the coathook. If the curtain shield airbaginflates, those items will be thrownaway with great force or the curtainshield airbag may not activate cor-rectly, resulting in death or seriousinjury. When you hang clothes,hang them on the coat hook direct-ly.

� Do not use seat accessories whichcover the parts where the side air-bags inflate. Such accessories mayprevent the side airbags from acti-vating correctly, causing death orserious injury.

� Do not modify or replace the seatsor upholstery of the seats with sideairbags. Such changes may preventthe side airbag system from activat-ing correctly, disable the system orcause the side airbags to inflate ac-cidentally, resulting in death or seri-ous injury.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

79


� Do not disassemble or repair thefront and rear pillars and roof siderail containing the curtain shieldairbags. Such changes may disablethe system or cause the curtainshield airbags to inflate accidental-ly, resulting in death or serious in-jury.


If you wish to modify your vehicle fora person with physical disability, con-sult your Toyota dealer. It may dan-gerously interfere with the SRS sideairbags and curtain shield airbags op-eration.

NOTICE

Do not perform any of the followingchanges without consulting yourToyota dealer. Such changes caninterfere with proper operation of theSRS side airbag and curtain shieldairbag system in some cases.



� Modification of the side structure ofthe passenger compartment

� Repairs made on or near the con-sole or front seat

This indicator comes on when the en-gine switch is turned to the “ON” posi-tion. It goes off after about 6 seconds.This means the SRS side airbags andcurtain shield airbags are operatingproperly.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

80


This warning light system monitors theairbag sensor assembly, front airbag sen-sors, side and curtain shield airbag sen-sors, curtain shield airbag sensors, driv-er’s seat position sensor, driver’s seat beltbuckle switch, front passenger occupantclassification system and indicator light,front passenger’s seat belt buckle switch,seat belt pretensioner assemblies, infla-tors, warning light, interconnecting wiringand power sources. (For details, see “Ser-vice reminder indicators and warning buzz-ers” on page 133 in Section 1−6.)






� Any of the SRS side airbags and cur-tain shield airbags have been inflated.

� The portion of the doors (shaded in theillustration) was involved in an accidentthat was not severe enough to causethe SRS side airbags and curtainshield airbags to inflate.

� The surface of the seats with the SRSside airbag (shaded in the illustration)is scratched, cracked, or otherwisedamaged.

� The portion of the front pillars, rearpillars or roof side rail garnishes (pad-ding) containing the curtain shield air-bags inside (shaded in the illustration)is scratched, cracked, or otherwisedamaged.

NOTICE


’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

81


Your vehicle is equipped with a frontpassenger occupant classification sys-tem. This system detects the conditions1—4 in the table on page 83 and basedon these conditions activates or deacti-vates the following systems;

� Front passenger airbag

� Side airbag on the front passengerseat

� Front passenger’s seat belt pretension-er

The system monitors the weight andload on the front passenger seat, andthe seat belt buckle switch to determineconditions 1—4.

In order for the system to detect theconditions correctly, do not do any ofthe following:

� Apply a heavy load to the front pas-senger seat or equipment (e.g. seat-back pocket).

� Attach a commercial seatback table,etc. to the front passenger seat seat-back.

� Put weight on the front passenger seatby putting your hands or feet on theseatback from the rear passenger seat.

The front passenger occupant classifi-cation indicator light indicates the ac-tuation of the front passenger airbag,side airbag on the front passenger seatand front passenger’s seat belt preten-sioner.

The indicator light will indicate “OFF”when the engine switch is in the “ON”position with the condition 2 in the tableshown below.

If the front passenger occupant classifica-tion system determines that a person ofadult size sits in the front passenger seatbut the “OFF” indicator is illuminated, oneof the following is likely to have occurred:

� A rear passenger lifts the front passen-ger seat cushion with their legs.

� Objects are placed under the front pas-senger seat.

� The front passenger seatback is incontact with the rear seat.

To ensure the system correctly detects anadult sitting in the front passenger seat,make sure the above do not occur.

Make sure that the “ON” indicator is illu-minated when an adult is seated in thefront passenger seat. If the “OFF” indica-tor is illuminated, ask the passenger to situp straight, well back in the seat, andwith the seat belt worn correctly. If the“OFF” indicator still remains illuminated,either ask the passenger to move to therear seat, or if that is not possible, movethe front passenger seat fully rearward.

—Front passenger occupantclassification system

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

82


The front passenger occupant classifi-cation indicator light will indicate “ON”and “OFF” when the engine switch isturned to the “ON” position. Afterabout four seconds, it will go off. Afterthat, the front passenger occupant clas-sification system operates and judgeswhether to indicate “ON” or “OFF”.

The SRS warning light will come onand front passenger occupant classifi-cation indicator light will indicate“OFF” if there is a malfunction in thefront passenger occupant classificationsystem.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

83


Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant classification system

Condition detected bythe front passenger

occupant classificationsystem

Indicator/warning light Devices

Frontpassengeroccupant

classificationindicator light

SRS warninglight

Frontpassenger’s

seat beltreminder light

Frontpassenger

airbag

Side airbagon the frontpassenger

seat

Curtain shieldairbag in the

frontpassenger

side

Frontpassenger’s

seat beltpretensioner

1. Adult∗1 “ON” Off Flashing∗4 Activated

2. Child∗2 or childrestraint system∗3 “OFF”∗5 Off Flashing∗4 Deactivated

Activated

Activated

3. Unoccupied Notilluminated

Off Off Deactivated Deactivated

4. There is amalfunction in thesystem

“OFF” On Off Deactivated Activated

∗1: The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller adult sits in the front passenger seat, the system mayrecognize him/her as a child depending on his/her physique and posture.

∗2: When a larger child who has outgrown a child restraint system sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/heras an adult depending on his/her physique or posture.

∗3: Never install a rear−facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat. A forward−facing child restraint system should only beinstalled on the front passenger seat when it is unavoidable. (See “Child restraint” on page 85 in this Section as for installing thechild restraint system.)

∗4: In the event the front passenger does not wear a seat belt.∗5: In case the indicator is not illuminated, see “Child restraint” on page 85 as for installing the child restraint system properly.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

84


CAUTION

To avoid potential death or seriousinjury when the front passenger occu-pant classification system does notdetect the conditions correctly, ob-serve the following.

� Do not recline the front passengerseatback so far that it touches arear seat. This may cause the“OFF” indicator to be illuminated,which indicates that the passen-ger’s airbags will not deploy in theevent of a severe accident. If theseatback touches the rear seat, re-turn the seatback to a positionwhere it does not touches the rearseat.

Keep the front passenger seatbackas upright as possible when the ve-hicle is moving. Reclining the seat-back excessively may lessen the ef-fectiveness of the seat belt system.

� Make sure the front passenger oc-cupant classification indicator lightindicates “ON” when using the seatbelt extender for the front passen-ger seat. If the indicator light indi-cates “OFF”, disconnect the extend-er tongue from the seat belt buckle,then reconnect the seat belt. Recon-nect the seat belt extender aftermaking sure the indicator light indi-cates “ON”. If you use the seat beltextender while the indicator lightindicates “OFF”, the front passen-ger airbag and side airbag on thefront passenger side may not acti-vate correctly, which could causedeath or serious injury in the eventof collision.

� If an adult sits in the front passen-ger seat, the occupant classificationindicator light should indicate “ON”.If the “OFF” indicator is illumina-ted, ask the passenger to sit upstraight, well back in the seat, feeton the floor, and with the seat beltworn correctly. If the “OFF” indica-tor still remains illuminated, eitherask the passenger to move to therear seat, or if that is not possible,move the front passenger seat fullyrearward.

� Wear the seat belt properly.

� Make sure the front passenger’sseat belt tab has not been left in-serted into the buckle before some-one sits in the front passengerseat.

� Do not apply a heavy load to thefront seat or equipment (e.g. seat-back pocket).

� Do not put weight on the front pas-senger seat by putting your handsor feet on the front passenger seatseatback from the rear passengerseat.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

85


� Do not let a rear passenger lift thefront passenger seat with their feetor press on the seatback with theirlegs.

� Do not put objects under the frontpassenger seat.

� Child restraint systems installed onthe rear seat should not contact thefront seatbacks.

� When it is unavoidable to install theforward−facing child restraint sys-tem on the front passenger seat,install the child restraint system onthe front passenger seat in theproper order. (As for the installationorder, see “—Installation with seatbelt” on page 88 in this Section.)

� Do not remove the front seats.

� Do not kick the front passengerseat or subject it to severe impact.Otherwise, the SRS warning lightmay come on to indicate a malfunc-tion of the detection system. In thiscase, contact your Toyota dealer im-mediately.

The front passenger occupant classifica-tion indicator light may indicate “ON” (thefront passenger airbag and side airbag onthe front passenger seat may deploy)even if observing the above cautions,when a child sits in, or a forward−facingchild restraint system is installed on thefront passenger seat. Refer to all the cau-tions in “SRS airbags” on page 61 and“Child restraint” on page 85 in this Sec-tion.

Toyota strongly urges the use of ap-propriate child restraint systems forchildren.

The laws of all 50 states in the U.S.A.and Canada now require the use of achild restraint system.

Your vehicle conforms to SAEJ1819.

If a child is too large for a child restraintsystem, the child should sit in the rearseat and must be restrained using thevehicle’s seat belt. See “Seat belts” onpage 52 in this Section for details.

CAUTION

� For effective protection in automo-bile accidents and sudden stops, achild must be properly restrained,using a seat belt or child restraintsystem depending on the age andsize of the child. Holding a child inyour arms is not a substitute for achild restraint system. In an acci-dent, the child can be crushedagainst the windshield, or betweenyou and the vehicle’s interior.

Child restraint——Child restraint precautions

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

86


� Toyota strongly urges use of aproper child restraint system whichconforms to the size of the child,installed on the rear seat. Accord-ing to accident statistics, the childis safer when properly restrained inthe rear seat than in the front seat.

� Never install a rear−facing child re-straint system on the front passen-ger seat even if the front passengeroccupant classification indicatorlight indicates “OFF”. In the eventof an accident, the force of the rap-id inflation of the front passengerairbag can cause death or seriousinjury to the child if the rear−facingchild restraint system is installedon the front passenger seat.

� A forward−facing child restraint sys-tem should be allowed to beinstalled on the front passengerseat only when it is unavoidable.Always move the seat as far backas possible even if the front pas-senger occupant classification indi-cator light indicates “OFF”, becausethe front passenger airbag could in-flate with considerable speed andforce. Otherwise, the child may bekilled or seriously injured.

� Do not allow the child to lean his/her head or any part of his/herbody against the door or the areaof the seat, front or rear pillar orroof side rail from which the sideairbags or curtain shield airbagsdeploy even if the child is seated inthe child restraint system. It is dan-gerous if the side airbag and cur-tain shield airbag inflate, and theimpact could cause death or seri-ous injury to the child.

� Do not use the seat belt extenderwhen installing a child restraintsystem on the front or rear passen-ger seat. If installing a child re-straint system with the seat beltextender connected to the seat belt,the seat belt will not securely holdthe child restraint system, whichcould cause death or serious injuryto the child or other passengers inthe event of collision.

� Make sure you have complied withall installation instructions providedby the child restraint manufacturerand that the system is properly se-cured. If it is not secured properly,it may cause death or serious injuryto the child in the event of a sud-den stop or accident.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

87


A child restraint system for a smallchild or baby must itself be properlyrestrained on the seat with the lap por-tion of the lap/shoulder belt. You mustcarefully consult the manufacturer’s in-structions which accompany the childrestraint system.

To provide proper restraint, use a childrestraint system following the manufactur-er’s instructions about the appropriate ageand size of the child for the child restraintsystem.

Install the child restraint system correctlyfollowing the instructions provided by itsmanufacturer. General directions are alsoprovided under the following illustrations.

The child restraint system should beinstalled on the rear seat. According toaccident statistics, the child is safer whenproperly restrained in the rear seat thanin the front seat.

When not using the child restraint system,keep it secured with the seat belt or placeit in the trunk or somewhere other thanthe passenger compartment. This will pre-vent it from injuring passengers in theevent of a sudden stop or accident.

Child restraint systems are classified intothe following 3 types depending on thechild’s age and size.

(A) Infant seat(B) Convertible seat(C) Booster seat

Install the child restraint system followingthe instructions provided by its manufac-turer.

Your vehicle has anchor brackets for se-curing the top strap of a child restraintsystem.

For instructions about how to use the an-chor bracket, see “—Using a top strap” onpage 98 (for coupe) and 100 (for convert-ible) in this Section.

The child restraint lower anchorages ap-proved for your vehicle may also be used.See “—Installation with child restraint low-er anchorages” on page 102 (for coupe)and 103 (for convertible) in this Section.

(A) Infant seat

(B) Convertible seat

—Child restraint system—Types of child restraintsystem

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

88


(C) Booster seat(A) INFANT SEAT INSTALLATION

An infant seat must be used in rear−facing position only.

CAUTION

� Never install a rear−facing child re-straint system on the front passen-ger seat even if the front passengeroccupant classification indicatorlight indicates “OFF”. In the eventof an accident, the impact of therapid inflation of the front passen-ger airbag could cause death or se-rious injury to the child if the rear−facing child restraint system isinstalled on the front passengerseat.

—Installation with seat belt

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

89


� Do not install a child restraint sys-tem on the rear seat if it interfereswith the lock mechanism of thefront seats. Otherwise, the child orfront seat occupant(s) may be killedor seriously injured in case of sud-den braking or a collision.

� If the driver’s seat position doesnot allow sufficient space for safeinstallation, install the child re-straint system on the rear rightseat. Child restraint systeminstalled on the rear seat shouldnot contact the front seatbacks.

To install the infant seat:

1. Run the lap and shoulder belt throughor around the infant seat following theinstructions provided by its manufactur-er and insert the tab into the buckletaking care not to twist the belt. Keepthe lap portion of the belt tight.

CAUTION

� After inserting the tab, make surethe tab and buckle are locked andthat the lap and shoulder portionsof the belt are not twisted.

� Do not insert coins, clips, etc. inthe buckle as this may prevent yourchild from properly latching the taband buckle.

� If the seat belt does not functionnormally, it cannot protect yourchild from death or serious injury.Contact your Toyota dealer immedi-ately. Do not install the childrestraint system on the seat untilthe seat belt is fixed.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

90


2. Fully extend the shoulder belt to put itin the lock mode. When the belt isthen retracted even slightly, it cannotbe extended.

To hold the infant seat securely, makesure the belt is in the lock mode beforeletting the belt retract.

3. While pressing the infant seat firmlyagainst the seat cushion and seatback,let the shoulder belt retract as far asit will go to hold the infant seat secure-ly.

CAUTION

Push and pull the child restraint sys-tem in different directions to be sureit is secure. Follow all the installationinstructions provided by its manufac-turer.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

91


To remove the infant seat:

Press the buckle release button and allowthe belt to retract completely. The belt willmove freely again and be ready to workfor an adult or older child passenger.

(B) CONVERTIBLE SEAT INSTALLATION

A convertible seat must be used in for-ward−facing or rear−facing position de-pending on the age and size of thechild. When installing, follow themanufacturer’s instructions about theapplicable age and size of the child aswell as directions for installing the con-vertible seat.

Install the convertible seat on the frontpassenger seat only when it is unavoid-able. Your vehicle is equipped with a frontpassenger occupant classification system.In order to activate the occupant classifi-cation system correctly, install the for-ward−facing child restraint system on thefront passenger seat in the following or-der:

1. Turn the engine switch to the “ON”position.

2. Move the front passenger seat to therearward position.

3. Put the convertible seat on the frontpassenger seat without putting yourweight on the front passenger seat.

4. Insert the seat belt tab into the seatbelt buckle.

5. Fully extend the shoulder belt to put itin the lock mode. When the belt isthen retracted even slightly, it cannotbe extended. To hold the seat securely,make sure the belt is in the lock modebefore letting the belt retract.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

92


6. While pressing the convertible seatfirmly against the seat cushion andseatback, let the shoulder belt retractas far as it will go to hold the convert-ible seat securely.

CAUTION


7. Put a child on the convertible seat andsecure the child, complying with theinstructions provided by the child re-straint system manufacturer.

The occupant classification indicator lightshould indicate “OFF” when the engineswitch is “ON” and the child is in thechild restraint system after following theseprocedures. The “OFF” indicator indicatesthe SRS front passenger airbag and sideairbag on the passenger side will notdeploy. If the indicator light indicates“ON”, remove the child restraint systemand reinstall it with the engine switch inthe “ACC” or “LOCK” position. If the indi-cator light still indicates “ON” when theengine switch is turned to the “ON” posi-tion, then the SRS front passenger airbagand side airbag on the passenger sidemay deploy in an accident. Do not drivethe vehicle in this condition. Remove thechild restraint system and contact yourToyota dealer.

CAUTION

� Never install a rear−facing child re-straint system on the front passen-ger seat. A forward−facing child re-straint system should only beinstalled on the front passengerseat when unavoidable. If you mustinstall the child restraint system onthe front passenger seat, put theseat in its most rearward position,and install the forward−facing childrestraint system in the proper or-der. Otherwise, the front passengeroccupant classification system cannot detect the presence of the childrestraint system and the front pas-senger airbag and side airbag onthe front passenger seat coulddeploy.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

93


� Never install a rear−facing child re-straint system on the front passen-ger seat even if the front passengeroccupant classification indicatorlight indicates “OFF”. In the eventof an accident, the impact of therapid inflation of the front passen-ger airbag could cause death or se-rious injury to the child if the rear−facing child restraint system isinstalled on the front passengerseat.

Move seat fully back


� Do not allow the child to lean his/her head or any part of his/herbody against the door or the areaof the seat, front or rear pillar orroof side rail from which the sideairbags or curtain shield airbagsdeploy even if the child is seated inthe child restraint system. It is dan-gerous if the side airbag and/orcurtain shield airbag inflate, and theimpact could cause death or seri-ous injury to the child.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

94



� If the driver’s seat position doesnot allow sufficient space for safeinstallation, install the child re-straint system on the rear rightseat. Child restraint systeminstalled on the rear seat shouldnot contact the front seatbacks.

To install the convertible seat:

1. Run the lap and shoulder belt throughor around the convertible seat followingthe instructions provided by itsmanufacturer and insert the tab intothe buckle taking care not to twist thebelt. Keep the lap portion of the belttight.

CAUTION




’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

95


2. Fully extend the shoulder belt to put itin the lock mode. When the belt isthen retracted even slightly, it cannotbe extended.

To hold the convertible seat securely,make sure the belt is in the lock modebefore letting the belt retract.

3. While pressing the convertible seatfirmly against the seat cushion andseatback, let the shoulder belt retractas far as it will go to hold the convert-ible seat securely.

CAUTION


’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

96


To remove the convertible seat:

Press the buckle release button and allowthe belt to retract completely. The belt willmove freely again and be ready to workfor an adult or older child passenger.

(C) BOOSTER SEAT INSTALLATION

A booster seat must be used in for-ward−facing position only.

Move seat fully back

CAUTION


’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

97


� Do not allow the child to lean his/her head or any part of his/herbody against the door or the areaof the seat, front or rear pillar orroof side rail from which the sideairbags or curtain shield airbagsdeploy even if the child is seated inthe child restraint system. It is dan-gerous if the side airbag and/orcurtain shield airbag inflate, and theimpact could cause death or seri-ous injury to the child.

To install the booster seat:

Sit the child on a booster seat. Run thelap and shoulder belt through or aroundthe booster seat and across the child fol-lowing the instructions provided by itsmanufacturer and insert the tab into thebuckle taking care not to twist the belt.

Make sure the shoulder belt is correctlyacross the child’s shoulder and that thelap belt is positioned as low as possibleon the child’s hips. See “Seat belts” onpage 52 in this Section for details.

CAUTION

� Always make sure the shoulder beltis positioned across the center ofchild’s shoulder. The belt should bekept away from child’s neck, butnot falling off child’s s houlder.Otherwise, the child may be killedor seriously injured in case of sud-den braking or a collision.

� Both high−positioned lap belts andloose−fitting belts could causedeath or serious injuries due tosliding under the lap belt during acollision or other unintended event.Keep the lap belt positioned as lowon a child’s hips as possible.

� For child’s safety, do not place theshoulder belt under child’s arm.



’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

98



To remove the booster seat:

Press the buckle release button and allowthe belt to retract.

Follow the procedure below for a childrestraint system that requires the useof a top strap.

—Using a top strap (coupe)

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

99


Symbol

Anchor brackets

Use the anchor brackets on the packagetray behind the rear seat to attach the topstrap.

Anchor brackets are installed for eachrear seating position.

This symbol indicates the locations of theanchor brackets.

TO USE THE ANCHOR BRACKET:

1. Outside anchor brackets only—Remove the head restraint.

2. Open the lid of the anchor bracket.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

100


3. Securely fasten the child restraintsystem with the seat belt.

Latch the hook onto the anchorbracket and tighten the top strap.

For instructions to install the child re-straint system, see “Child restraint” onpage 85 in this Section.

CAUTION

Make sure the top strap is securelylatched, and check that the child re-straint system is secure by pushingand pulling it in different directions.Follow all the installation instructionsprovided by its manufacturer.

4. Outside anchor brackets only—Replace the head restraint.

Follow the procedure below for a childrestraint system that requires the useof a top strap.

—Using a top strap(convertible)

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

101


Anchor brackets

Symbol

Use the anchor brackets on the back ofthe rear seat head restraints to attach thetop strap.

Anchor brackets are installed for eachrear seating position.

This symbol indicates the locations of theanchor brackets.

TO USE THE ANCHOR BRACKET:

1. Remove the cover for the anchorbracket.

2. Securely fasten the child restraintsystem with the seat belt.

Latch the hook onto the anchorbracket and tighten the top strap.

For instructions to install the child re-straint system, see “Child restraint” onpage 85 in this Section.

CAUTION

Make sure the top strap is securelylatched, and check that the child re-straint system is secure by pushingand pulling it in different directions.Follow all the installation instructionsprovided by its manufacturer.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

102


Lower anchorages for the child restraintsystems complying with the FMVSS225or CMVSS210.2 specifications areinstalled in the rear seat.

The anchorages are installed in the gapbetween the seat cushion and seatback ofboth outside rear seats.

Child restraint systems complying with theFMVSS213 or CMVSS213 specificationcan be fixed to these anchorages. In thiscase, it is not necessary to fix the childrestraint system with a seat belt on thevehicle. Canada only

Type A

Canada only

Type B

—Installation with childrestraint lower anchorages(coupe)

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

103


CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEMINSTALLATION

1. Widen the gap between the seatcushion and seatback slightly andconfirm the position of the lower an-chorages near the button on theseatback.

2. Type A—Latch the hooks of lowerstraps onto the anchorages andtighten the lower straps.

Type B—Latch the buckles onto theanchorages.

For owners in Canada— The symbol ona child restraint system indicates the pres-ence of a lower connector system.

If your child restraint system has a topstrap, it should be anchored. (For theinstallation of the top strap, see “—Usinga top strap” on page 98 in this Section.)

For installation details, refer to the instruc-tion manual equipped with each product.

CAUTION

� When using the lower anchoragesfor the child restraint system, besure that there are no irregular ob-jects around the anchorages or thatthe seat belt is not caught.

� Push and pull the child restraintsystem in different directions to besure it is secure. Follow all theinstallation instructions provided byits manufacturer.


Lower anchorages for the child restraintsystems complying with the FMVSS225or CMVSS210.2 specifications areinstalled in the rear seat.

The anchorages are installed in the gapbetween the seat cushion and seatback ofboth rear seats.

Child restraint systems complying with theFMVSS213 or CMVSS213 specificationcan be fixed to these anchorages. In thiscase, it is not necessary to fix the childrestraint system with a seat belt on thevehicle.

—Installation with childrestraint lower anchorages(convertible)

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

104


Canada only

Type A

Canada only

Type B

CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEMINSTALLATION

1. Widen the gap between the seatcushion and seatback slightly andconfirm the position of the lower an-chorages near the button on theseatback.

2. Type A—Latch the hooks of lowerstraps onto the anchorages andtighten the lower straps.

Type B—Latch the buckles onto theanchorages.

For owners in Canada— The symbol ona child restraint system indicates the pres-ence of a lower connector system.

If your child restraint system has a topstrap, it should be anchored. (For theinstallation of the top strap, see “—Usinga top strap” on page 100 in this Section.)

For installation details, refer to the instruc-tion manual equipped with each product.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

105


CAUTION

� When using the lower anchoragesfor the child restraint system, besure that there are no irregular ob-jects around the anchorages or thatthe seat belt is not caught.

� Push and pull the child restraintsystem in different directions to besure it is secure. Follow all theinstallation instructions provided byits manufacturer.


’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

106


’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

107


OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSSteering wheel and MirrorsTilt and telescopic steering wheel 108. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Outside rear view mirrors 109. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Anti−glare inside rear view mirror 110. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auto anti−glare inside rear view mirror 111. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sun visors 112. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 1− 4

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

108


TILT STEERING WHEEL

To change the steering wheel angle,hold the steering wheel, pull the tiltlock release lever, tilt the steeringwheel to the desired angle and releasethe lever.

When the steering wheel is in a low posi-tion, it will spring up as you release thelock release lever.

TELESCOPIC STEERING WHEEL

To change the steering wheel columnlength, hold the steering wheel, pushdown the telescopic lock release lever,push or pull the steering wheel to thedesired length and return the lever toits original position.

CAUTION

� Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile the vehicle is moving. Doingso may cause the driver to mishan-dle the vehicle and an accident mayoccur resulting in death or seriousinjuries.

� After adjusting the steering wheel,try moving it up and down or for-ward and rearward to make sure itis locked in position.

Tilt and telescopic steeringwheel

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

109


Adjust the mirror so that you can justsee the side of your vehicle in the mir-ror.

Be careful when judging the size or dis-tance of any object seen in the outsiderear view mirror on the passenger’s sidebecause it is a convex mirror. Any objectseen in a convex mirror will look smallerand farther away than when seen in a flatmirror.

With auto anti−glare inside rear view mir-ror—

When the inside rear view mirror darkensin automatic function mode, the driver’soutside rear view mirror also darkens toreduce the reflection of the headlights ofthe following vehicle. For details, see“Auto anti−glare inside rear view mirror”on page 111 in this Section.

When you push the rear window defoggerswitch, the heater panels in the outsiderear view mirrors will quickly clear themirror surface. (See “Rear window andoutside rear view mirror defoggers” onpage 127 in Section 1−5.)

CAUTION

� Do not adjust the mirror while thevehicle is moving. Doing so maycause the driver to mishandle thevehicle and an accident may occurresulting in death or serious inju-ries.

� With auto anti−glare inside rearview mirror: Since the outside rearview mirror surfaces can get hot,do not touch them when the defog-ger switch is on.

NOTICE

The outside rear view mirrors arefixed in place. Do not try to fold themirrors. It may damage the mirrors.

Outside rear view mirrors—

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

110


To adjust a mirror, use the switches.

1. Master switch—To select the mirror tobe adjustedPush the switch to “L” (left) or “R”(right).

2. Control switch—To move the mirrorPush the switch in the desired direc-tion.

Mirrors can be adjusted when the engineswitch is in the “ACC” or “ON” position.

NOTICE

If ice should jam the mirror, do notoperate the control or scrape the mir-ror face. Use a spray de−icer to freethe mirror.

Adjust the mirror so that you can justsee the rear of your vehicle in the mir-ror.

To reduce glare from the headlights ofthe vehicle behind you during nightdriving, operate the lever on the loweredge of the mirror.

Daylight driving—Lever at position 1

The reflection in the mirror has greaterclarity at this position.

Night driving—Lever at position 2

Remember that by reducing glare you alsolose some rear view clarity.

—Power rear view mirrorcontrol

Anti−glare inside rear viewmirror

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

111


CAUTION

Do not adjust the mirror while thevehicle is moving. Doing so maycause the driver to mishandle the ve-hicle and an accident may occur re-sulting in death or serious injuries.

Adjust the mirror so that you can justsee the rear of your vehicle in the mir-ror.

This mirror is equipped with auto anti−glare function. The function is designedto reduce glare from the headlights ofthe vehicle behind you during nightdriving.

When the engine switch is in “ON” posi-tion, the inside rear view mirror alwaysturns on in the automatic function mode.

The indicator illuminates to show you thatthe function is on.

In automatic function mode, if the mirrordetects light from the headlights of thevehicle behind you, the mirror surfacedarkens slightly to reduce the reflectedlight.

To turn off and on the automatic function,push the “AUTO” switch.

Adjust it before driving so that the rearview is in the best condition.

When the inside air temperature is low, itmay take a little longer for the mirror todarken in response to the detection ofheadlights.

CAUTION

Do not adjust the mirror while thevehicle is moving. Doing so maycause the driver to mishandle the ve-hicle and an accident may occur re-sulting in death or serious injuries.

Auto anti−glare inside rearview mirror

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

112


To ensure correct functioning of anti−glare mirror sensors located on bothsides of the mirror, do not touch orcover the sensors with your finger ora piece of cloth, etc.

Coupe

Convertible

To block out glare, move the sun visor.

To block out glare from the front—Swingdown the sun visor (position 1).

To block out glare from the side—Swingdown the sun visor, remove it from thehook and swing it to the lateral side (posi-tion 2).

Convertible—If glare comes from obliquelybehind you, extend the plate at the endof the visor (to position 3).

CAUTION

Convertible—Do not extend the plateat the end of the sun visor when thevisor is in the position 1. It can coverthe anti−glare inside rear view mirrorand obstruct the rear view.

Sun visors—

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

113


To use the vanity mirror, swing downthe sun visor and open the cover.

The vanity lights come on when you openthe cover.

—Vanity mirrors

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

114


’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

115


OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSLights, Wipers and DefoggersHeadlights and turn signals 116. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Headlight beam level control 121. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Emergency flashers 122. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Instrument panel light control 123. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front fog lights 123. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interior light 123. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine (ignition) switch light and quarter trim courtesy light 124. . . . . . Personal lights 125. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Windshield wipers and washer 126. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rear window and outside rear view mirror defoggers 127. . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 1− 5

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

116


HEADLIGHTS

Manual operation—

To turn on the following lights: Twistthe headlight/turn signal lever knob.

Position 1—Parking, tail, license plate,side marker and instrument panel lights

Position 2—Headlights and all of theabove

The headlight indicator lights up in theinstrument cluster.

When the tail lights/headlights are turnedon, the brightness of the instrument clus-ter will be reduced slightly unless the in-strument panel light control knob is turnedfully clockwise.

However, the brightness of the instrumentcluster will not be reduced in daytimeeven when the tail lights/headlights areturned on.

Automatic operation—

To turn on or off the lights automatical-ly, twist the headlight/turn signal leverknob to the “AUTO” position when theengine switch is in the “ON” position.

The headlights and/or all of the lights inposition 1 automatically turn on or off de-pending on the darkness of the surround-ings.

Manually twist the knob to the position 2to turn on the headlights if they are need-ed immediately when entering a dark tun-nel, parking structure, etc.

The automatic light control sensor is onthe top of the driver’s side instrumentpanel.

Do not place anything on the instrumentpanel, and/or do not affix anything on thewindshield to block this sensor.

If you feel that the automatic light controlcomes into operation too early or too late,have the sensor adjusted by your Toyotadealer.

Headlights and turn signals(for the U.S.A.)

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

117


Automatic light cut off system

Position 1—

The lights automatically turn off when thedriver’s door is opened with the engineswitch in the “ACC” or “LOCK” position.

Position 2 or “AUTO” position with theheadlights on—

The lights automatically turn off after 30seconds when any of the doors or trunklid is opened and closed with the engineswitch in the “ACC” or “LOCK” position.

If you want to turn off the lights immedi-ately, push the lock button on the wirelessremote control transmitter twice. The lightsalso can be turned off immediately bypushing the lock button on the wirelessremote control transmitter with all thedoors locked and the trunk lid closed.

If any of the doors or trunk lid is keptopen, the lights automatically turn off after20 minutes.

To turn on the lights again, turn the en-gine switch to the “ON” position or actuatethe headlight switch. If you are going topark for over one week, make sure theknob is in the “DRL OFF” position.

NOTICE

To prevent the battery from becomingdischarged, do not leave the lights onfor a long period when the engine isnot running.

Daytime running light (DRL) system

The Daytime Running Light (DRL) Systemcan make it easier for others to see thefront of your vehicle during the day. TheDRL system can be helpful in many differ-ent driving conditions, but they can beespecially helpful in the short periods afterdawn and before sunset.

The DRL system will make your headlightscome on at a reduced brightness when:

� The ignition is on with the engine run-ning.

� The light switch is in the “AUTO” posi-tion with the headlights off or position1.

� The parking brake is released.

To turn on the other exterior lights andinstrument panel lights, twist the knob toposition 1.

Twist the knob to position 2 to turn theheadlights to full intensity for night driving.

To turn off the DRL system, twist the knobto position 3 (“DRL OFF”) or turn theengine switch off.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

118


High−Low beams— For high beams, turnthe headlights on and push the lever awayfrom you (position 1). Pull the lever to-ward you (position 2) for low beams.

The headlight high beam indicator light(blue light) on the instrument panel willtell you that the high beams are on.

Flashing the high beam headlights(position 3)—Pull the lever all the wayback. The high beam headlights turn offwhen you release the lever.

You can flash the high beam headlightseven when the headlights are off.

TURN SIGNALS

To signal a turn, push the headlight/turn signal lever up or down to position1.

The engine switch must be in the “ON”position.

The lever automatically returns after youmake a turn, but you may have to returnit by hand after you change lanes.

To signal a lane change, move the leverup or down to the pressure point (position2) and hold it.

If the turn signal indicator lights (greenlights) on the instrument panel flash fasterthan normal, a front or rear turn signalbulb is burned out. See “Replacing lightbulbs” on page 364 in Section 7−3.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

119


HEADLIGHTS

To turn on the following lights: Twistthe headlight/turn signal lever knob.

Position 1—Parking, tail, license plate,side marker and instrument panel lights

The tail light indicator lights up in theinstrument cluster.

Position 2—Headlights and all of theabove

Position 3 (“AUTO”)—Headlights and/or allof the lights in the position 1

They automatically turn on or off depend-ing on the darkness of the surroundings.

Manually twist the knob to the position 2to turn on the headlights if they are need-ed immediately when entering a dark tun-nel, parking structure, etc.

When the tail lights/headlights are turnedon, the brightness of the instrument clus-ter will be reduced slightly unless the in-strument panel light control knob is turnedfully clockwise.

However, the brightness of the instrumentcluster will not be reduced in daytimeeven when the tail lights/headlights areturned on.

The automatic light control sensor is onthe top of the driver’s side instrumentpanel.

Do not place anything on the instrumentpanel, and/or do not affix anything on thewindshield to block this sensor.

If you feel that the automatic light controlcomes into operation too early or too late,have the sensor adjusted by your Toyotadealer.

Automatic light cut off system

Position 1 or position 3 with the taillights on—

The lights automatically turn off when thedriver’s door is opened with the engineswitch in the “ACC” or “LOCK” position.

Headlights and turn signals(for Canada)

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

120


Position 2 or position 3 with the head-lights on—

The lights automatically turn off after 30seconds when any of the doors or trunklid is opened and closed with the engineswitch in the “ACC” or “LOCK” position.

If you want to turn off the lights immedi-ately, push the lock button on the wirelessremote control transmitter twice. The lightsalso can be turned off immediately bypushing the lock button on the wirelessremote control transmitter with all thedoors locked and the trunk lid closed.

If any of the doors or trunk lid is keptopen, the lights automatically turn off after20 minutes.

To turn on the lights again, turn the en-gine switch to the “ON” position or actuatethe headlight switch. If you are going topark for over one week, make sure theheadlight switch is off.

NOTICE

To prevent the battery from becomingdischarged, do not leave the lights onfor a long period when the engine isnot running.

Daytime running light (DRL) system

The Daytime Running Light (DRL) systemcan make it easier for others to see thefront of your vehicle during the day. TheDRL system can be helpful in many differ-ent driving conditions, but they can beespecially helpful in the short periods afterdawn and before sunset.

The DRL system will make your headlightscome on at a reduced brightness when:

� The ignition is on with the engine run-ning.

� The headlight switch is off.

� The parking brake is released.

To turn on the other exterior lights andinstrument panel lights, twist the knob tothe position 1.

Twist the knob to the position 2 to turnthe headlights to full intensity for nightdriving.

High−Low beams— For high beams, turnthe headlights on and push the lever awayfrom you (position 1). Pull the lever to-ward you (position 2) for low beams.

The headlight high beam indicator light(blue light) on the instrument panel willtell you that the high beams are on.

Flashing the high beam headlights(position 3)—Pull the lever all the wayback. The high beam headlights turn offwhen you release the lever.

You can flash the high beam headlightswith the knob turned to “OFF”.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

121


TURN SIGNALS

To signal a turn, push the headlight/turn signal lever up or down to position1.


The lever automatically returns after youmake a turn, but you may have to returnit by hand after you change lanes.

To signal a lane change, move the leverup or down to the pressure point (position2) and hold it.

If the turn signal indicator lights (greenlights) on the instrument panel flash fasterthan normal, a front or rear turn signalbulb is burned out. See “Replacing lightbulbs” on page 364 in Section 7−3.

Coupe

Convertible

Headlight beam level control

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

122


To adjust the headlight beam level, turnthe dial.

The following list shows examples of prop-er dial settings. For loading conditions oth-er than those listed, adjust the dial posi-tion so that the beam level is the sameas the one obtained according to the listwhen only the driver is in the vehicle. Thehigher the number of the dial position, thelower the headlight beam level.

Always keep the headlight beam at theproper level, or your headlights maydazzle other road users.

Loading condition Dial position

Driver only 0

Driver + front passenger

0

Full passengers(including driver)

2

Full passengers(including driver) +full luggage loading tothe luggage room

2

Driver + full luggageloading

1

To turn on the emergency flashers,push the switch.

All the turn signal lights will flash. To turnthem off, push the switch once again.

Turn on the emergency flashers to warnother drivers if your vehicle must bestopped where it might be a traffic hazard.

Always pull as far off the road as pos-sible.

The turn signal light switch will not workwhen the emergency flashers are operat-ing.

NOTICE

To prevent the battery from becomingdischarged, do not leave the switchon longer than necessary when theengine is not running.

Emergency flashers

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

123


To adjust the brightness of the instru-ment panel lights, turn the knob.

With the knob turned fully clockwise, theintensity of the instrument panel lights willnot be reduced even when the tail lights/headlights are turned on.

To turn on the front fog lights, twistthe band of the headlight and turn sig-nal switch lever. They will come ononly when the headlights are on lowbeam.

To turn on the interior light, slide theswitch.

The interior light switch has the followingpositions:

“ON”—Keeps the light on all the time.

“OFF”—Turns the light off.

“DOOR”—Turns the light on while anydoor is opened.

Instrument panel light control Front fog lights Interior light

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

124


ILLUMINATED ENTRY SYSTEM

When the switch is in the “DOOR” posi-tion, the interior light comes on and re-mains on for about 15 seconds beforefading out in the following cases:

� Open and close any of the doors.

� Turn the engine switch to the “LOCK”position.

� Unlock a door when both doors arelocked.

However, in the following cases, the lightgoes off immediately.

� Both doors are closed when the engineswitch is in the “ACC” or “ON” posi-tion.

� Both doors are closed and locked.

To prevent the battery from becoming dis-charged, the lights will automatically turnoff when the key is removed and the dooris left opened with the switch at “DOOR”position for 20 minutes or more.

Engine switch light

Quarter trim courtesy light (convertible)

For easy access to the engine switch,the engine switch light comes on whenany of the doors are opened or whenthe engine switch is turned to the“LOCK” position.

Convertible—The quarter trim courtesylight also comes on under the same situa-tion.

The lights remain on for about 15 secondsafter both doors are closed.

When unlocking a door while both doorsare locked, the lights come on and remainon for about 15 seconds before fadingout.

However, in the following cases, the lightgoes off immediately.



To prevent the battery from becoming dis-charged, the light will automatically turnoff when the key is removed and the dooris left opened for 20 minutes or more.

Engine (ignition) switch lightand quarter trim courtesylight

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

125


Coupe

Convertible

Coupe—

To turn on the front personal light,push the lens. To turn the light off,push the lens once again.

Convertible—

To turn on the front personal light,push the outer switch. To turn the lightoff, push the switch once again.

The personal lights switch have the follow-ing positions:

“DOOR”—Turn the lights on while anydoor is opened without pushing the outerswitch. The lights go off when all thedoors are closed.

“OFF”—Turn the lights on only when youpush the outer switch.

ILLUMINATED ENTRY SYSTEM (convertible)

When the switch is in the “DOOR” posi-tion, the front personal lights come on andremain on for about 15 seconds beforefading out in the following cases:

� Open and close any of the doors.

� Turn the engine switch to the “LOCK”position.

� Unlock a door when both doors arelocked.

However, in the following cases, the lightsgo off immediately.



To prevent the battery from becoming dis-charged, the lights will automatically turnoff when the key is removed and the dooris left opened with the switch at “DOOR”position for 20 minutes or more.

Personal lights

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

126


To turn on the windshield wipers, movethe lever to the desired setting.


Lever position Operation

Position 1 Intermittent operation

Position 2 Low speed operation

Position 3 High speed operation

Position 4 Single sweep operation

Position 5 Washer on

The “INT” band lets you adjust the wipingtime interval when the wiper lever is inthe intermittent position (position 1). Twistthe band upward to increase the time be-tween sweeps, and downward to decreaseit.

To squirt washer fluid, pull the levertoward you.

If the windshield wipers are off, they willoperate a couple of times after the washersquirts.

For instructions on adding washer fluid,see “Adding washer fluid” on page 363 inSection 7−3.

In freezing weather, warm the windshieldwith the defroster before using the washer.This will help prevent the washer fluidfrom freezing on your windshield, whichcan block your vision.

NOTICE

Do not operate the wipers if the wind-shield is dry. It may scratch theglass.

When waxing your vehicle, make sure thatthe washer nozzles do not becomeblocked. If a nozzle becomes blocked,contact your Toyota dealer to have thevehicle serviced.

NOTICE

If a nozzle becomes blocked, do nottry to clear it with a pin or otherobject. The nozzle will be damaged.

Windshield wipers and washer

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

127


With manual air conditioning controls

With automatic air conditioning controls

To defog or defrost the rear window,push the switch.


The thin heater wires on the inside of therear window will quickly clear the sur-faces. An indicator light will illuminate toindicate the defogger is operating.

With auto anti−glare inside rear view mir-ror: Heater panels in the outside rear viewmirrors will also quickly clear the sur-faces.

Push the switch once again to turn thedefogger off.

The system will automatically shut off af-ter the defogger has operated about 15minutes.

CAUTION

With auto anti−glare inside rear viewmirror: Since the outside rear viewmirror surfaces can get hot, do nottouch them when the defogger switchis on.

Make sure you turn the defoggers offwhen the surfaces are clear. Leaving thedefoggers on for a long time could causethe battery to discharge, especially duringstop−and−go driving. The defoggers arenot designed for drying rain water or formelting snow.

If the outside rear view mirrors are heavi-ly coated with ice, use a spray de−icerbefore operating the switch.

NOTICE

� When cleaning the inside of therear window, be careful not toscratch or damage the heater wiresor connectors.

� Convertible—When the convertibletop is lowered, keep the rear win-dow defogger turned off to avoiddamage to the convertible top.

Rear window and outside rearview mirror defoggers

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

128


’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

129


OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSGauges, Meters and Service reminder indicatorsFuel gauge 130. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine coolant temperature gauge 130. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tachometer 131. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Odometer and two trip meters 131. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Service reminder indicators and warning buzzers 133. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 1− 6

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

130


The gauge indicates the approximatequantity of fuel remaining in the tankwhen the engine switch is on.

Nearly full—Needle at “F”Nearly empty—Needle at “E”

It is a good idea to keep the tank over1/4 full.

If the fuel level approaches “E” or the lowfuel level warning light comes on, fill thefuel tank as soon as possible.

On inclines or curves, due to the move-ment of fuel in the tank, the fuel gaugeneedle may fluctuate or the low fuel levelwarning light may come on earlier thanusual.

If the fuel tank is completely empty, themalfunction indicator lamp comes on. Fillthe fuel tank immediately.

The indicator lamp goes off after drivingseveral times. If the indicator lamp doesnot go off, contact your Toyota dealer assoon as possible.

The gauge indicates the engine coolanttemperature when the engine switch ison. The engine operating temperaturewill vary with changes in weather andengine load.

If the needle moves into the red zone,your engine is too hot. If your vehicleoverheats, stop your vehicle and allow theengine to cool.

Your vehicle may overheat during severeoperating conditions, such as:

� Driving up a long hill on a hot day.

� Reducing speed or stopping after highspeed driving.

� Idling for a long period with the airconditioning on in stop−and−go traffic.

Fuel gaugeEngine coolant temperaturegauge

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

131


NOTICE

� Do not remove the thermostat inthe engine cooling system as thismay cause the engine to overheat.The thermostat is designed to con-trol the flow of coolant to keep thetemperature of the engine withinthe specified operating range.

� Do not continue driving with anoverheated engine. See “If your ve-hicle overheats” on page 304 inSection 4.

The tachometer indicates engine speedin thousands of rpm (revolutions perminute). Use it while driving to selectcorrect shift points and to prevent en-gine lugging and over−revving.

Driving with the engine running too fastcauses excessive engine wear and poorfuel economy. Remember, in most casesthe slower the engine speed, the greaterthe fuel economy.

NOTICE

Do not let the indicator needle getinto the red zone. This may causesevere engine damage.

This meter displays the odometer andtwo trip meters when the engine switchis on.

1. Odometer—Shows the total distancethe vehicle has been driven.

2. Two trip meters—Show two differentdistances independently driven sincethe last time each trip meter was setto zero.

You can use one trip meter to calculatethe fuel economy and the other tomeasure the distance on each trip. Alltrip meter data is cancelled if the elec-trical power source is disconnected.

Tachometer Odometer and two trip meters

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

132


3. Trip meter reset knob—Resets the twotrip meters to zero, and also changethe meter display.

To change the meter display, quicklypush and release the knob. The meterdisplay changes in the order from theodometer to trip meter A to trip meterB, then back to the odometer eachtime you push.

To reset the trip meter A to zero, dis-play the meter A reading, then pushand hold the knob until the meter isset to zero. The same process can beapplied for resetting the trip meter B.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

133


If the indicator or buzzer comes on... Do this.

(a) or If parking brake is off, stop immediately and contact Toyota dealer.

(b)(indicator and buzzer)

Fasten driver’s seat belt.

(c)(indicator and buzzer)

Fasten front passenger’s seat belt.

(d) Stop immediately and contact Toyota dealer.

(e) Take vehicle to Toyota dealer.

(f) Stop and check.

(g) Fill up tank.

Service reminder indicators and warning buzzers

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

134


If the indicator or buzzer comes on... Do this.

(h) or Take vehicle to Toyota dealer. If brake system warning light is also on, stopimmediately and contact Toyota dealer.

(i) Close all doors.

(j) Take vehicle to Toyota dealer immediately.

(k) Adjust tire inflation pressure (including ground spare tire). If warning light comes onafter blinking for 1 minute, contact Toyota dealer.

(l) Add washer fluid.

(m) Take vehicle to Toyota dealer.

(n) Replace engine oil.

(o) Key reminder buzzer Remove key.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

135


(a) Brake System Warning Light

This light comes on in the following caseswhen the engine switch is in the “ON”position.

� When the parking brake is applied...

This light comes on for a few secondswhen the engine switch is turned to the“ON” position even after the parking brakeis released.

� When the brake fluid level is low...

CAUTION

It is dangerous to continue drivingnormally when the brake fluid level islow.

Have your vehicle checked at yourToyota dealer in the following cases:

� The light does not come on even if theparking brake is applied when the en-gine switch is in the “ON” position.

� The light does not come on even if theengine switch is turned on with theparking brake released.

A warning light turning on briefly duringoperation does not indicate a problem.

CAUTION

If either of the following conditionsoccurs, immediately stop your vehicleat a safe place and contact yourToyota dealer.

� The light does not turn off evenafter the parking brake is releasedwhile the engine is running.

In this case, the brakes may notwork properly and your stoppingdistance will become longer. De-press the brake pedal firmly andbring the vehicle to an immediatestop.

� The brake system warning light re-mains on together with the “ABS”warning light.

In this case, not only the anti−lockbrake system will fail but also thevehicle will become extremely un-stable during braking.

(b) Driver’s Seat Belt Reminder Lightand Buzzer

The light and buzzer act as a reminder tobuckle up the driver’s seat belt.

Once the engine switch is turned to “ON”,the reminder light flashes and buzzersounds if the driver’s seat belt is not fas-tened. Unless the driver fastens the belt,the light continues flashing and the buzzerstops after about 6 seconds.

If the vehicle speed rises above 20 km/h(12 mph) with the seat belt unfastened,the buzzer will sound for about 10 sec-onds. Then, if the seat belt is still unfas-tened, the buzzer will sound in a differenttone for 20 seconds. Even if the vehiclespeed drops below 20 km/h (12 mph), thebuzzer will continue to sound. To stop thebuzzer, fasten the seat belt. If the buzzerstill sounds, make sure the front passen-ger’s seat belt is fastened.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

136


(c) Front Passenger’s Seat Belt Re-minder Light and Buzzer

The light and buzzer act as a reminder tohave the front passenger buckle up theseat belt.

Once the engine switch is turned to “ON”,the reminder light flashes if a passengersits in the front passenger seat and doesnot fasten the seat belt. However, if afront passenger uses an additional seatcushion, the light may not flash evenwhen the seat belt is not buckled up.

If the vehicle speed rises above 20 km/h(12 mph) with the seat belt unfastened,the buzzer will sound for 10 seconds.Then, if the seat belt is still unfastened,the buzzer will sound in a different tonefor 20 seconds. Even if the vehicle speeddrops below 20 km/h (12 mph), the buzzerwill continue to sound. To stop the buzzer,fasten the seat belt. If the buzzer stillsounds, make sure the driver’s seat beltis fastened.

If luggage or other load is placed on thefront passenger seat, depending on itsweight, the reminder light to flash andbuzzer to sounds.

(d) Charging System Warning Light

This warning light comes on when theengine switch is turned to the “ON” posi-tion, and goes off when the engine isstarted.

When there are problems in the chargingsystem while the engine is running, thewarning light comes on.

NOTICE

When the charging system warninglight comes on while the engine isrunning, malfunctions such as the en-gine drive belt being broken may haveoccurred. If the warning light comeson, immediately stop the vehicle in asafe place and contact your Toyotadealer.

(e) Malfunction Indicator Lamp

This lamp comes on when the engineswitch is turned to the “ON” positionand goes off after the engine starts.This means that the warning light sys-tem is operating properly.

If the lamp remains on, or the lampcomes on while driving, first check thefollowing.

� Empty fuel tank

If the fuel tank is empty, refuel immedi-ately.

� Loose fuel tank cap

If the fuel tank cap is loose, securelytighten it.

These cases are temporary malfunctions.The malfunction indicator lamp will go offafter taking several driving trips.

If the lamp does not go off even afterseveral trips, contact your Toyota dealeras soon as possible.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

137


If the fuel tank is not empty or the fueltank cap is not loose...

� There is a problem somewhere in theengine, emission control system, elec-tronic throttle control system, automatictransmission electrical system or warn-ing light system itself.

Contact your Toyota dealer as soon aspossible to service the vehicle.

If engine speed does not increase whenthe accelerator pedal is depressed, theremay be a problem somewhere in the elec-tronic throttle control system.

At this time, vibration may occur. Howev-er, if you depress the accelerator pedalmore firmly and slowly, you can drive yourvehicle at low speeds. Have your vehiclechecked by your Toyota dealer as soon aspossible.

Even if the abnormality of the electronicthrottle control system is corrected duringlow speed driving, the system may not berecovered until the engine is stopped andthe engine switch is turned to “ACC” or“LOCK” position.

CAUTION

Be especially careful to prevent erro-neous pedal operation.

Emissions inspection and maintenance(I/M) programs

Your vehicle may not pass a stateemission inspection if the malfunctionindicator lamp remains on. Contact yourToyota dealer to check your vehicle’semission control system and OBD(On−Board Diagnostics) system beforetaking your vehicle for the inspection.

For details, see “Emissions Inspection andMaintenance (I/M) programs” on page 334in Section 6.

(f) Low Engine Oil Pressure WarningLight

This light warns that the engine oil pres-sure is too low.

If it flickers or stays on while you aredriving, pull off the road to a safe placeand stop the engine immediately. Call aToyota dealer or qualified repair shop forassistance.

The light may occasionally flicker whenthe engine is idling or it may come onbriefly after a hard stop. There is nocause for concern if it then goes out whenthe engine is accelerated slightly.

The light may come on when the oil levelis extremely low. It is not designed toindicate low oil level, and the oil levelmust be checked using the level dipstick.

NOTICE

Do not drive the vehicle with thewarning light on—even for one block.It may ruin the engine.

(g) Low Fuel Level Warning Light

This light comes on when the fuel levelin the tank becomes nearly empty. Fill upthe tank as soon as possible.

On inclines or curves, due to the move-ment of fuel in the tank, the low fuel levelwarning light may come on earlier thanusual.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

138


(h) “ABS” Warning Light

Vehicles without vehicle stability controlsystem—

The light comes on with the engine switchturned to the “ON” position. If the anti−lock brake system works properly, thelight turns off after a few seconds. There-after, if the system malfunctions, the lightcomes on again.

When the “ABS” warning light is on (andthe brake system warning light is off), theanti−lock brake system does not operate,but the brake system still operates con-ventionally.

When the “ABS” warning light is on (andthe brake system warning light is off), theanti−lock brake system does not operateso that the wheels could lock up duringa sudden braking or braking on slipperyroad surfaces.

If either of the following conditions oc-curs, this indicates a malfunction some-where in the components monitored bythe warning light system. Contact yourToyota dealer as soon as possible toservice the vehicle.

� The light does not come on when theengine switch is turned to the “ON”position, or remains on.

� The light comes on while you are driv-ing.


CAUTION

If the “ABS” warning light remains ontogether with the brake system warn-ing light, immediately stop your ve-hicle at a safe place and contact yourToyota dealer.

In this case, not only the anti−lockbrake system will fail but also thevehicle will become extremely unsta-ble during braking.

Vehicles with vehicle stability controlsystem—

The light comes on when the engineswitch is turned to the “ON” position. Ifthe anti−lock brake system and the brakeassist system work properly, the lightturns off after a few seconds. Thereafter,if either of the systems malfunctions, thelight comes on again.

When the “ABS” warning light is on (andthe brake system warning light is off), theanti−lock brake system and the brake as-sist system do not operate, but the brakesystem still operates conventionally.

When the “ABS” warning light is on (andthe brake system warning light is off), theanti−lock brake system does not operateso that the wheels could lock up duringa sudden brake or braking on slipperyroad surfaces.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

139






CAUTION



(i) Open Door Warning Light

This light remains on until all the doorsare completely closed.

(j) SRS Warning Light

This indicator comes on when the en-gine switch is turned to the “ON” posi-tion. It goes off after about 6 seconds.This means the SRS airbags and seatbelt pretensioners are operating proper-ly.

This warning light system monitors theairbag sensor assembly, front airbag sen-sors, side airbag sensors, side and curtainshield airbag sensors, curtain shield air-bag sensors, driver’s seat position sensor,driver’s seat belt buckle switch, front pas-senger occupant classification system andindicator light, front passenger’s seat beltbuckle switch, seat belt pretensioner as-semblies, inflators, warning light intercon-necting wiring and power sources.





’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

140


(k) Tire Pressure Warning Light

This light warns that the tire inflation pres-sure of one or more of your tires (includ-ing ground spare tire) is low. The lightcomes on when the engine switch isturned to the “ON” position. It goes offafter a few seconds. This indicates thatthe tire pressure warning system is func-tioning properly.

If the warning light comes on, stop yourvehicle in a safe place as soon as pos-sible and check that the inflation pressureof all tires (including ground spare tire) isas specified on the tire and loading infor-mation label. (See “Checking tire inflationpressure” on page 349 in Section 7−2.)The light should go off a few minutes afterthe tire pressure is adjusted.

If the warning light comes on after blink-ing for 1 minute, the tire pressure warningsystem may be malfunctioning. Contactyour Toyota dealer.

For details, see “Tire pressure warningsystem” on page 155 in Section 1−7.

(l) Low Windshield Washer Fluid LevelWarning Light

The light warns that the windshield washerfluid level is too low. Add washer fluid atyour earliest opportunity. (For instructions,see “Adding washer fluid” on page 363 inSection 7−3.)

(m) “VSC” Warning Light

The light warns that there is a problemsomewhere in the vehicle stability controlsystem or traction control system.

The light will come on when the engineswitch is turned to “ON”, and will go offafter about a few seconds.

If the light comes on while driving, thesystem does not work. However, as con-ventional braking operates when applied,there is no problem to continue your driv-ing.

In the following cases, contact your Toyotadealer:

� The warning light does not come onafter the engine switch is turned to“ON”.

� The warning light remains on after theengine switch is turned to “ON”.

� The warning light comes on while driv-ing.

The “TRAC OFF” indicator light will comeon when the “VSC” warning light comeson even if the “TRAC OFF” switch is notpushed.

(n) Engine Oil Replacement ReminderLight (for vehicles sold in U.S.A.)

This light acts as a reminder to replacethe engine oil.

This light will come on when the engineswitch is turned to “ON” and will go offafter about a few seconds.

When you drive for about 7200 km (4500miles) after the engine oil replacement,this light illuminates for about 3 secondsand then flashes for about 15 secondswith the engine switch turned to the “ON”position. If you continue driving withoutreplacing the engine oil, and if the dis-tance driven exceeds 8000 km (5000miles), the light will come on after theengine switch is turned to “ON” position.The light will remain on thereafter.

If the light is flashing, we recommend thatyou replace the engine oil at an earlyopportunity depending on the driving androad conditions. If the light comes on,replace it as soon as possible.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

141


The system must be reset after the en-gine oil replacement. Reset the system bythe following procedure:

1. Turn the engine switch to the “ACC” or“LOCK” position with the trip meter Areading shown. (For details, see“Odometer and two trip meters” onpage 131 in this Section.)

2. Turn the engine switch to the “ON”position while holding down the tripmeter reset knob.

Hold down the knob for at least 5 sec-onds. The odometer indicates “000000”and the light goes off.

If the system fails to reset, the light willcontinue flashing.

(o) Key Reminder Buzzer

This buzzer acts as a reminder to removethe key when you open the driver’s doorwith the engine switch in the “ACC” or“LOCK” position.

CHECKING SERVICE REMINDERINDICATORS (except the low fuel levelwarning light and low windshieldwasher fluid level warning light)

1. Apply the parking brake.

2. Open one of the doors.The open door warning light shouldcome on.

3. Close the door.The open door warning light should gooff.

4. Turn the engine switch to “ON”, but donot start the engine.All the service reminder indicators ex-cept the open door warning light shouldcome on. The “ABS”, “VSC” and tirepressure warning lights, engine oil re-placement reminder light, “TRAC OFF”and slip indicator lights go off after afew seconds. The SRS warning lightgoes off after about 6 seconds.

If any service reminder indicator or warn-ing buzzer does not function as describedabove, have it checked by your Toyotadealer as soon as possible.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

142


’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

143


OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSEngine (ignition) switch, Transmission and ParkingbrakeEngine (ignition) switch 144. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Automatic transmission 146. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manual transmission 150. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Traction control system 151. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vehicle stability control system 154. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tire pressure warning system 155. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Parking brake 162. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cruise control 163. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 1− 7

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

144


With manual transmission

With automatic transmission

“START”—Starter motor on. The engineswitch will return to the “ON” positionwhen released.

For starting tips, see page 289 in Section3.

“ON”—Engine on and all accessorieson.

This is the normal driving position.

“ACC”—Accessories such as the radiooperate, but the engine is off.

If you leave the engine switch in the“ACC” or “LOCK” position and open thedriver’s door, a buzzer will remind you toremove the key.

“LOCK”—Engine is off and the steeringwheel is locked. The engine switch canbe removed only at this position.

With manual transmission—You must pushin the key to turn the engine switch from“ACC” to the “LOCK” position.

With automatic transmission—The selectorlever must be put in the “P” position be-fore turning the engine switch from “ACC”to the “LOCK” position.

Once you remove the key, the engine im-mobilizer system is automatically set. (See“Engine immobilizer system” on page 14in Section 1−2.)

When starting the engine, the engineswitch may seem stuck at the “LOCK”position. To free it, first be sure thekey is pushed all the way in, and thenrock the steering wheel slightly whileturning the key gently.

Approximately five hours after the engineis turned off, you may hear sound comingfrom under the floor around the driver’sseat for several minutes. This is normaloperation and does not indicate a malfunc-tion. (See “Leak detection pump” on pageviii.)

It is not a malfunction if the needles onall meters and gauges move slightly whenthe engine switch is turned to the “ACC”,“ON” or “START” position.

CAUTION

For manual transmission:

Never remove the key when the ve-hicle is moving, as this will lock thesteering wheel and result in loss ofsteering control.

Engine (ignition) switch

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

145


NOTICE

Do not leave the engine switch in the“ON” position if the engine is notrunning. The battery will dischargeand the ignition could be damaged.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

146


Your automatic transmission has a shiftlock system to minimize the possibility ofincorrect operation. This means you canonly shift out of “P” position when thebrake pedal is depressed (with the engineswitch in the “ON” position).

(a) Selector lever

The shift position is also displayed on theinstrument cluster.

P: Parking, engine starting and keyremoval

R: Reverse

N: Neutral

D: Normal driving (shifting into overdrive)

S: “S” mode driving

+: Upshift range

−: Downshift range

Automatic transmission

Shift with the brake pedaldepressed. (The engine switch mustbe in the “ON” position.)

Shift normally.

To select “S” or “D”, leanthe selector lever leftwardor rightward.

Selector lever

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

147


(b) Normal driving

1. Start the engine as instructed in “Howto start the engine” on page 290 inSection 3. The transmission must be in“P” or “N”.

2. With your foot holding down the brakepedal, shift the selector lever to “D”.

When the lever is in the “D” position, theautomatic transmission system will selectthe most suitable gear for running condi-tions such as normal cruising, hill climb-ing, etc.

Always use the “D” position for better fueleconomy and quieter driving. In this posi-tion, shifting into the overdrive gear ispossible. If the engine coolant temperatureis low, the transmission will not shift intothe overdrive gear even in the “D” posi-tion.

CAUTION

Never put your foot on the accelera-tor pedal while shifting.

3. Release the parking brake and brakepedal. Depress the accelerator pedalslowly for smooth starting.

(c) Driving in “S” mode

You can change the shift range positionin the “S” mode. The shift range posi-tion can be switched between 5 (fifthrange) and 1 (first range) by movingthe selector lever up to the “+” side ordown to the “−” side. The first shiftrange position is 4 (fourth range) whenthe selector lever is shifted to the “S”position.

The “S” mode indicator and the shift rangeposition being used are shown on the in-strument cluster.

1: Upshift range2: Downshift range

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

148


Shift range positions

� “5” (Fifth range):The most suitable gear is selected au-tomatically between first and overdrive(fifth) gears according to the vehiclespeed or driving conditions.

� “4” (Fourth range):The most suitable gear is selected au-tomatically between first and fourthgears according to the vehicle speedor driving conditions. Slight enginebraking will be obtained on a downhillroad. Smooth running with less shiftingwill be obtained on an uphill road.

� “3” (Third range):The most suitable gear is selected au-tomatically between first and thirdgears according to the vehicle speedor driving conditions. This range is tobe used when stronger engine brakingis necessary.

� “2” (Second range):First or second gear will be selectedautomatically according to the vehiclespeed or driving conditions. This rangeis to be used when engine brakingstronger than that of the “3” rangeposition is necessary.

� “1” (First range):The gear is fixed in first regardless ofvehicle speed or driving conditions.This range is to be used when maxi-mum engine braking is necessary.

If you attempt to downshift the transmis-sion when it is not possible to downshiftdue to high vehicle speed, a warning tonesounds twice.

NOTICE

Do not drive in the “3”, “2” or “1”range when driving at high speed orclimbing a gentle slope for a longtime. Otherwise the transmission orengine may overheat causing damage.

Maximum allowable speeds

To get on a highway or to pass slowertraffic, maximum acceleration may be nec-essary. Make sure you observe the follow-ing maximum allowable speed in eachrange:

2.4 L 4−cylinder (2AZ−FE) enginerange km/h (mph)

1 52 (32)2 94 (58)3 146 (90)

3.3 L V6 (3MZ−FE) enginerange km/h (mph)

1 47 (29)2 86 (53)3 133 (83)

NOTICE

Do not downshift if you are goingfaster than the maximum allowablespeed for the next lower range.

When the “S” mode indicator light doesnot come on even with the selector levermoved to the “S” position, there may be aproblem somewhere in the system. Haveyour vehicle checked/repaired by yourToyota dealer as soon as possible. In thiscase, you can drive in the same conditionas in the “D” position.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

149


(d) Using engine braking

To use engine braking, you can downshiftthe transmission as follows:

� When driving in the “D” position—Shift the selector lever to “S” posi-tion.

When driving in the “5” range withinthe “S” position—

Move the selector lever down to the“−” side to select the “4” range.

The transmission will downshift tofourth range and engine braking will beenabled.

When the cruise control is being used,engine braking can not be enabled be-cause the cruise control is not can-celled.

For decreasing the vehicle speed, see“Cruise control” on page 163 in thisSection.

� Move the selector lever down to the“−” side to select the “3” range. Thetransmission will downshift to thirdrange when the vehicle speed dropsdown to or lower than the followingspeed, and stronger engine braking willbe enabled.

2.4 L 4−cylinder (2AZ−FE) engine141 km/h (88 mph). . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3.3 L V6 (3MZ−FE) engine129 km/h (80 mph). . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� Move the selector lever down to the“−” side to select the “2” range. Thetransmission will downshift to secondrange when the vehicle speed dropsdown to or lower than the followingspeed, and more powerful engine brak-ing than that of the “3” range positionwill be enabled.

2.4 L 4−cylinder (2AZ−FE) engine89 km/h (55 mph). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3.3 L V6 (3MZ−FE) engine83 km/h (51 mph). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� Move the selector lever down to the“−” side to select the “1” range. Thetransmission will downshift to firstrange when the vehicle speed dropsdown to or lower than the followingspeed, and maximum engine brakingwill be enabled.

2.4 L 4−cylinder (2AZ−FE) engine40 km/h (24 mph). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3.3 L V6 (3MZ−FE) engine39 km/h (24 mph). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

CAUTION

Be careful when downshifting on aslippery surface. Abrupt shiftingcould cause the vehicle to skid orspin.

(e) Backing up

1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop.

2. With the brake pedal held down withyour foot, shift the selector lever to the“R” position.

NOTICE

Never shift into reverse while the ve-hicle is moving.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

150


(f) Parking

1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop.

2. Pull the parking brake lever up fully tosecurely apply the parking brake.

3. With the brake pedal pressed down,shift the selector lever to the “P” posi-tion.

CAUTION

Never attempt to move the selectorlever into “P” position under any cir-cumstances while the vehicle is mov-ing. Serious mechanical damage andloss of vehicle control may result.

(g) Good driving practice

If the transmission repeatedly shifts upand down between third gear and over-drive when climbing a gentle slope, shiftthe selector lever into “S” position.

CAUTION

Always keep your foot on the brakepedal while stopped with the enginerunning. This prevents the vehiclefrom creeping.

NOTICE

Always use the brake pedal or theparking brake to hold the vehicle onan upgrade. Do not attempt to holdthe vehicle using the accelerator ped-al, as this can cause the transmissionto overheat.

(h) If you cannot shift the lever out of“P” position

If you cannot shift the selector lever fromthe “P” position even though the brakepedal is depressed, use the shift lockoverride button. For instructions, see “Ifyou cannot shift automatic transmissionselector lever” on page 318 in Section 4.

The shift pattern is conventional asshown above.

Press the clutch pedal down fully whileshifting, and then release it slowly. Do notrest your foot on the pedal while driving,because it will cause clutch trouble. Donot use the clutch to hold the vehiclewhen stopped on an uphill grade—use theparking brake.

Manual transmission

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

151


Maximum allowable speeds

To get on a highway or to pass slowertraffic, maximum acceleration may be nec-essary. Make sure you observe the follow-ing maximum allowable speeds in eachgear:

gear km/h (mph)1 53 (33)2 92 (57)3 142 (88)4 194 (121)

NOTICE

Do not downshift if you are goingfaster than the maximum allowablespeed for the next lower gear.

Good driving practice

If it is difficult to shift into reverse, putthe transmission in neutral, release theclutch pedal momentarily, and then tryagain.

CAUTION

Be careful when downshifting on aslippery surface. Abrupt shiftingcould cause the vehicle to skid orspin.

NOTICE

� Do not use any gears other thanfirst gear when starting off andmoving forward. Doing so may dam-age the clutch.

� Make sure the vehicle is completelystopped before shifting into reverse.

The traction control system automatical-ly helps prevent the spinning of frontwheels when the vehicle is started oraccelerated on slippery road surfaces.

When the engine switch is turned to “ON”,the system automatically turns on.

CAUTION

Under certain slippery road condi-tions, full traction of the vehicle andpower against front wheels cannot bemaintained, even though the tractioncontrol system is in operation. Do notdrive the vehicle under any speed ormaneuvering conditions which maycause the vehicle to lose tractioncontrol. In situations where the roadsurface is covered with ice or snow,your vehicle should be fitted withsnow tires or tire chains. Alwaysdrive at an appropriate and cautiousspeed for the present road condi-tions.

Traction control system

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

152


NORMAL DRIVING MODE

Leave the system on during the ordi-nary driving so that it can operatewhen needed.

You may hear a sound in the enginecompartment for a few seconds when theengine is started or just after the vehiclebegins to move. This means that the trac-tion control system is in the self−checkmode, but does not indicate a malfunction.

When the traction control system is oper-ating, the following conditions occur:

� The system controls the spinning of thefront wheels. At this time, the slip indi-cator light blinks.

� You may feel vibration or noise in yourvehicle, caused by operation of thebrakes. This indicates the system isfunctioning properly.

The slip indicator light comes on for a fewseconds when the engine switch is turnedto “ON”. If the indicator light does notcome on when the ignition is turned on,contact your Toyota dealer. TRACTION CONTROL OFF MODE

When getting the vehicle out of mud ornewly fallen snow, etc., turn off thetraction control system. This systemthat controls engine performance inter-feres with the process of freeing frontwheels.

To turn off: Push “TRAC OFF” switch.

The “TRAC OFF” indicator light will comeon.

The vehicle stability control system is al-ways activated, even if the traction controlsystem is turned off.

To turn on: Push “TRAC OFF” switchonce again.

The “TRAC OFF” indicator light will go off.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

153


“TRAC OFF” indicator light comes on fora few seconds when the engine switch isturned to “ON”. It will come on againwhen you push the “TRAC OFF” switch toturn off the system.


� The indicator light does not come onwhen the engine switch is turned “ON”.

� The indicator light remains on after theignition is turned on.

� The indicator light comes on with thenormal driving mode while driving.

“VSC” warning light

This light warns that there is a problemsomewhere in the traction control systemor the vehicle stability control system.

The light will come on when the engineswitch is turned to “ON” and will go offafter a few seconds.







’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

154


The vehicle stability control systemhelps provide integrated control of thesystems such as anti−lock brake sys-tem, traction control, engine control,etc. This system automatically controlsthe brakes and engine to help preventthe vehicle from skidding when corner-ing on a slippery road surface or oper-ating steering wheel abruptly.

The vehicle stability control system is acti-vated when your vehicle speed reaches orexceeds 15 km/h (9 mph), and will deacti-vate when the vehicle speed reduces tobelow 15 km/h (9 mph).

You may hear a sound in the enginecompartment for a few seconds when theengine is started or just after the vehiclebegins to move. This means that the sys-tem is in the self−check mode, but doesnot indicate a malfunction.

CAUTION

� Do not rely excessively on the ve-hicle stability control system. Evenif the vehicle stability control sys-tem is operating, you must alwaysdrive carefully and attentively toavoid serious injury. Reckless driv-ing will result in an unexpected ac-cident. If the slip indicator lightflashes, an alarm sounds, and spe-cial care should be taken whiledriving.

� Only use tires of specified size. Thesize, manufacture, brand and treadpattern for all 4 tires should be thesame. If you use the tires otherthan specified, or different type orsize, the vehicle stability controlsystem may not function correctly.When replacing the tires or wheels,contact your Toyota dealer. (See“Checking and replacing tires” onpage 352 in Section 7−2.)

� In situations where the road surfaceis covered with ice or snow, yourvehicle should be fitted with snowtires or tire chains.

If the vehicle is going to skid during driv-ing, the slip indicator light blinks and analarm sounds intermittently. Special careshould be taken while driving.

The slip indicator light comes on for a fewseconds when the engine switch is turnedto “ON”. If the indicator light does notcome on when the ignition is turned on,contact your Toyota dealer.

Vehicle stability controlsystem

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

155


“VSC” warning light

This light warns that there is a problemsomewhere in the vehicle stability controlsystem or the traction control system.

The light will come on when the engineswitch is turned to “ON” and will go offafter a few seconds.







The tire pressure warning system warnsyou that the tire inflation pressure islow.

The tire pressure warning system is nota substitute for checking normal tire infla-tion pressure. Check the tire inflationpressure with a tire pressure gauge regu-larly.

CAUTION

The warning system may not activateimmediately if blowout or sudden airloss should occur.

Tire pressure warning system

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

156


The tire pressure warning light comes onwhen the engine switch is turned to the“ON” position and goes off after a fewseconds. This means the tire pressurewarning system is operating properly. Ifthe tire inflation pressure becomes low,the light comes on again. In this case,adjusting the tire inflation pressure willturn off the light after a few minutes. Ifthe light comes on after blinking for 1minute, the tire pressure warning systemis not working properly.

Indicatorstatus

Meanings Do this

ONTire inflationpressure islow

Adjust thetire inflationpressure

ON afterblinking for1 minute

Tire pressurewarningsystemmalfunction

Have thesystemchecked atyour Toyotadealer

CAUTION

If the tire pressure warning lightcomes on, be sure to observe thefollowing precautions. Failure to doso could cause loss of vehicle controland result in death or serious injury.

� Stop your vehicle in a safe place assoon as possible. Adjust the tireinflation pressure immediately.

� If the tire pressure warning lightcomes on even after tire inflationpressure adjustment, it is probablethat you have a flat tire. Check thetires. If the tire is flat, change tothe spare tire and have the flat tirerepaired by the nearest Toyota deal-er.

� Avoid abrupt maneuvering and bra-king. If the vehicle tires deteriorate,you could lose control of the steer-ing wheel or the brakes.

The tire pressure warning light may turnon due to natural causes such as naturalair leaks or tire inflation pressure changescaused by temperature. In this case, ad-justing the tire inflation pressure will turnoff the light after a few minutes.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

157


Pushing the tire pressure warning resetswitch should not turn off the tire pressurewarning light. Adjusting the tire inflationpressure will turn off the light.

The spare tire (except compact spare tire)is also equipped with the tire pressurewarning valve and transmitter. The tirepressure warning light will turn on if thetire inflation pressure of the spare tire islow. If a tire goes flat, even though theflat tire is replaced with the spare tire, thewarning light does not turn off. Replacethe spare tire with the repaired tire andadjust the proper tire inflation pressure.The tire pressure warning light will turn offafter a few minutes.

The compact spare tire is not equippedwith the tire pressure warning valve andtransmitter. If a tire goes flat, the warninglight will not turn off even though the flattire is replaced with the spare tire. Re-place the spare tire with the repaired tireand adjust the proper tire inflation pressur-e. The tire pressure warning light will turnoff after a few minutes.

CAUTION

Each tire, including the spare (if pro-vided), should be checked monthlywhen cold and inflated to the inflationpressure recommended by the vehiclemanufacturer on the vehicle placardor tire inflation pressure label (tireand load information label). (If yourvehicle has tires of a different sizethan the size indicated on the vehicleplacard or tire inflation pressure label(tire and load information label), youshould determine the proper tire infla-tion pressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, your ve-hicle has been equipped with a tirepressure monitoring system (TPMS–tire pressure warning system) that il-luminates a low tire pressure telltale(tire pressure warning light) when oneor more of your tires is significantlyunder−inflated. Accordingly, when thelow tire pressure telltale (tire pres-sure warning light) illuminates, youshould stop and check your tires assoon as possible, and inflate them tothe proper pressure. Driving on a sig-nificantly under−inflated tire causesthe tire to overheat and can lead totire failure. Under−inflation also re-duces fuel efficiency and tire treadlife, and may affect the vehicle’s han-dling and stopping ability.

Please note that the TPMS (tire pres-sure warning system) is not a substi-tute for proper tire maintenance, andit is the driver’s responsib ility tomaintain correct tire pressure, even ifunder−inflation has not reached thelevel to trigger illumination of theTPMS low tire pressure telltale (tirepressure warning light).

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

158


Your vehicle has also been equippedwith a TPMS (tire pressure warningsystem) malfunction indicator to indi-cate when the system is not operat-ing properly. The TPMS (tire pressurewarning system) malfunction indicatoris combined with the low tire pres-sure telltale (tire pressure warninglight). When the system detects amalfunction, the telltale will flash forapproximately one minute and thenremain continuously illuminated. Thissequence will continue upon subse-quent vehicle start−ups as long asthe malfunction exists. When the mal-function indicator is illuminated, thesystem may not be able to detect orsignal low tire pressure as intended.

TPMS (tire pressure warning system)malfunctions may occur for a varietyof reasons, including the installationof replacement or alternate tires orwheels on the vehicle that preventthe TPMS (tire pressure warning sys-tem) from functioning properly. Al-ways check the TPMS (tire pressurewarning system) malfunction telltaleafter replacing one or more tires orwheels on your vehicle to ensure thatthe replacement or alternate tires andwheels allow the TPMS (tire pressurewarning system) to continue to func-tion properly.

NOTICE

� Do not use liquid sealants for a flattire as tire pressure warning valveand transmitter will be damaged.

� When the tires must be repaired orreplaced, have them repaired or re-placed by the nearest Toyota dealeror authorized tire dealer. The tirepressure warning valves and trans-mitters will be affected by theinstallation or removal of tires.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

159


IF THE TIRE PRESSURE WARNINGLIGHT COMES ON AFTER BLINKINGFOR 1 MINUTE...

If the tire pressure warning light comeson after blinking for 1 minute when theengine switch is turned to the “ON”position, the tire pressure warning sys-tem is not working properly.

The system will be disabled in the follow-ing conditions:(When the condition becomes normal, thesystem will work properly.)

� If tires not equipped with tire pressurewarning valves and transmitters areused.

� If the ID code on the tire pressurewarning valves and transmitters is notregistered in the tire pressure warningcomputer.

� If the tire inflation pressure is morethan 500 kPa (5.1 kgf/cm2 or bar, 73psi).

The system may be disabled in the follow-ing conditions:(When the condition becomes normal, thesystem will work properly.)

� If electronic devices or facilities usingsimilar radio wave frequencies arenearby.

� If a radio set at similar frequencies isin use in the vehicle.

� If a window tint that affects the radiowave signals is installed.

� If there is a lot of snow or ice on thevehicle, in particular around the wheelsor wheel housings.

� If non−genuine Toyota wheels are used.

� If tire chains are used.

� If the spare tire (except compact sparetire) is in a location subject to poorradio wave signal reception.

� If a large metallic object which caninterfere with signal reception is put inthe trunk.

If the tire pressure warning light continuesto come on after blinking for 1 minutewhen the engine switch is turned to the“ON” position, have the system checkedby your Toyota dealer.

Pushing the tire pressure warning resetswitch should not turn off the tire pressurewarning light.

Even if you use genuine wheels, the tirepressure warning system may not workproperly with some types of tires.

Pushing the tire pressure warning resetswitch should not turn off the tire pressurewarning light.

For vehicles sold in U.S.A.

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions:


’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

160


NOTICE:This equipment has been tested andfound to comply with the limits for aClass B digital device, pursuant to Part15 of the FCC Rules. These limits aredesigned to provide reasonable protec-tion against harmful interference in aresidential installation. This equipmentgenerates, uses and can radiate radiofrequency energy and, if not installedand used in accordance with the instruc-tions, may cause harmful interference toradio communications. However, there isno guarantee that interference will notoccur in a particular installation. If thisequipment does cause harmful interfer-ence to radio or television reception,which can be determined by turning theequipment off and on, the user is en-couraged to try to correct the interfer-ence by one or more of the followingmeasures:

� Reorient or relocate the receiving an-tenna.

� Increase the separation between theequipment and receiver.

� Connect the equipment into an outleton a circuit different from that towhich the receiver is connected.

� Consult the dealer or an experiencedradio/TV technician for help.

FCC WARNING:Changes or modifications not ex-pressly approved by the party respon-sible for compliance could void theuser’s authority to operate the equip-ment.

For vehicles sold in Canada

Operation is subject to the following twoconditions:

(1) this device may not cause interfer-ence, and (2) this device must acceptany interference, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation ofthe device.

REPLACING TIRES AND WHEELS

When replacing the tires and wheels, besure to install tire pressure warning valvesand transmitters. ID codes on the tirepressure warning valves and transmittersare registered in the tire pressure warningcomputer. When replacing a tire pressurewarning valve and transmitter, it is neces-sary to register the ID code of tire pres-sure warning valve and transmitter. Havethe ID code registered by your Toyotadealer.

If the ID code is not registered, the sys-tem will not work properly. After drivingfor about 20 minutes, the tire pressurewarning light comes on after blinking for1 minute to indicate a system malfunction.

NOTICE

When the tires or tire pressure warn-ing valves and transmitters must bereplaced, have them replaced by yourToyota dealer. The tire pressure warn-ing valves and transmitters will beaffected by the installation or removalof tires.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

161


TIRE PRESSURE WARNING RESETSWITCH

When initializing the system, the presenttire inflation pressure is stored as stan-dard. The tire pressure warning systemdetermines decreased air pressure bycomparing the present and the standardtire inflation pressures. When you changethe set tire inflation pressure, it is neces-sary to initialize the tire pressure warningsystem.

� When changing the tire size.

� When rotating the tire on vehicles dif-fering with front and rear tire inflationpressure.

� When changing the tire inflation pres-sure by changing traveling speed orload weight, etc.

To initialize the system, perform the fol-lowing:

1. Park the vehicle in a safe place andturn the engine switch to “LOCK” posi-tion.

2. Adjust the pressure of all the installedtires to the specified cold tire inflationpressure level. (See “Tires” on page377 in Section 8.)

3. Turn the engine switch to the “ON”position.

4. Push and hold the tire pressure warn-ing reset switch until the tire pressurewarning light blinks slowly three times.

5. Wait for a few minutes with the engineswitch in “ON” position, and then turnthe engine switch to the “LOCK” posi-tion.

If you push the tire pressure warning re-set switch while vehicle is moving, initiali-zation is not performed.

If you push the tire pressure warning re-set switch accidentally and initialization isperformed, adjust the tire inflation pres-sure to the specified level and initializethe system again.

If the tire pressure warning light does notblink slowly three times when you pushand hold the tire pressure warning resetswitch, initialization has failed and the tirepressure warning system may not workproperly. In this case, initialize the systemagain. If initialization cannot be performed,have the system checked at your Toyotadealer.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

162


CAUTION

Do not push the tire pressure warn-ing reset switch without first adjust-ing the tire inflation pressure to thespecified level. Otherwise, the tirepressure warning light may not comeon even if the tire inflation pressureis low, or it may come on when thetire inflation pressure is actually nor-mal.

For the U.S.A.

For Canada

When parking, firmly apply the parkingbrake to avoid inadvertent creeping.

To set: Pull up the lever. For better hold-ing power, first depress the brake pedaland hold it while setting the parkingbrake.To release: Pull up the lever slightly (1),press the lock release button (2), and low-er (3).

To remind you that the parking brake isset, the parking brake reminder light inthe instrument panel remains on until yourelease the parking brake.

CAUTION

Before driving, be sure the parkingbrake is fully released and the park-ing brake reminder light is off.

Parking brake

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

163


The cruise control is designed to main-tain a set cruising speed without requir-ing the driver to operate the accelera-tor. Cruising speed can be set to anyspeed above 40 km/h (25 mph).

Within the limits of the engine’s capabili-ties, cruising speed can be maintained upor down grades. However, changes in ve-hicle speed may occur on steeper grades.

CAUTION

� To help maintain maximum controlof your vehicle, do not use thecruise control when driving inheavy or varying traffic, or on slip-pery (rainy, icy or snow−covered) orwinding roads.

� Avoid vehicle speed increases whendriving downhill. If the vehiclespeed is too fast in relation to thecruise control set speed, cancel thecruise control then downshift thetransmission to use engine brakingto slow down.

TURNING THE SYSTEM ON AND OFF

To turn the cruise control on, press the“ON−OFF” button. The “CRUISE” indicatorlight on the instrument panel will come onto indicate that the cruise control is opera-tional. Pressing the “ON−OFF” buttonagain turns the system off.

When the system is turned off, cruisingspeed must be reset when the cruise con-trol is turned on again.

CAUTION

To avoid accidentally engaging thecruise control, turn the system offwhen it is not in use. Make sure the“CRUISE” indicator light is off.

Cruise control

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

164


SETTING THE DESIRED SPEED

On vehicles with automatic transmission,the transmission must be in the “D” posi-tion or the shift range position must be in“4” (fourth range) or “5” (fifth range) in “S”mode before you set the cruising speed.

Bring your vehicle to the desired speed,push the lever down in the “− SET” direc-tion and release it. This sets the vehicleat that speed. If the speed is not satisfac-tory, tap the lever up for a faster speed,or tap it down for a slower speed. Eachtap changes the set speed by 1.6 km/h(1.0 mph). You can now take your foot offthe accelerator pedal.

If you need acceleration—for example,when passing—depress the acceleratorpedal enough for the vehicle to exceedthe set speed. When you release it, thevehicle will return to the speed set priorto the acceleration.

CAUTION

For manual transmission:

While driving with the cruise controlon, do not shift to neutral withoutdepressing the clutch pedal, as thismay cause engine racing or overrev-ving.

CANCELLING THE CRUISE CONTROL

The cruise control may be temporarilycancelled by the driver or by the systemitself under certain circumstances. Tempo-rary cancellation allows the set cruisingspeed to remain in memory.

The cruise control can be temporarily can-celled by doing the following:

� Pulling the lever in the “CANCEL” di-rection and releasing it

� Depressing the brake pedal

� Depressing the clutch pedal

Under certain circumstances, the cruisecontrol is temporarily cancelled:

� When vehicle speed falls below 40km/h (25 mph)

� When vehicle stability control is acti-vated

When vehicle speed drops 16 km/h (10mph) below the set speed, the cruise con-trol is cancelled and the set speed iserased from memory.

The “CRUISE” indicator light remains onto indicate that the system is still in op-eration.

To turn the cruise control off, press the“ON−OFF” button. Make sure the“CRUISE” indicator light is off.

If the cruise control automatically cancelsout other than for the above cases, haveyour vehicle checked by your Toyota deal-er at the earliest opportunity.

RESUMING THE CRUISE CONTROL

If the cruise control is temporarily can-celled, the cruising speed can be resumedby pushing the lever up in the “+ RES”direction.

Vehicle speed must be above 40 km/h (25mph).

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

165


RESETTING TO A FASTER SPEED

Push the lever up in the “+ RES” directionand hold it. Release the lever when thedesired speed is attained. While the leveris held up, the vehicle will gradually gainspeed.

However, a faster way to reset is to ac-celerate the vehicle and then push thelever down in the “− SET” direction.

RESETTING TO A SLOWER SPEED

Push the lever down in the “− SET” direc-tion and hold it. Release the lever whenthe desired speed is attained. While thelever is held down, the vehicle speed willgradually decrease.

However, a faster way to reset is to de-press the brake pedal and then push thelever down in the “− SET” direction.

Vehicles with automatic transmis-sion—Even if you downshift from the “D”to the “S” “5” to the “4” in “S” mode withthe cruise control on, engine braking willnot be enabled because the cruise controlis not cancelled. To decrease the vehiclespeed, reset to a slower speed with thecruise control lever or depress the brakepedal. If you use the brake pedal, cruisecontrol is cancelled.

CRUISE CONTROL FAILURE WARNING

If the “CRUISE” indicator light flasheswhen using the cruise control, press the“ON−OFF” button to turn the system offand then press it again to turn it on.

If any of the following conditions then oc-curs, there is some trouble in the cruisecontrol system.

� The indicator light does not come on.

� The indicator light flashes again.

� The indicator light goes out after itcomes on.

If this is the case, contact your Toyotadealer and have your vehicle inspected.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

166


’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

167


OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSAudio and hands−free phone systemsReference 168. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using your audio system 168. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Audio remote controls 180. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUX adapter 181. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Audio system operating hints 182. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hands−free phone system 189. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

For vehicle equipped with Navigation system, please refer to theseparate “Navigation System Owner’s Manual”.

SECTION 1− 8

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

168


AM·FM radio/compact disc player withchanger (with XM � Satellite Radio ∗ con-troller)

∗: Use of satellite radio requires XM�

tuner and service. Contact your Toyotadealer for details.

This section describes some of the basicfeatures on Toyota audio systems. Someinformation may not pertain to your sys-tem.

Your audio system works when the engineswitch is in the “ACC” or “ON” position.

TURNING THE SYSTEM ON AND OFF

Push “PWR·VOL” to turn the audio systemon and off.

Push “AM·SAT∗”, “FM1”, “FM2” or“DISC·AUX” to turn on that function with-out pushing “PWR·VOL”. To turn on thecompact disc player, a compact disc mustbe loaded in the player.

You can turn on the compact disc playerby inserting a compact disc.

You can turn off the compact disc playerby ejecting the compact disc. If the audiosystem was previously off, then the entireaudio system will be turned off when youeject the compact disc. If the radio waspreviously playing, it will come on again.∗: Use of satellite radio requires XM�


SWITCHING BETWEEN FUNCTIONS

Push “FM1”, “FM2”, “AM·SAT∗” or“DISC·AUX” if the system is already onbut you want to switch from one functionto another.∗: Use of satellite radio requires XM�


LISTENING TO THE XM� SATELLITERADIO BROADCAST ∗

To listen to a satellite radio broadcast inyour vehicle, an additional genuine Toyotasatellite receiver and antenna (or equiva-lents) must be purchased and installed. Asubscription to the XM� Satellite Radioservice is also necessary.

How to subscribe to an XM � SatelliteRadio

An XM� Satellite Radio is a tuner de-signed exclusively to receive broadcastsprovided under a separate subscription.Availability is limited to the 48 contiguousU.S. states and 10 Canadian provinces.

ReferenceUsing your audio system——Some basics

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

169


How to subscribe:You must enter into a separate serviceagreement with the XM� Satellite Radio inorder to receive satellite broadcast pro-gramming in the vehicle. Additional activa-tion and service subscription fees applythat are not included in the purchase priceof the vehicle and optional digital satellitetuner. For complete information on sub-scription rates and terms, or to subscribeto the XM� Satellite Radio,

U.S.A.—

Visit on the web at www.xmradio.com orcall 1−800−967−2346.

Canada—

Visit on the web at www.xmradio.ca or call1−877−438−9677.

The XM� Satellite Radio is solely respon-sible for the quality, availability and con-tent of the satellite radio services pro-vided, which are subject to the terms andconditions of the XM� Satellite Radio cus-tomer service agreement.

Customers should have their radio IDready; the radio ID can be found by tun-ing to “channel 000” on the radio. Fordetails, see “Displaying the radio ID” be-low.

All fees and programming are the respon-sibility of the XM� Satellite Radio and aresubject to change.

Satellite tuner technology notice: Toyota’s satellite radio tuners are awardedType Approval Certificates from XM� Sat-ellite Radio Inc. as proof of compatibilitywith the services offered by the XM� Sat-ellite Radio.

Displaying the radio ID

Each XM� tuner is identified with a uniqueradio ID. You will need the radio ID whenactivating XM� service or when reportinga problem.

If you select the “CH 000” using the“TUNE·FILE” button, the ID code of 8 al-phanumeric characters appears. If you se-lect another channel, display of the IDcode is canceled. The channel (000) alter-nates the display between the radio IDand the specific radio ID code.∗: Use of satellite radio requires XM�


TONE AND BALANCE

For details about your system’s tone andbalance controls, see the description ofyour own system.

Tone

How good an audio program sounds toyou is largely determined by the mix ofthe treble, midrange (JBL brand audio sys-tem∗ only), and bass levels. In fact, differ-ent kinds of music and vocal programsusually sound better with different mixesof treble, midrange, and bass.

You can adjust sound characteristics. Dif-ferent sound characteristics can be re-corded for each audio source.∗: If a JBL brand audio system is

installed, the “JBL” logo is shown onthe panel.

Balance

A good balance of the left and right stereochannels and of the front and rear soundlevels is also important.

Keep in mind that if you are listening toa stereo recording or broadcast, changingthe right/left balance will increase the vol-ume of one group of sounds while de-creasing the volume of another.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

170


YOUR RADIO ANTENNA

Coupe—Your vehicle has an antennaprinted on the inside of the rear window.

NOTICE

Putting a film (especially a conductiveor metallic film) on the rear wi ndowwill noticeably reduce the sensitivityof the radio.

Convertible—Your vehicle has a mast typeantenna.

To remove the antenna, carefully turn itcounterclockwise.

YOUR COMPACT DISC PLAYER WITHCHANGER

When you insert a disc, push the “LOAD”button and gently push the disc in withthe label side up. The player will playfrom track 1 through to the end of thedisc. Then it will play from track 1 of thenext disc.

The player is intended for use with 12 cm(4.7 in.) discs only.

NOTICE

� Do not insert two discs simulta-neously, or it will cause damage tothe compact disc player. Insert onlyone compact disc into the slot at atime.

� Never try to disassemble or oil anypart of the compact disc player. Donot insert anything other than com-pact discs into the slot.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

171


Details of specific buttons, controls andfeatures are described in the alphabeticallist that follows.

—Controls and features

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

172


1 2 3 4 5 6 (Preset buttons)

These buttons are used to preset andtune in radio stations.

To preset a station to a button: Tune inthe desired station. (See “TUNE·FILE” or“SEEK/TRACK”.) Push and hold down thebutton until you hear a beep—this will setthe station to the button. The preset but-ton number will appear on the display.

To recall a preset station: Push the buttonfor the station you want. The preset but-ton number and station frequency will ap-pear on the display.

This radio can store one AM and two FMstations for each button. (The display willshow “AM”, “FM1”, or “FM2” when youpush “AM·SAT”, or “FM” button.)

XM� Satellite Radio∗—

These buttons are used to preset andtune in radio channels.

To preset a channel to a button: Tune inthe desired channel. (See “TUNE·FILE” or“SEEK/TRACK”.) Push and hold down thebutton until you hear a beep—this will setthe channel to the button. The preset but-ton number will appear on the display.

To recall a preset channel: Push the but-ton for the channel you want. The presetbutton number and channel number willappear on the display.

This radio can store three XM� channelsfor each button. (The display will show“SAT1”, “SAT2” or “SAT3” when you push“AM·SAT” button.)∗: Use of satellite radio requires XM�


(Eject button)

This button is used to eject one or allcompact discs.

To eject the current compact disc, pushand release the compact disc eject button.

To eject a specific disc, push “�” (presetbutton 3) or “�” (preset button 4) until thenumber of the disc you want to eject isdisplayed. Push and release the eject but-ton.

To eject all discs at a time, press andhold the eject button until you hear abeep. The last compact disc played beforepushing the button will be ejected first. Ifthe ejected disc is not removed for a longtime, the eject function will be cancelled.

(Reverse/Fast−forward button)

Push and hold “ ” (preset button 6) or

“ ” (preset button 5) to fast forward orreverse within a compact disc. When yourelease the button, the player will resumeplaying.

AM·SAT (AM band and XM � SatelliteRadio ∗)

Push the “AM·SAT” button to turn on theradio and select the AM or XM� band.“AM”, “SAT1”, “SAT2” or “SAT3” will ap-pear on the display.

Error messages

If the satellite radio tuner malfunctions,your audio system will display followingerror messages.

“ANTENNA”:

� The XM� antenna is not connected.Check whether the XM� antenna cableis attached securely.

� A short−circuit occurs in the antenna orthe surrounding antenna cable. See aToyota certified dealer.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

173


“UPDATING”:

� You have not subscribed to the XM�Satellite Radio. The radio is being up-dated with the latest encryption code.Contact the XM� Satellite Radio forsubscription information. When a con-tact is canceled, you can choose the“CH000” and all free−to−air channels.

� The premium channel you selected isnot authorized. Wait for about 2 sec-onds until the radio returns to the pre-vious channel or “CH001”. If it doesnot change automatically, select anoth-er channel. If you want to listen to thepremium channel, contact the XM� Sat-ellite Radio.

“NO SIGNAL”: The XM� signal is tooweak at the current location. Wait untilyour vehicle reaches a location with astronger signal.

“LOADING”: The unit is acquiring audioor program information. Wait until the unithas received the information.

“OFF AIR”: The channel you selected isnot broadcasting any programming. Selectanother channel.

“− − −”: The channel you selected is nolonger available. Wait for about 2 secondsuntil the radio returns to the previouschannel or “CH001”. If it does not changeautomatically, select another channel.

The XM� Listener Care Center is alsoavailable on the phone, please call1−800−967−2346 (U.S.A.) or1−877−438−9677 (Canada).∗: Use of satellite radio requires XM�


AUDIO CONTROL (Tone and sound bal-ance adjustment function)

Each time you push the “AUDIOCONTROL” knob, the mode changes. Toadjust the tone and balance, turn theknob.

The JBL brand audio system∗—

BAS: Adjusts low−pitched tones. The dis-play ranges from −5 to 5.

TRE: Adjusts high−pitched tones. The dis-play ranges from −5 to 5.

FAD: Adjusts the sound balance betweenthe front and rear speakers. The displayranges from F7 to R7.

BAL: Adjusts the sound balance betweenthe right and left speakers. The displayranges from L7 to R7.

ASL: The Automatic Sound Levelizer canbe turned on by turning the knob. TheASL system automatically adjusts volumeand tone in accordance with the drivingspeed. This helps ensure an optimal lis-tening experience even when road, windor other ambient noise levels rise.

Except the JBL brand audio system∗—

Each time you push the “AUDIOCONTROL” knob, the mode changes. Toadjust the tone and balance, turn theknob.

BAS: Adjusts low−pitched tones. The dis-play ranges from −5 to 5.

MID: Adjusts mid−pitched tones. The dis-play ranges from −5 to 5.

TRE: Adjusts high−pitched tones. The dis-play ranges from −5 to 5.

FAD: Adjusts the sound balance betweenthe front and rear speakers. The displayranges from F7 to R7.

BAL: Adjusts the sound balance betweenthe right and left speakers. The displayranges from L7 to R7.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

174


Switching over the Speed AutomaticSound Levelizer (ASL) level

ASL: The Automatic Sound Levelizer canbe turned on and off by turning the knob.In addition, turning the knob allows you toselect from LOW, MID, and HIGH settings.The ASL system automatically adjusts vol-ume and tone in accordance with the driv-ing speed. This helps ensure an optimallistening experience even if noise levelsrise while driving.∗: If a JBL brand audio system is

installed, the “JBL” logo is shown onthe panel.

DISC·AUX (Compact disc)

Push the “DISC·AUX” button to play acompact disc.

When the audio system is set to compactdisc operation, the display shows thetrack, or track and disc number currentlybeing played.

To switch between CD and AUX (externaldevice) modes, press the “DISC·AUX” but-ton. The AUX mode is only available whenAUX adapter is connected to the system.When the AUX adapter is in use, “AUX”will appear on the display.

Error messages

If the player malfunctions, your audio sys-tem will display following error messages.

“WAIT”: The compact disc player unitmay be too hot. Allow the player to cooldown.

“ERROR 1”: The disc may be dirty, dam-aged or inserted incorrectly (up−sidedown). Clean the disc and re−insert it.

“NO DISC”: Eject the disc or magazine.Set the disc or magazine again.

“ERROR 3”: There is a problem insidethe system.

“ERROR 4”: Over−current. Ask yourToyota dealer to inspect.

If “NO MUSIC” appears on the display,it indicates that a disc with no MP3/WMAdata has been inserted. Remove the discfrom the player and insert an MP3/WMAdata disc.

If the malfunction still exists, take yourvehicle to your Toyota dealer.

� DISC �

Use these buttons to select a disc youwant to listen to.

Push “�” (preset button 3) or “�” (presetbutton 4) until the number of the disc youwant to listen appears on the display.

FM1 FM2

Push the “FM1” or “FM2” button to turn onthe radio and select the FM band. “FM1”or “FM2” will appear on the display. Thissystem allows you to set twelve FM sta-tions, two for each of the preset button.

TYPE/FOLDER (Type/Folder up/down)

Radio


When you push the “�” or “�” side ofthe “TYPE/FOLDER” button while receivinga XM� channel, the current channel cate-gory appears on the display.

When the channel category appears, pusheither “�” or “�” side of the“TYPE/FOLDER” button to switch to thenext or previous category.∗: Use of satellite radio requires XM�


’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

175


MP3/WMA player

To skip up or down to a different folder:Push “�” or “�” side of the“TYPE/FOLDER” several times until thenumber of the folder you want to listen toappears on the display.

To jump to the first file in the first folder:Push and hold the “�” side of the buttonuntil you hear a beep.

When playing a disc featuring both audiodata (CD−DA) and MP3/WMA files, audiodata (CD−DA) is played.

LOAD

This button is used to load the compactdiscs in the compact disc player. Thisplayer can store up to six discs.

To load one compact disc only, quicklypush and release the button. When theindicators on both sides of the slot turngreen, insert a compact disc. After thedisc is loaded, the shutter of the slot willclose.

If no compact disc is inserted, the shutterwill close after 15 seconds.

To load multiple compact discs, push andhold the button (until you hear a beepwhen the audio system is on). When theindicators on both sides of the slot turngreen, insert the first compact disc. Afterthe disc is loaded, the shutter of the slotwill close. After a few seconds, the shut-ter will automatically open again and theindicators will turn green so the next disccan be inserted. The same process canbe applied for loading the rest of thediscs. If the player is full of discs, “DISCFULL” will appear on the display.

If no compact disc is inserted, the shutterwill close after 15 seconds.

PWR·VOL (Power and Volume)

Push “PWR·VOL” to turn the audio systemon and off. Turn “PWR·VOL” to adjust thevolume.

RAND (Random)

There are two random features—you caneither listen to the tracks on one compactdisc in random order, or listen to thetracks on all the compact discs in themagazine in random order.

To play the tracks on one disc in randomorder: Quickly push and release “RAND” (presetbutton 1). “ ” will appear on thedisplay and the player will perform thetracks on the disc you are listening to inrandom order. To turn off the random fea-ture, push this button again.

To play all the tracks in the magazine inrandom order:Push and hold “RAND” (preset button 1)until you hear a beep. “ ” will ap-pear on the display and the player willperform all the tracks on all the discs inthe magazine in random order. To turn offthe random feature, push this buttonagain.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

176


MP3/WMA player

There are two random playback features—you can either listen to all of the files onthe compact discs in random order. Youcan also listen to the files in a singlefolder in random order.

To randomly play the files in a folder:Quickly push and release “RAND” (preset

button 1). “ ” will appear on thedisplay.

To randomly play all of the files on thecompact disc:Push and hold “RAND” (preset button 1)

until you hear a beep. “ ” willappear on the display and the player willplay all of the files on the disc in randomorder. To turn off the random playbackfeature, push this button again.

RPT (Repeat)

Compact disc player

There are two repeat features—you caneither replay a disc track or a whole com-pact disc.

Repeating a track:Quickly push and release “RPT” (presetbutton 2) while the track is playing.“ ” will appear on the display. Whenthe track ends, it will automatically replay.To turn off the repeat feature, push thisbutton again.

Repeating a disc:Push and hold “RPT” (preset button 2)

until you hear a beep. “ ” will ap-pear on the display. The player will repeatall the tracks on the disc you are listeningto. When the disc ends, the player willautomatically go back to the first track onthe disc and replay. To turn off the repeatfeature, push this button again.

MP3/WMA player

There are two repeat features—you canrepeat a signal file or an entire folder.

Repeating a file:Quickly push and release “RPT” (presetbutton 2) while the file is playing.“ ” will appear on the display. Whenthe file ends, it will repeat automatically.This process will be continued until youpush the button again to turn off the re-peat feature.

Repeating a folder:Push and hold “RPT” (preset button 2)until you hear a beep. “ ” will ap-pear on the display. The player will repeatall of the files in the folder. When the lastfile in the folder ends, the folder will re-peat from the beginning. To turn off therepeat feature, push this button again.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

177


SCAN

Radio

You can either scan all the frequencies ona band or scan only the preset stationsfor that band.

To scan the preset stations: Push and hold the “SCAN” button untilyou hear a beep. The radio will tune inthe next preset station up the band, staythere for 5 seconds, and then move to thenext preset station. To stop scanning,push this button again.

To scan all the frequencies: Quickly push and release the “SCAN” but-ton. The radio will find the next station upthe station band, stay there for 5 seconds,and then scan again to the next station.To stop scanning, push this button again.


You can either scan the currently selectedchannel category or scan only the presetchannels for that band.

To scan the preset channels:Push and hold the “SCAN” button untilyou hear a beep. “SCAN” appears on thedisplay. The radio will tune in the nextpreset channel up the band, stay there for5 seconds, and then move to the nextpreset channel. To stop scanning, pushthis button again.

To scan the currently selected channelcategory:Quickly push and release the “SCAN” but-ton. “SCAN” appears on the display. Theradio will find the next channel in thesame channel category up the band, staythere for 5 seconds, and then scan again.To stop scanning, push this button again.∗: Use of satellite radio requires XM�


Compact disc player

There are two scan features—you can ei-ther scan the tracks on a specific disc orscan the first tracks of all the discs in themagazine.

Scanning the tracks on a disc:Quickly push and release the “SCAN” but-ton. “SCAN” will appear on the displayand the player will scan all the tracks onthe disc you are listening to. To stopscanning, push this button again. If theplayer scanned all the tracks on the disc,it will stop scanning.

Scanning the first tracks of all the discsin the magazine:Push the “SCAN” button until you hear abeep. “ SCAN” will appear on the dis-play and the player will scan the firsttrack of the next disc. To stop scanning,push this button again. If the player hasscanned all the discs, it will stop scan-ning.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

178


MP3/WMA player

There are two scan features—you can ei-ther scan the files in a folder on a specif-ic disc or scan the first file of all thefolder.

Scanning the files on a folder:Quickly push and release “SCAN”. “SCAN”will appear on the display and the playerwill scan all the files in the folder you arelistening to. To select a file, push the“SCAN” again. After all the files on thefolder have been scanned in one pass,normal play resumes.

Scanning the first file of all the folders:Push “SCAN” until you hear a beep.“ ” will appear on the display andthe player will scan the first file of thenext folder. To select a folder, push the“SCAN” again. After all the folders havebeen scanned in one pass, normal playresumes.

SEEK/TRACK (Seeking/Track up/down)

Radio

In the seek mode, the radio finds andplays the next station up or down thestation band.

To seek the next station, quickly push andrelease “�” or “�” side of the “SEEK/TRACK” button. Do this again to find thestation after that.


To select the next channel within the cur-rent channel category, push the “�” or“�” side of the “SEEK/TRACK” button.Repeat until a desired channel is found.∗: Use of satellite radio requires XM�


Compact disc player

Use this button to skip up or down to adifferent track.

Push “�” or “�” side of the “SEEK/TRACK” button until the number of thetrack you want to listen to appears on thedisplay. If you want to return to the begin-ning of the current track, quickly push thedown side of the button one time.

MP3/WMA player

Use this button to file up or down to adifferent file.

Push “�” or “�” side of the“SEEK/TRACK” several times until the fileyou want to listen to appears on the dis-play. If you want to return to the begin-ning of the current file, push the “�” sideof the button one time.

ST (Stereo reception) display

Your radio automatically changes to stereoreception when a stereo broadcast is re-ceived. “ST” appears on the display. If thesignal becomes weak, the radio reducesthe amount of channel separation to prev-ent the weak signal from creating noise.If the signal becomes extremely weak, theradio switches from stereo to mono recep-tion.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

179


TEXT

XM� Satellite Radio∗1—

When you push the “TEXT” button, thedisplay changes as follows: CH NAME → TITLE (SONG/PROGRAMTITLE) → NAME (ARTIST NAME/FEA-TURE) → CH NUMBER → CH NAME

Up to 10 alphanumeric characters can bedisplayed. (Some information will not befully displayed.)

The message display will be canceled ifany button that affects the display ispushed.

If there is no song/program title or artistname/feature associated with the channelat that time, “− − − − −” will appear on thedisplay.

This XM� tuner supports “Audio Services”(Music and Talk) of only XM� SatelliteRadio and “Text Information”∗2 linked tothe respective audio services.∗1: Use of satellite radio requires XM�


∗2: Text Information includes, ChannelName, (Artist) Name, (Song) Title andCategory Name.

Compact disc player

This button is used to change the displayfor the compact disc that contains textdata.

To change the display, quickly push andrelease the “TEXT” button while the com-pact disc is playing. The display changesin the order from the elapsed time to disctitle to track title, then back to theelapsed time.

If this button is pushed while a compactdisc that does not contain text data isplaying, “NO TITLE” will appear on thedisplay.

If the entire disc or track title does notappear on the display, push and hold thebutton until you hear a beep. The rest ofthe title will appear.

MP3/WMA player

This button is used to change the displayfor the MP3/WMA file that contains textdata.

To change the display, quickly push andrelease the “TEXT” button while theMP3/WMA file is playing. The displaychanges in the order from the elapsedtime to folder name to file name to albumtitle to track title to artist name, then backto the elapsed time.

If this button is pushed while anMP3/WMA file that does not contain textdata is playing, “NO TITLE” will appear onthe display.

If the entire text data is not displayed,push and hold it until you hear a beep.The rest of the text data will appear.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

180


TUNE·FILE (Tuning and File up/down)

Radio

Turn the “TUNE·FILE” knob clockwise tostep up the frequency. Turn the knobcounterclockwise to step down the fre-quency.


Turn the “TUNE·FILE” knob clockwise tostep up the channel. Turn the knob coun-terclockwise to step down the channel.∗: Use of satellite radio requires XM�


MP3/WMA player

Turn the “TUNE·FILE” knob clockwise tofile up. Turn the knob counterclockwise tofile down.

Some parts of the audio system can beadjusted using the switches on the steer-ing wheel.

Details of the specific switches, controls,and features are described below.

1. Volume control switch

2. “��” switch

3. “MODE” switch


Push “+” side to increase the volume. Thevolume continues to increase while theswitch is being pushed.

Push “−” side to decrease the volume.The volume continues to decrease whilethe switch is being pushed.

2. “ � �” switch

Radio

This switch has the following features—

To select a preset station:Quickly push and release the “�” or “�”side of the switch. Do this again to selectthe next preset station.

To seek a station:Push and hold the “�” or “�” side of theswitch until you hear a beep. Do thisagain to find the next station. If you pushthe switch on either side during the seekmode, seeking will be cancelled.

To step up or down the frequency, pushand hold the switch even after you heara beep. When you release the switch, theradio will begin seeking up or down for astation. Do this again to find the nextstation.

Audio remote controls(steering switches)

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

181



To select a preset channel, push the “�”or “�” side of the switch. Repeat until adesired channel is found.∗: Use of satellite radio requires XM�


Compact disc player

Use this switch to skip up or down to adifferent track in either direction.

Quickly push and release the “�” or “�”side of the switch until the track you wantto listen to is set. If you want to returnto the beginning of the current track, pushthe “�” side of the switch once, quickly.

Push and hold the “�” or “�” side of theswitch until the disc you want to listen tois set.

MP3/WMA player

Use this switch to select a desired file ordisc.

To select a desired file:Quickly push and release the “�” or “�”side of the switch until the file you wantto listen to is set. If you want to returnto the beginning of the current file, pushthe “�” side of the switch once, quickly.

To select a desired disc:Push and hold the “�” or “�” side of theswitch until the disc you want to listen tois set.

3. “MODE” switch

Push the “MODE” switch to select an au-dio mode. Each push changes the modesequentially if the desired mode is readyto use.

To turn the audio system on, push the“MODE” switch.

To turn the audio system off, push andhold the “MODE” switch until the systemturns off.

An AUX adapter is installed in the cen-ter console auxiliary box.

By inserting a mini plug into the AUXadapter, you can listen to music from aportable audio device through the vehicle’sspeaker system.

To use the AUX adapter, switch to theAUX mode (external device mode) bypressing the “DISC AUX” button. Whenthe AUX adapter is in use, “AUX” willappear on the display. To adjust the vol-ume, turn the “PWR·VOL” knob.

AUX adapter

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

182


When using a portable audio device con-nected to the power outlet, noise mayoccur during playback. If this happens,use the power source of the portable au-dio device.

If you install an audio system other thana genuine audio system, you will not beable to use the AUX adapter.

NOTICE

To ensure correct audio system op-erations:

� Be careful not to spill beveragesover the audio system.

� Do not put anything other than aCompact Disc into the slot.

� The use of a cellular phone insideor near the vehicle may cause anoise from the speakers of the au-dio system which you are listeningto. However, this does not indicatea malfunction.

RADIO RECEPTION

Usually, a problem with radio receptiondoes not mean there is a problem withyour radio—it is just the normal result ofconditions outside the vehicle.

For example, nearby buildings and terraincan interfere with FM reception. Powerlines or telephone wires can interfere withAM signals. And of course, radio signalshave a limited range. The farther you arefrom a station, the weaker its signal willbe. In addition, reception conditionschange constantly as your vehicle moves.

Here are some common reception prob-lems that probably do not indicate a prob-lem with your radio:

FM

Fading and drifting stations—Generally, theeffective range of FM is about 40 km (25miles). Once outside this range, you maynotice fading and drifting, which increasewith the distance from the radio transmit-ter. They are often accompanied by distor-tion.

Multi−path—FM signals are reflective,making it possible for two signals to reachyour antenna at the same time. If thishappens, the signals will cancel each oth-er out, causing a momentary flutter orloss of reception.

Static and fluttering—These occur whensignals are blocked by buildings, trees, orother large objects. Increasing the basslevel may reduce static and fluttering.

Station swapping—If the FM signal youare listening to is interrupted or weak-ened, and there is another strong stationnearby on the FM band, your radio maytune in the second station until the origi-nal signal can be picked up again.

Audio system operating hints

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

183


AM

Fading—AM broadcasts are reflected bythe upper atmosphere—especially at night.These reflected signals can interfere withthose received directly from the radio sta-tion, causing the radio station to soundalternately strong and weak.

Station interference—When a reflected sig-nal and a signal received directly from aradio station are very nearly the samefrequency, they can interfere with eachother, making it difficult to hear the broad-cast.

Static—AM is easily affected by externalsources of electrical noise, such as hightension power lines, lightening, or electri-cal motors. This results in static.

XM�∗

Alternation or modifications carried outwithout appropriate authorization may in-validate the user’s right to operate theequipment.∗: Use of satellite radio requires XM�


NOTICE

This equipment has been tested andfound to comply with the limits for aclass B digital device, pursuant toPart 15 of the FCC Rules. These lim-its are designed to provide reasonableprotection against harmful interfer-ence in a residential installation. Thisequipment generates, uses and canradiate radio frequency energy and, ifnot installed and used in accordancewith the instructions, may causeharmful interference to radio commu-nications. However, there is no guar-antee that interference will not occurin a particular installation.

If this equipment does cause harmfulinterference to radio or television re-ception, which can be determined byturning the equipment off and on, theuser is encouraged to try to correctthe interference by one or more ofthe following measures:

—Reorient or relocate the receivingantenna.

—Increase the separation between theequipment and receiver.

—Connect the equipment into an out-let on a circuit different from that towhich the receiver is connected.

—Consult the dealer or an experi-enced radio/TV technician for help.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

184


CARING FOR YOUR COMPACT DISCPLAYER AND DISCS

� Your compact disc player is intendedfor use with 12 cm (4.7 in.) discs only.

� Extremely high temperatures can keepyour compact disc player from working.On hot days, use the air conditioningto cool the vehicle interior before youlisten to a disc.

� Bumpy roads or other vibrations maymake your compact disc player skip.

� If moisture gets into your compact discplayer, you may not hear any soundeven though your compact disc playerappears to be working. Remove thedisc from the player and wait until itdries.

CAUTION

Compact disc players use an invisiblelaser beam which could cause hazard-ous radiation exposure if directedoutside the unit. Be sure to operatethe player correctly.

� Use only compact discs marked asshown above. The following productsmay not be playable on your compactdisc player.

Copy−protected CDCD−R (CD−Recordable)CD−RW (CD−Re−writable)CD−ROM

Special shaped discs

Transparent/tr anslucent discs

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

185


Low quality discs

Labeled discs

NOTICE

� Do not use special shaped, trans-parent/translucent, low quality or la-beled discs such as those shown inthe illustrations. The use of suchdiscs may damage the player orchanger, or it may be impossible toeject the disc.

� This system is not designed for useof Dual Disc. Do not use Dual Discbecause it may cause damage tothe player or changer.

Correct Wrong

� Handle compact discs carefully, espe-cially when you are inserting them.Hold them on the edge and do notbend them. Avoid getting fingerprintson them, particularly on the shiny side.

� Dirt, scratches, warping, pin holes, orother disc damage could cause theplayer to skip or to repeat a section ofa track. (To see a pin hole, hold thedisc up to the light.)

� Remove discs from the compact discplayer when you are not listening tothem. Store them in their plastic casesaway from moisture, heat, and directsunlight.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

186


To clean a compact disc: Wipe it with asoft, lint−free cloth that has been damp-ened with water. Wipe in a straight linefrom the center to the edge of the disc(not in circles). Dry it with another soft,lint−free cloth. Do not use a conventionalrecord cleaner or anti−static device.

MP3/WMA FILES

� MP3 (MPEG Audio Layer 3) and WMA(Windows Media Audio) are audio com-pression standards.

� The MP3/WMA player can play MP3and WMA files on CD−ROM, CD−R andCD−RW discs.

The unit can play disc recordings com-patible with ISO 9660 level 1 and level2 and with the Romeo and Joliet filesystem.

� When naming an MP3 or WMA file,add the appropriate file extension (.mp3or .wma).

� The MP3/WMA player plays back fileswith .mp3 or .wma file extensions asMP3 or WMA files. To prevent noiseand playback errors, use the appropri-ate file extensions.

� Multi−session compatible CDs can alsobe played.

� MP3 files are compatible with the ID3Tag Ver. 1.0, Ver. 1.1, Ver. 2.2, andVer. 2.3 formats. The unit cannot dis-play disc title, track title and artistname in other formats.

� WMA files can contain a WMA tag thatis used in the same way as an ID3tag. WMA tags carry information suchas track title, artist name.

� The emphasis function is available onlywhen playing MP3/WMA files recordedat 32, 44.1 and 48 kHz. (The systemcan play MP3 files with sampling fre-quencies of 16, 22.05, and 24 kHz.However, the emphasis function is notavailable for files recorded at these fre-quencies.)

� The sound quality of MP3/WMA filesgenerally improves with higher bitrates. In order to achieve a reasonablelevel of sound quality, discs recordedwith a bit rate of at least 128 kbps arerecommended.

Playable bit ratesMP3 files:MPEG1 LAYER3—64 to 320 kbpsMPEG2 LSF LAYER3—64 to 160 kbpsWMA files:Ver. 7, 8 CBR—48 to 192 kbpsVer. 9 CBR—48 to 320 kbps

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

187


� The MP3/WMA player does not playback MP3/WMA files from discs record-er using packet write data transfer(UDF format). Discs should be re-corded using “pre−mastering” softwarerather than packet−write software.

� M3u playlists are not compatible withthe audio player.

� MP3i (MP3 interactive) and MP3PROformats are not compatible with the au-dio player.

� The MP3 player is compatible withVBR (Variable Bit Rate).

� When playing back files recorded asVBR (Variable Bit Rate) files, the playtime will not be correctly displayed iffast forward or reverse operations areused.

� It is not possible to check folders thatdo not include MP3/WMA files.

� MP3/WMA files in folders up to 8 lev-els deep can be played. However, thestart of playback may be delayed whenusing discs containing numerous levelsof folders. For this reason, we recom-mend creating discs with no more thantwo levels of folders.

� It is possible to play up to 192 foldersor 255 files on one disc.

001.mp3002.wma

Folder 1003.mp3

Folder 2004.wma005.mp3

Folder 3006.mp3

� The play order of the compact discwith the structure shown on the left isas follows:

CD−R and CD−RW discs

� CD−R/CD−RW discs that have not beensubject to the “finalizing process” (aprocess that allows discs to be playedon a conventional CD player) cannotbe played.

� It may not be possible to play CD−R/CD−RW discs recorded on a musicCD recorder or a personal computerbecause of disc characteristics,scratches or dirt on the disc, or dirt,condensation, etc. on the lens of theunit.

� It may not be possible to play discsrecorded on a personal computer de-pending on the application settings andthe environment. Record with the cor-rect format. (For details, contact theappropriate application manufacturers ofthe applications.)

� CD−R/CD−RW discs may be damagedby direct exposure to sunlight, hightemperatures or other storage condi-tions. The unit may be unable to playsome damaged discs.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

188


� If you insert a CD−RW disc into theMP3/WMA player, playback will beginmore slowly than with a conventionalCD or CD−R disc.

� Recordings on CD−R/CD−RW cannotbe played using the DDCD (DoubleDensity CD) system.

TERMS

Packet write—

This is a general term that describes theprocess of writing data on−demand toCD−R, etc., in the same way that data iswritten to floppy or hard discs.

ID3 Tag—

This is a method of embedding track−re-lated information in an MP3 file. This em-bedded information can include the tracktitle, the artist’s name, the album title, themusic genre, the year of production, com-ments and other data. The contents canbe freely edited using software with ID3tag editing functions. Although the tagsare restricted to the number of characters,the information can be viewed when thetrack is played back.

WMA Tag—

WMA files can contain a WMA tag that isused in the same way as an ID3 tag.WMA tags carry information such as tracktitle, artist name.

ISO 9660 format—

This is the international standard for theformatting of CD−ROM folders and files.For the ISO 9660 format, there are twolevels of regulations.

Level 1:

The file name is in 8.3 format (8 charac-ter file names, with a 3 character fileextension. File names must be composedof one−byte capital letters and numbers.The “_” symbol may also be included.)

Level 2:

The file name can have up to 31 charac-ters (including the separation mark “.” andfile extension). Each folder must containfewer than 8 hierarchies.

m3u—

Playlists created using “WINAMP” softwarehave a playlist file extension (.m3u).

MP3—

MP3 is an audio compression standarddetermined by a working group (MPEG) ofthe ISO (International Standard Organiza-tion). MP3 compresses audio data toabout 1/10 the size of that on convention-al discs.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

189


WMA—

WMA (Windows Media Audio) is an audiocompression format developed byMicrosoft. It compresses files into a sizesmaller than that of MP3 files. Thedecoding formats for WMA files are Ver.7, 8, and 9.

Phone Setup (see page 195)

� Pair phone

To use the hands−free system, youneed to register your phone in the sys-tem.

� Change name

The registered phone names can bechanged.

� Delete

The registered phones can be deleted.

� List phones

The registered phone names can bechecked.

� Select phone

The registered phones can be selected.

� Set passkey

The passkey can be changed.

Security (see page 200)

� Set PIN

The PIN can be set or changed.

� Phone book lock

The phone book can be locked.

� Phone book unlock

The locked phone book can be un-locked.

System Setup (see page 204)

� Adjust Guidance Volume

Guidance volume can be adjusted.

� Initialize

Phone Book (see page 204)

� Add Entry

Phone numbers and voice tags can beregistered.

� Change Name

The registered names can be changed.

� Delete Entry

The registered names can be deleted.

Hands−free phone system——Reference

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

190


� Delete Speed Dial

The registered speed dial can be de-leted.

� List names

The registered names can be checked.

� Set Speed Dial

Speed dials can be set

Redial (see page 212)

Callback (see page 213)

Making a phone call (see page 215)

Receiving a phone call (see page 217)

Talking on the phone (see page 218)

This system supports Bluetooth �, awireless system that allows you tomake or receive calls without takingyour hands from the steering wheel andwithout using cables to connect thephone and system.

The phone must be paired to the systembefore using the hands−free feature. Ifyour cellular phone does not supportBluetooth�, this system will not function.

CAUTION

While you are driving, do not use acellular phone or connect theBluetooth � phone.

NOTICE

Do not leave your cellular phone inthe car. The temperature indoor maybe high and damage the phone.

—Some basics

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

191


The system may not function in the follow-ing conditions and places:

� The cellular phone is turned off.

� The current position is outside thecommunication area.

� The cellular phone is not connected.

� The cellular phone has a low battery.

� The cellular phone is located behindthe seat or in the glove box and con-sole box.

� The cellular phone touches or is cov-ered with metal materials.

This system supports the following ser-vice.

� HFP (Hands Free Profile) Ver.1.0

� DNP (Dial−up Networking Profile)Ver.1.1

� OPP (Object Push Profile) Ver.1.1

If your cellular phone does not supportHFP, you cannot enter the Bluetooth�phone, and take OPP service individually.

BLUETOOTH is a trademark owned byBluetooth SIG. Inc.

When transferring ownership of the ve-hicle:

A lot of personal data is registeredwhen you use the hands−free system.When transferring ownership of the ve-hicle, initialize the system.

If you initialize it, the former state willnever come back again. Pay much atten-tion when initializing the data.

You can initialize the following data in thesystem.

� Phone book data

� Dialed numbers and received calls

� Speed dial

� Bluetooth� phone data

� Security code

FCC ID: HYQBTAU01AIC ID: 1551A−BTAU01AMADE IN JAPAN

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules and RSS−210. Operation issubject to the following two conditions:(1) This device may not cause harmfulinterference, and (2) This device mustaccept any interference received, includ-ing interference that may cause unde-sired operation.

CAUTION

Changes or modifications not ex-pressly approved by the party respon-sible for compliance could void theuser’s authority to operate the equip-ment.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

192


NOTE: This equipment has beentested and found to comply with thelimits for a Class B digital device,pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules.These limits are designed to providereasonable protection against harmfulinterference in a residential installa-tion. This equipment generates, usesand can radiate radio frequency ener-gy and, if not installed and used inaccordance with the instructions, maycause harmful interference to radiocommunications. However, there is noguarantee that interference will not oc-cur in a particular installation. If thisequipment does cause harmful inter-ference to radio or television recep-tion, which can be determined by turn-ing the equipment off and on, the useris encouraged to try to correct theinterference by one or more of thefollowing measures:−Reorient or relocate the receiving an-tenna.−Increase the separation between theequipment and receiver.−Connect the equipment into an outleton a circuit different from that towhich the receiver is connected.−Consult the dealer or an experiencedradio/TV technician for help.

CAUTION: Radio Frequency RadiationExposureThis equipment complies with FCCradiation exposure limits set forth foruncontrolled equipment and meets theFCC radio frequency (RF) ExposureGuidelines in Supplement C to OET65.This equipment has very low levels ofRF energy that it deemed to complywithout maximum permissive exposureevaluation (MPE). But it is desirablethat it should be installed and oper-ated with at least 20 cm and morebetween the radiator and person’sbody (excluding extremities: hands,wrists, feet and legs).

Co−location: This transmitter mustnot be co−located or operated in con-junction with any other antenna ortransmitter.

Steering switches

Microphone

—Control and features�Steering switches and microphone

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

193



To increase the volume: Push “+”.To decrease the volume: Push “−”.

When driving at 80 km/h (50 mph) ormore, the volume automatically increaseswithout switch adjustment. When yourspeed falls below 70 km/h (43 mph), thevolume automatically returns to its originallevel.

Voice guidance volume cannot be changedby pushing the volume control switch onthe steering wheel.

2. On−hook switch

When the hands−free system is on, push-ing the on−hook switch turns the hands−free system off.

Pushing and holding the talk switch endsthe speech command system.

3. Off−hook switch

Pushing the off−hook switch turns thehands−free system on.

When receiving a call, pushing the off−hook switch allows you to talk on thephone.

4. Talk switch

Pushing the talk switch turns the hands−free system on and initiates the speechcommand system.

5. Microphone

The microphone is used when talking onthe phone or using the speech commandsystem.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

194


1. Display

Displays such items as the reception lev-el, a party’s name and phone number. See“DISPLAY” described on the followingpage for further details about the display.

2. “AUDIO CONTROL” knob

Turning the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob dis-plays the menu items, names, numbers,etc. to be selected. To select an item,push the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob. Due tosafety concerns, the “AUDIO CONTROL”knob does not function while the vehicleis in motion.

3. “TEXT” button

When the party’s name or phone numberis too long to be displayed, pushing andholding the “TEXT” button displays the re-maining characters.

4. Preset buttons

Pushing the preset button displays theregistered speed dial numbers.

�Audio unit

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

195


DISPLAY

1. Bluetooth � display

Displays when a Bluetooth� connection ismade. If there is no display, theBluetooth� connection has not been madeand communication between the phoneand system is not possible. When usingthe hands−free system, make sure that[BT] is displayed. The display is updatedin real time.

2. Reception level display

Displays the reception level of theBluetooth� signals. This may not matchthe display on the cellular phone. Thereception level of some cellular phonesmay not be displayed.

The number of bars is greater when thesignal received is stronger.

3. Message display

Displays phone numbers, names, com-ments, menu items, etc.

The phone setup menu includes the fol-lowing:

� Pair Phone

To use the hands−free system, you needto register your phone in the system.Once you have registered it, you canmake a hands−free call. Up to 6 phonescan be registered.

� Select Phone

When the system connects to Bluetooth�,the phone previously used is automaticallyselected. Select a different phone if nec-essary. Only the selected phone can beused with the hands−free system.

� Change Name

The registered phone names can bechanged.

� List Phones

The registered phone names can bechecked.

The following can be performed during thename playback:

� Select phone

� Change name

� Delete

—Phone Setup

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

196


� Set PassKey

The passkey can be changed. A 4 to 8digit code can be input as a passkey.

� Delete

The registered phones can be deleted.

To enter the phone setup menu

1. Push the off−hook switch to turn thehands−free system on.

2. Follow voice guidance instructions, orturn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until[Setup] is displayed and push the knob.

[Setup. Please push the talk switch andsay security, or phone setup.] is heard.

3. Follow voice guidance instructions, orturn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until[Phone Setup] is displayed and pushthe knob.

[Phone setup. Push the talk switch andsay pair phone, select phone, changename, list phones, set passkey or delete.]is heard.

[XXX (phone name) already selected.] isheard and the phone name is displayed.

If no phone has been registered, the sys-tem may not function properly.

To pair phones

1. Push the talk switch and say [Pairphone], or turn the “AUDIO CONTROL”knob until [Pair Phone] is displayedand push the knob.

[Pair. Push the talk switch and say aname for the phone.] is heard.

2. Follow voice guidance instructions, orturn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until[Record Name] is displayed, push theknob and say the desired phone name.

[Push the talk switch and say confirm.Otherwise, say go back.] is heard.

3. Follow voice guidance instructions, orturn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until[Confirm] is displayed and push theknob.

[XXX (desired phone name) Ready forphone pairing. Please use the phone toconnect it to the hands−free system. Thepasskey for the phone is....] is heard.

After “HANDS FREE” is displayed, a pass-key∗ is displayed and [Searching.] isheard.

4. Input the displayed passkey into thephone.

[The phone is paired and ready for use.Returning to the main menu.] is heard and[Paired] is displayed.

The system may not function in the follow-ing cases:

� If 6 phones have already been regis-tered.

� If the vehicle is moving.

� If the system cannot communicate withthe phone.

∗: Passkey is a password required to reg-ister a phone to the system.

INFORMATION

� To use the hands−free system, youneed to register your phone in thesystem. Once you have registeredit, you can make a hands−free call.Up to 6 phones can be registered.

� For the operation of the phone, seethe manual that comes with yourcellular phone.

� The passkey can be changed. Seepage 199 for changing the passkey.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

197


To select a phone

1. Push the talk switch and say [Selectphone], or turn the “AUDIO CONTROL”knob until [Select Phone] is displayedand push the knob.

[Select phone. Push the talk switch andsay the phone name or say list phones.]is heard.

2. Follow voice guidance instructions, orturn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob untilthe desired phone name is displayedand push the knob.

When the phone is selected by a voicecommand:

[XXX (phone name) Push the talk switchand say confirm. Otherwise, say go back.]is heard and the phone name is displayed.

Follow voice guidance instructions, or turnthe “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until [Con-firm] is displayed and push the knob.

[XXX selected. Returning to the phonesetup.] is heard.

When the phone is selected by usingthe knob:

[XXX selected. Returning to the phonesetup.] is heard.


� If the phone is not found.

� If the system does not recognize thevoice command.

To change a name

1. Push the talk switch and say [Changename], or turn the “AUDIO CONTROL”knob until [Change Name] is displayedand push the knob.

[Change name. Push the talk switch andsay the phone name to change.] is heard.

2. Follow voice guidance instructions, orturn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob untilthe phone name that you want tochange is displayed and push theknob.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

198


When the phone is selected by a voicecommand:

[XXX (phone name) Push the talk switchand say confirm. Otherwise, say go back.]is heard and the phone name is displayed.


[Push the talk switch and say a newname.] is heard.


[XXX Push the talk switch and say con-firm. Otherwise, say go back.] is heard.


[Name changed. Returning to the phonesetup.] is heard and [Changed] is dis-played.

When the phone is selected by usingthe knob:

[XXX Push the talk switch and say con-firm. Otherwise, say go back.] is heardand the phone name is displayed.




[XXX Push the talk switch and say con-firm. Otherwise, say go back.] is heard.


[Name changed. Returning to the phonesetup.] is heard and [Changed] is dis-played.


� If no phone has been registered.


To list phones

1. Push the talk switch and say [Listphones], or turn the “AUDIO CON-TROL” knob until [List Phones] is dis-played and push the knob.

[List phones. To select a name, push thetalk switch during the name playback.] isheard.

2. Follow voice guidance instructions.

[Push the talk switch and say selectphone, change name, or delete.] is heard.

Select one of the following:

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

199


Select phone

Push the talk switch and say [Selectphone], or turn the “AUDIO CONTROL”knob until [Select Phone] is displayed andpush the knob.

For further details on selecting a phone,see page 197.

Change name

Push the talk switch and say [Changename], or turn the “AUDIO CONTROL”knob until [Change Name] is displayedand push the knob.

For further details on changing a name,see page 197.

Delete

Push the talk switch and say [Delete], orturn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until[Delete] is displayed and push the knob.

For further details on deleting a phone,see page 200.

If no phone has been registered, the sys-tem may not function properly.

To set a passkey

1. Push the talk switch and say [Setpasskey], or turn the “AUDIO CON-TROL” knob until [Set Passkey] is dis-played and push the knob.

[Set Passkey. The passkey is required forthe phone pairing process. Push the talkswitch and say a new passkey.] is heardand passkey is displayed.

2. Follow voice guidance instructions, orturn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob toselect a number.

When using a voice command:

[XXXX (new passkey) Push the talk switchand say confirm. Otherwise, continue add-ing numbers, or say go back or delete.]is heard and the new passkey is dis-played.

Follow voice guidance instructions, or turnthe “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until[Confirm] is displayed and push the knob.

[Passkey changed. Returning to the phonesetup.] is heard.

When using the knob:

1. Turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob toselect a number. Push the “AUDIOCONTROL” knob to set.

2. When the passkey is set, push the“AUDIO CONTROL” knob.

[Passkey changed. Returning to the phonesetup.] is heard.

The system does not function in the fol-lowing cases:

� If the passkey has less than 4 digits.

� If the passkey has more than 8 digits.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

200


To delete a phone

1. Push the talk switch and say [Delete],or turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knobuntil [Delete] is displayed and push theknob.

[Delete. Push the talk switch and say thephone name to delete.] is heard.

2. Follow voice guidance instructions, orturn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob untilthe phone name you want to delete isdisplayed and push the knob.


[XXX (desired phone name) Push the talkswitch and say confirm. Otherwise, say goback.] is heard and the phone name isdisplayed.

Follow voice guidance instructions, or turnthe “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until [Con-firm] is displayed and push the knob.

[Deleted. Returning to the phone setup.] isheard and $[Deleted]$ is displayed.


[Deleted. Returning to the phone setup.] isheard and [Deleted] is displayed.


� If no phone has been registered.


The security menu includes the following:

� Set PIN (Personal Identification Num-ber)

The PIN can be set or changed.

� Phone book lock

The phone book can be locked.

When the phone book is locked, the fol-lowing functions cannot be used:

� Dial by name

� Redial

� Callback

� Speed Dial

� PhoneBook


The locked phone book can be unlocked.

—Security

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

201


To enter the security menu



[Setup. Please push the talk switch andsay security, or phone setup.] is heard.

3. Follow voice guidance instructions, orturn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until[Security] is displayed and push theknob.

[Security. Push the talk switch and sayset PIN, phone book lock, or phone bookunlock.] is heard.

To set a PIN

Push the talk switch and say [Set PIN],or turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until[Set PIN] is displayed and push the knob.

[There is no PIN number set. Please reg-ister a PIN number. Please push the talkswitch and say a four−digit PIN number.]is heard.


1. Push the talk switch and say a newPIN number.


[The PIN number has been set. Returningto the security.] is heard and [Completed]is displayed.



2. Repeat the above procedure until theentire four−digit number is set.

3. When the PIN is set, push the “AUDIOCONTROL” knob.



’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

202


If the PIN is to be changed:

[There is a PIN number in place. Push thetalk switch and say the correct PIN num-ber.] is heard and [Current PIN?] is dis-played.

1. Follow voice guidance instructions, oruse the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob toinput the current PIN number.

[Please push the talk switch and say afour−digit PIN number.] is heard.

2. Push the talk switch and say new PINnumber.


If the current number is not correct, thesystem does not function properly.

To lock the phone book

1. Push the talk switch and say [Phonebook lock], or turn the “AUDIO CON-TROL” knob until [Phbk Lock] is dis-played and push the knob.

[There is a PIN number in place. Push thetalk switch and say the correct PIN num-ber.] is heard and [Current PIN?] is dis-played.



[XXXX (PIN number) Push the talk switchand say confirm. Otherwise, say go back.]is heard and PIN number is displayed.


[PIN number accepted. The phone book isnow locked. Returning to the main menu.]is heard and [Locked] is displayed.



2. When the PIN number is set, push the“AUDIO CONTROL” knob.

[XXXX Push the talk switch and say con-firm. Otherwise, say go back.] is heardand PIN number is displayed.


[PIN number accepted. The phone book isnow locked. Returning to the main menu.]is heard and [Locked] is displayed.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

203



� If the current number is not correct.

� If the phone book has already beenlocked.

� If the PIN number does not exist.

To unlock the phone book

1. Push the talk switch and say [Phonebook unlock], or turn the “AUDIO CON-TROL” knob until [Phbk Unlock] is dis-played and push the knob.

[Phonebook unlock. There is a PIN num-ber in place. Push the talk switch and saythe correct PIN number.] is heard and[Current PIN?] is displayed.



[XXXX (PIN number) Push the talk switchand say confirm. Otherwise, say go back.]is heard and the PIN number is displayed.


[PIN number accepted. The phone book isnow unlocked. Returning to the mainmenu.] is heard and [Unlocked] is dis-played.



2. When the PIN number is set, push the“AUDIO CONTROL” knob.

[XXXX Push the talk switch and say con-firm. Otherwise, say go back.] is heardand the PIN number is displayed.


[PIN number accepted. The phone book isnow unlocked. Returning to the mainmenu.] is heard and [Unlocked] is dis-played.


� If the current number is not correct.

� If the phone book has already beenunlocked.

INFORMATION

A shortcut to each of the followingfunctions is available. Enter thephone book menu, push the off−hookswitch, and say either of the follow-ing:

� Phone book lock


’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

204


The system setup menu includes the fol-lowing:

� Adjust Guidance Volume

� Initialize

To enter the system setup menu



3. Turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until[System Setup] is displayed and pushthe knob.

[System setup. Please select guidancevolume or initialize.] is heard.

To adjust the guidance volume

1. Turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until[Guidance Vol] is displayed and pushthe knob.

[Guidance will be at this volume] is heardand the present volume level is displayed.

2. Turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob toadjust the volume and push the knob.

To initialize

1. Turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until[Initialize] is displayed and push theknob.

[System initialization. This will erase alluser information in the hands free system;including paired phones, phone book en-tries, and call history. Select confirm toinitialize. Otherwise, select go back.] isheard.

2. Turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until[Confirm] is displayed and push theknob.

[System initialization. This will erase alluser information in the hands free system;including paired phones, phone book en-tries, and call history. Select confirm toinitialize. Otherwise, select go back.] isheard.

3. Turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until[Confirm] is displayed and push theknob.

[Initialized. Returning to the main menu.]is heard.

The phone book menu includes the follow-ing:

� Add Entry

Phone numbers and voice tags can beregistered.

� Change Name

The registered names can be changed.

� Delete Entry

The registered names can be deleted.

� Delete Speed Dial

The registered speed dial can be deleted.

� List Names

The registered names can be checked.

� Set Speed Dial

Speed dials can be set.

Up to 20 numbers can be registered inthe phone book.

—System Setup —Phone Book

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

205


To enter the phone book menu


2. Follow voice guidance instructions, orturn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until[Phonebook] is displayed and push theknob.

[Phone book. Please push the talk switchand say add entry, change name, deleteentry, list names, set speed dial or deletespeed dial.] is heard.

If the phone book is locked, the systemmay not function properly.

To add entry

The add entry includes the following:

(a) By Voice

(b) By Phone

(c) Call History

(d) Manual Input

Push the talk switch and say [Add entry],or turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until[Add Entry] is displayed and push theknob.

[Add Entry. How will the number be en-tered. Push the talk switch and say byvoice, by phone, or call history.] is heard.

(a) By voice

1. Push the talk switch and say [Byvoice], or turn the “AUDIO CONTROL”knob until [By Voice] is displayed andpush the knob.

[Voice entry. Push the talk switch and saythe number.] is heard.

2. Push the talk switch and say the dialnumber that you want to register.

[To store, push the talk switch and sayconfirm. Otherwise, continue adding num-bers, or say go back, or delete.] is heardand number is displayed.


’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

206


If [Confirm] is said, then input a voicetag.

[Push the talk switch and say a name.] isheard.

1. Push the talk switch and say the nameof the dial number that you want toregister.

[XXXX (phone number) Push the talkswitch and say confirm. Otherwise, say goback.] is heard.


[Stored. To register this as a speed dialentry, push the talk switch and say setspeed dial. Otherwise, say confirm.] isheard and [Stored] is displayed.

3. Select one of the following:

� Confirm

� Speed Dial

Confirm

Push the talk switch and say [Confirm], orturn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until[Confirm] is displayed and push the knob.

[Returning to the phone book.] is heard.

Speed Dial

1. Push the talk switch and say [Setspeed dial], or turn the “AUDIO CON-TROL” knob until [Speed Dial] is dis-played and push the knob.

[Set speed dial. Push the preset button toassign to XXXX] is heard.

2. Push and hold the desired preset but-ton.

[preset... is now assigned. Returning tothe phone book.] is heard.


� If the phone book is full.

� If the dial number has more than 24digits.

(b) By Phone

1. Push the talk switch and say [Byphone], or turn the “AUDIO CONTROL”knob until [By Phone] is displayed andpush the knob.

[Phone entry. Prepare to send the informa-tion from the phone. When ready, pushthe talk switch and say confirm.] is heard.


[Send the information at this time.] isheard.

After the system has received the nameand phone number, [Push the talk switchand say confirm. To select an alternatenumber, say next or previous. Otherwise,say go back.] is heard and the name andphone number are displayed.

3. Follow voice guidance instructions,push the talk switch and say [Confirm],or turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knobuntil the dial number that you want toregister is displayed and push theknob.

Next, input a voice tag.

For further details, see page 205.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

207


(c) Call History

1. Push the talk switch and say [Call his-tory], or turn the “AUDIO CONTROL”knob until [Call History] is displayedand push the knob.

[Call history. Push the talk switch and sayincoming or outgoing.] is heard and [CallHistory] is displayed.

2. Select one of the following:

� Incoming

� Outgoing

Incoming

1. Push the talk switch and say [Incom-ing], or turn the “AUDIO CONTROL”knob until [Incoming] is displayed andpush the knob.

[Most recent incoming call was XXXX(phone number)] is heard and the incom-ing number is displayed.

[Push the talk switch and say confirm.Otherwise, say previous, or go back.] isheard.

2. Follow voice guidance instructions, orturn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob untilthe dial number that you want to regis-ter is displayed and push the knob.



Outgoing

1. Push the talk switch and say [Outgo-ing], or turn the “AUDIO CONTROL”knob until [Outgoing] is displayed andpush the knob.

[Most recent outgoing call was XXXX] isheard and the outgoing number is dis-played.

[Push the talk switch and say confirm.Otherwise, say previous, or go back.] isheard.




(d) Manual Input

1. Turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until[Manual Input] is displayed and pushthe knob.


3. When the number is set, push the“AUDIO CONTROL” knob.



INFORMATION

� The system can recognize singledigits from zero to nine, #(pound),*(star), and +(plus). Numbers thatare ten or greater are not recog-nized.

� To speed up input, it is a good ideato group all digits into a continuousstring. However, you can enter eachdigit individually or group digits to-gether in preferred string lengths.

The display corresponding to each op-eration appears on the screen as fol-lows:

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

208


Input operation—

You say: [Nine, nine, five]

Voice output: [995 to store push thetalk switch and say confirm. Other-wise, continue adding numbers, orsay go back, or delete.]

Display: [995]

You say: [Seven, three, four]

Voice output: [734 to store push thetalk switch and say confirm. Other-wise, continue adding numbers, orsay go back, or delete.]

Display: [995734]

Repeat the above procedure until theentire number that you want to regis-ter is input.

Go back operation—

You say: [Go back]

Voice output: [Go back. The last num-bers said have been removed. Pushthe talk switch and say the number.]

Display: [995]

Repeating the above operation deletesthe last digits in reverse order of in-put.

Delete operation—

You say: [Delete]

Voice output: [Deleted. Push the talkswitch and say the number.]

Display: [Delete]

The display will return to the initialscreen that allows a number to beinput.

To list names

The voice tags can be edited during thename playback.

1. Push the talk switch and say [Listnames], or turn the “AUDIO CONTROL”knob until [List Names] is displayedand push the knob.

[List names. To select a name, push thetalk switch during the name playback.] isheard.


[XXXX selected.] is heard and [Selected]is displayed.

If you push the off−hook switch during thename playback, you can dial the numberof the selected name.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

209


Editing the voice tags

The following can be performed:

� Dial

� Change Name

� Delete Entry

� Speed Dial

[Push the talk switch and say dial, changename, delete entry, or set speed dial.] isheard and [Selected] is displayed.

Dial

Push the talk switch and say [Dial], orturn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until[Dial] is displayed and push the knob.

Change Name

Push the talk switch and say [Changename], or turn the “AUDIO CONTROL”knob until [Change Name] is displayedand push the knob.


Delete Entry

Push the talk switch and say [Deleteentry], or turn the “AUDIO CONTROL”knob until [Delete Entry] is displayed andpush the knob.


Speed dial

Push the talk switch and say [Set speeddial], or turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knobuntil [Speed Dial] is displayed and pushthe knob.


To delete entry

1. Push the talk switch and say [Deleteentry], or turn the “AUDIO CONTROL”knob until [Delete Entry] is displayedand push the knob.

[Delete entry. Push the talk switch andsay the name to delete.] is heard.

2. Follow voice guidance instructions, orturn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob untilthe name that you want to delete isdisplayed and push the knob.


[XXXX (name) Push the talk switch andsay confirm. Otherwise, say go back.] isheard and the name is displayed.


[Deleted. Returning to the phone book.] isheard and [Deleted] is displayed.


[Deleted. Returning to the phone book.] isheard and [Deleted] is displayed.


� If no name has been registered.


’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

210


To delete speed dial

1. Push the talk switch and say [Deletespeed dial], or turn the “AUDIO CON-TROL” knob until [Del Spd Dial] is dis-played and push the knob.

[Delete speed dial. Push the preset buttonto delete from speed dial.] is heard.

2. Select the preset button that you wantto delete.

[To delete preset... push the talk switchand say confirm. Otherwise, say go back.]is heard.


[Deleted.] is heard and [Deleted] is dis-played.

[Returning to the phone book.] is heard.


� If no speed dial has been registered.

� If the preset button has not been as-signed.

To change name

1. Push the talk switch and say [Changename], or turn the “AUDIO CONTROL”knob until [Change Name] is displayedand push the knob.

[Change name. Push the talk switch andsay the name to change.] is heard.

2. Follow voice guidance instructions, orturn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob untilthe dial number that you want tochange is displayed and push theknob.


[XXXX (phone number) Push the talkswitch and say confirm. Otherwise, say goback.] is heard and the phone number isdisplayed.



2. Follow voice guidance instructions, orturn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until[Record Name] is displayed, push theknob and say new name.

[XXXX Push the talk switch and say con-firm. Otherwise, say go back.] is heard.


[Name changed. Returning to the phonebook.] is heard and [Changed] is dis-played.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

211




1. Follow voice guidance instructions, orturn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until[Record Name] is displayed, push theknob and say new name.

[XXXX Push the talk switch and say con-firm. Otherwise, say go back.] is heard.


[Name changed. Returning to the phonebook.] is heard and [Changed] is dis-played.




To set speed dial

1. Push the talk switch and say [SetSpeed dial], or turn the “AUDIO CON-TROL” knob until [Speed Dial] is dis-played and push the knob.

[Set speed dial. Push the talk switch andsay a name.] is heard.



[XXXX (phone number) To register this asa speed dial entry, push the talk switchand say confirm. Otherwise, say go back.]is heard and the phone number is dis-played.


[Push the preset button to assign toXXXX] is heard.

2. Push and hold the desired preset but-ton.



[Push the preset button to assign toXXXX] is heard.

Push and hold the desired preset button.





’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

212


INFORMATION

A shortcut to each of the followingfunctions is available. Push the off−hook switch and talk switch, and sayone of the following:

� Phone book add entry

� Phone book change name

� Phone book delete entry

� Phone book delete speed dial

� Phone book list names

� Phone book set speed dial


� Dial

� Delete

� Store

To enter the redial


2. Follow voice guidance instructions, orturn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until[Redial] is displayed and push theknob.

[Redial. Most recent outgoing call wasXXXX (phone number)] is heard and out-going history is displayed.

[Please push the off−hook switch to dial.Otherwise, push the talk switch and saydial, previous, go back, store, or delete.]is heard.

Dial

Turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob untilthe number that you want to dial is dis-played and push the knob. After that, dothe one of the following:

� Push the off−hook switch.

� Push the talk switch and say [dial].

� Turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until[Dial] is displayed and push the knob.

Delete

1. Turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob untilthe dial number that you want to deleteis displayed and push the knob.


[Delete. Push the talk switch and say con-firm. Otherwise, say go back] is heard.


[Deleted.] is heard.

—Redial

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

213


Store

1. Turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob untilthe dial number that you want to regis-ter is displayed and push the knob.

2. Push the talk switch and say [Store],or turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knobuntil [Store] is displayed and push theknob.

[Store. Push the talk switch and say con-firm. Otherwise, say go back.] is heard.





� If there is no outgoing history.

� If the phone book is locked.

INFORMATION

� Up to five outgoing calls can bestored in the system.

� When five outgoing calls are storedin memory, the oldest outgoing callis deleted to make room in memoryfor new calls.

� Only the latest outgoing call isstored when the same telephonenumber is dialed.

� A shortcut to “Redial” is available.Push the off−hook switch and thenpush the off−hook switch.


� Dial

� Delete

� Store

To enter the callback


2. Follow voice guidance instructions, orturn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until[Callback] is displayed and push theknob.

[Callback. Most recent incoming call wasXXXX (phone number)] is heard and in-coming history is displayed.

[Please push the off−hook switch to dial.Otherwise, push the talk switch and saydial, previous, go back, store, or delete.]is heard.

—Callback

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

214


Dial

Turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob untilthe number that you want to dial is dis-played and push the knob. After that, dothe one of the following:


� Push the talk switch and say [Dial].


Delete

1. Turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob untilthe dial number that you want to deleteis displayed and push the knob.


[Delete. Push the talk switch and say con-firm. Otherwise, say go back] is heard.


[Deleted.] is heard.

Store

1. Turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob untilthe dial number that you want to regis-ter is displayed and push the knob.

2. Push the talk switch and say [Store],or turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knobuntil [Store] is displayed and push theknob.

[Store. Push the talk switch and say con-firm. Otherwise, say go back.] is heard.





� If there is no incoming history.

� If the phone book is locked.

INFORMATION

� Up to five incoming calls can bestored in the system.

� When five incoming calls are storedin memory, the oldest incoming callis deleted to make room in memoryfor new calls.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

215


If the cellular phone is not registered, thissystem cannot be used. See page 195 forregistering a cellular phone. Make surethat [BT] is displayed and get the cellularphone ready to use.

There are 3 ways to make a phone callwith this system.

� Speed dial

A phone call can be made with a presetbutton in which a phone number is regis-tered. See page 211 for setting the presetbuttons.

� Dial by Name

The system dials the numbers correspond-ing to the spoken names registered in thesystem.

� Dial by Number

The system dials to the spoken numbers.

To make a phone call

Push the off−hook switch to turn thehands−free system on.

To speed dial

1. Push the preset button where the de-sired number is set. The name or tele-phone number is displayed.

2. Push the off−hook switch to dial.

To dial by Name

1. Push the talk switch and say [Dial byname].

[Dial by name. Please push the talkswitch and say the stored name, or saylist names.] is heard and [Dial by Name]is displayed.

2. Push the talk switch and say thephone name, or turn the “AUDIO CON-TROL” knob until the name that youwant to dial is displayed and push theknob.


[XXXX (phone number) Push the off−hookswitch to dial. Otherwise, push the talkswitch and say dial, or go back.] is heard.After that, do the one of the following:





It calls the number.


� If there is no number registered in thepreset button.


—Making a phone call

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

216


INFORMATION

� The phone numbers registered inthe phone book can be retrieved.

� The system does not recognize thatthe voice tag is not registered inthe registered cellular phone. Fordetails about voice tags, see “Toadd entry” on page 205.

� A shortcut to [Dial by name] isavailable. Push the talk switch andsay [Dial XXX (name you want todial)].

To dial by Number

1. Push the talk switch and say [Dial byNumber].

[Dial by number. Please push the talkswitch and say the number.] is heard and[Dial by Num] is displayed.

2. Push talk switch and say the dial num-ber.

[Push the off−hook switch to dial. Other-wise, push the talk switch and say dial,go back, or delete.] is heard.

To dial the number, do the one of thefollowing:




If the number exceeds 24 digits, the sys-tem may not function properly.

INFORMATION

� The system can recognize singledigits from zero to nine, #(pound),*(star), and +(plus). Numbers thatare ten or greater are not recog-nized.

� To speed up input, it is a good ideato group all digits into a continuousstring. However, you can enter eachdigit individually or group digits to-gether in preferred string lengths.

The display corresponding to each op-eration appears on the screen as fol-lows:

Input operation—

You say: [Nine, nine, five]

Voice output: [995 push the off−hookswitch to dial. Otherwise, push thetalk switch and say dial, go back, ordelete.]

Display: [995]

You say: [Seven, three, four]

Voice output: [734 push the off−hookswitch to dial. Otherwise, push thetalk switch and say dial, go back, ordelete.]

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

217


Display: [995734]

Repeat the above procedure until theentire number that you want to dial isinput.

Go back operation—

You say: [Go back]

Voice output: [Go back, the last num-bers entered have been removed.Push the talk switch and continueadding numbers otherwise say dial,go back, or delete.]

Display: [995]

Repeating the above operation deletesthe last digits in reverse order of in-put.

Delete operation—

You say: [Delete]

Voice output: [Deleted. The entirenumber to dial has been deleted.Please push the talk switch and saythe number.]

Display: [Dial by Num]

The display will return to the initialscreen that allows a number to beinput.

Cancel operation—

Do either one of the following:

� Push the on−hook switch at anytimeduring the operation.

� Push the talk switch and say [Can-cel] after the beep at anytime dur-ing the operation except while a callis connected.

When receiving a phone call, a ring toneis audible and the system changes intothe telephone mode.

When receiving a phone call, the displayis as follows. The display differs depend-ing on whether or not the vehicle is inmotion.

When the vehicle is stopped:Number, name, or [Incoming] is displayed.

When the vehicle is in motion:[Incoming] is displayed.

Do either one of the following:

� Pushing the off−hook switch allows youto talk on the phone.

� Pushing the on−hook switch refusesthe call.

To adjust the ring volume, push “+” or “−”on the steering volume controls. Volumeadjustment cannot be done using the au-dio system.

Repeatedly pushing “−” on the steeringvolume controls mutes the ring.

When receiving an international phonecall, the name of the party may not bedisplayed correctly depending on the cellu-lar phone.

—Receiving a p hone call

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

218


To transfer a call to the phone:

The received call can be transferred fromthe hands−free system to the cellularphone that is connected to Bluetooth�. Fordetails, refer to the user’s guide for thecellular phone.

While talking on the phone, the display isas follows. The display differs dependingon whether or not the vehicle is in motion.

When the vehicle is stopped:Number is displayed.

When the vehicle is in motion:[Talking] is displayed.

When the call is finished, push the on−hook switch.

In the following situations, your voice maynot reach the party.

� Talk alternately with the other party onthe phone. If you talk at the sametime, the voice may not reach eachother. (It is not a malfunction.)

� Keep the volume of receiving voicedown. Otherwise, echo is coming up.When you talk on the phone, speakclearly towards the microphone.

� When driving on a rough road.

� When driving at high speeds.

� When the window is open.

� When the air conditioning vents facethe microphone.

� When the sound of the air conditioningfan is loud.

The microphone can be muted by pushingthe talk switch and say [Mute].

To transfer a call from the phone:

Pushing the off−hook switch while talkingon the cellular phone that is connected toBluetooth� allows you to talk hands−free.

A call can also be transferred by pushingthe talk switch and say [Call transfer].

To transfer a call to the phone:

The call can be transferred from thehands−free system to the phone that isconnected to Bluetooth�. For details, referto the user’s guide for the cellular phone.

—Talking on the phone

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

219


OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSAir conditioning systemManual air conditioning system

Controls 220. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Air flow selector settings 223. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating tips 223. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Automatic air conditioning systemControls 226. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Air flow selector settings 230. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating tips 230. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Side vents 233. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Air conditioning filter 233. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 1− 9

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

220


1. Fan speed selector

2. Air flow selector

3. Temperature selector

4. “A/C” button

5. Air intake selector

Manual air conditioning system— —Controls

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

221


Fan speed selector

Turn the knob to adjust the fan speed—tothe right to increase, to the left to de-crease.

Temperature selector

Turn the knob to adjust the temperature—to the right to warm, to the left to cool.

“MAX A/C USE” position—Turning the tem-perature selector knob to the “MAX A/CUSE” position turns on the air conditioningand sets the air intake selector to RECIR-CULATE for quick cooling.

Air flow selector

Turn the knob to select the vents used forair flow.

1. Panel—Air flows mainly from theinstrument panel vents.

2. Bi−level— Air flows from both the floorvents and the instrument panel vents.

3. Floor— Air flows mainly from the floorvents.

4. Floor/Windshield— Air flows mainlyfrom the floor vents and windshieldvents.

This position allows the air intake toselect FRESH automatically. This is toclean up the front view more quickly.

If you want to return the setting toRECIRCULATE mode, press the air in-take selector button once again.

Press the “A/C” button for dehumidifiedheating or cooling. This setting clearsthe front view more quickly.

5. Windshield— Air flows mainly from thewindshield vents.

Turning the air flow selector to thewindshield position turns on the defog-ging function with the purpose of clear-ing the front view.

In this position, air intake selectormode changes to FRESH automaticallyto clean up the front view quickly. It isnot possible to return to RECIRCULATEin this position.


For details about air flow selector settings,see “—Air flow selector settings” de-scribed below.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

222


Air intake selector

Press the button to select the air source.

1. RECIRCULATE (indicator light is on)—Recirculates the air inside the vehicle.

2. FRESH (indicator light is off)—Drawsoutside air into the system.

To prevent fogging up of the windshield,the air intake mode may change automati-cally to FRESH depending on the condi-tion of the air conditioning system.

“A/C” button

To turn on the air conditioning, press the“A/C” button. The “A/C” button indicatorwill come on. To turn the air conditioningoff, press the button again.

If the “A/C” button indicator flashes, thereis a problem in the air conditioning systemand the air conditioning automaticallyshuts off. If this happens, take your ve-hicle to a Toyota dealer for service.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

223


� To cool off your Toyota after it hasbeen parked in the hot sun, drive withthe windows open for a few minutes.This vents the hot air, allowing the airconditioning to cool the interior morequickly.

� Make sure the air intake grilles in frontof the windshield are not blocked (byleaves or snow, for example).

� On humid days, do not blow cold airon the windshield. The windshield couldfog up because of the difference in airtemperature on the inside and outsideof the windshield.

� Keep the area under the front seatsclear to allow air to circulate through-out the vehicle.

� On cold days, set the fan speed tohigh for a minute to help clear theintake ducts of snow or moisture. Thiscan reduce the amount of fogging onthe windows.

� When driving on dusty roads, close allwindows. If dust thrown up by the ve-hicle is still drawn into the vehicle afterclosing the windows, it is recommendedthat the air intake selector be set toFRESH and the fan speed selector toany setting except “OFF”.

—Air flow selector settings —Operating tips

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

224


� If following another vehicle on a dustyroad, or driving in windy and dustyconditions, it is recommended that theair intake selector be temporarily set toRECIRCULATE, which will close off theoutside passage and prevent outsideair and dust from entering the vehicleinterior.

Heating

For best results, set controls as follows:

Fan speed— Any setting except “OFF”Temperature— Towards WARM

(red zone)Air intake—FRESH (outside air) Air flow—FLOOR Air conditioning—OFF

� For quick heating, change the air in-take selector mode to RECIRCULATE.To keep the windows from fogging, re-turn to FRESH mode after the vehicleinterior has been warmed.

� Press the “A/C” button on for dehumidi-fied heating.

� Turn the air flow selector to the floor/windshield position to heat the vehicleinterior while defrosting or defoggingthe windshield.

� For quick cooling, turn the temperatureselector knob to the ”MAX A/C USE”position. The air conditioning will auto-matically turn on and the air intakeselector will be set to RECIRCULATE.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

225


Air conditioning


Fan speed— Any setting except “OFF”Temperature— Towards COLD

(blue zone) Air intake—FRESH (outside air) Air flow—PANEL Air conditioning—ON

Ventilation


Fan speed— Any setting except “OFF”Temperature— Towards COLD

(blue zone) Air intake—FRESH (outside air) Air flow—PANEL Air conditioning—OFF

Defogging

The inside of the windshield



(red zone) to heat; COLD (blue zone) tocool

Air intake—FRESH (outside air) Air flow—WINDSHIELD

Turning the air flow selector to the wind-shield position turns on the defoggingfunction with the purpose of clearing thefront view.

When turning the air flow selector to thewindshield position, the air intake selectormode changes to FRESH automatically toclean up the front view quickly. It is notpossible to return to RECIRCULATE inthis position.

Press the “A/C” button for dehumidifiedheating or cooling. This setting clears thefront view more quickly.

� On humid days, do not blow cold airon the windshield—the difference be-tween the outside and inside tempera-tures could make the fogging worse.

Defrosting

The outside of the windshield



(red zone) Air intake—FRESH (outside air)Air flow—WINDSHIELD

Turning the air flow selector to the wind-shield position turns on the defrostingfunction with the purpose of clearing thefront view.

When turning the air flow selector to thewindshield position, the air intake selectormode changes to FRESH automatically toclean up the front view quickly. It is notpossible to return to RECIRCULATE inthis position.

Press the “A/C” button for dehumidifiedheating. This setting clears the front viewmore quickly.

� To heat the vehicle interior while de-frosting the windshield, choosefloor/windshield air flow.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

226


1. Temperature selector

2. “AUTO” button

3. “OFF” button

4. Air intake selector

5. Windshield air flow button

6. “MODE” button (air flow selector)

7. “A/C” button

8. Fan speed selector

Automatic air conditioning system——Controls

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

227


“AUTO” button

For automatic operation of the air condi-tioning, press the “AUTO” button. “AUTO”will appear on the display to show thatthe automatic operation mode has beenselected.

In the automatic operation mode, the airconditioning selects the most suitable fanspeed, air flow, air intake and on−off ofthe air conditioning according to the tem-perature.

When you press the “AUTO” button withthe air intake mode at FRESH, internalcirculation may be applied for maximumcooling.

You may use manual controls if you wantto select your own settings.

Fan speed selector

Push the “�” (increase) or “�” (decrease)side of the button to adjust the fan speed.

In automatic operation, you do not haveto adjust the fan speed unless you desireanother fan speed mode.

Temperature selector

To increase the temperature, press the“�” side, to decrease it, press the “�”side.

“MAX. COLD” appears when you adjust tomaximum cooling, and “MAX. HOT” whenyou adjust to maximum warming.

The temperature display changes between“�C” and “�F” when the unit of the multi−information display is changed. (For de-tails, see “Multi−information displays” onpage 238 in Section 1−10.)

“OFF” button

Push the button to turn off the air condi-tioning system.

“MODE” button (air flow selector)

Push the “MODE” button to select thevents used for air flow.

In automatic operation, you do not haveto select the air flow unless you desireanother air flow mode.

1. Panel—Air flows mainly from theinstrument panel vents.

2. Bi−level— Air flows from both the floorvents and the instrument panel vents.

3. Floor— Air flows mainly from the floorvents.

4. Floor/Windshield— Air flows mainlyfrom the floor vents and windshieldvents.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

228


This position allows the air intake toselect FRESH automatically. This is toclean up the front view more quickly.

If you want to return the setting toRECIRCULATE mode, press the air in-take selector button once again.


Windshield air flow button

When this button is pressed, air flowsmainly from the windshield vents andturns on the defogging function with thepurpose of clearing the front view.

Pressing this button once again returnsthe air flow mode to the last one used.

This button allows the air intake to selectFRESH automatically. This is to clean upthe front view more quickly. It is not pos-sible to return to RECIRCULATE in thismode.


For details about air flow selector settings,see “—Air flow selector settings” de-scribed below.

Air intake selector

Press the button to select the air source.

1. RECIRCULATE—Recirculates the air in-side the vehicle.

2. FRESH—Draws outside air into thesystem.

To prevent fogging up of the windshield,the air intake mode may change automati-cally to FRESH depending on the condi-tion of the air conditioning system.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

229


“A/C” button

To turn on the air conditioning, press the“A/C” button. The “A/C” button indicatorwill come on. To turn the air conditioningoff, press the button again.

If the “A/C” button indicator flashes, thereis a problem in the air conditioning systemand the air conditioning automaticallyshuts off. If this happens, take your ve-hicle to a Toyota dealer for service.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

230


� To cool off your Toyota after it hasbeen parked in the hot sun, drive withthe windows open for a few minutes.This vents the hot air, allowing the airconditioning to cool the interior morequickly.

� Make sure the air intake grilles in frontof the windshield are not blocked (byleaves or snow, for example).

� On humid days, do not blow cold airon the windshield. The windshield couldfog up because of the difference in airtemperature on the inside and outsideof the windshield.

� Keep the area under the front seatsclear to allow air to circulate through-out the vehicle.

� On cold days, set the fan speed tohigh for a minute to help clear theintake ducts of snow or moisture. Thiscan reduce the amount of fogging onthe windows.

� When driving on dusty roads, close allwindows. If dust thrown up by the ve-hicle is still drawn into the vehicle afterclosing the windows, it is recommendedthat the air intake selector be set toFRESH and the fan speed selector toany setting except “OFF”.

—Air flow selector settings —Operating tips

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

231


� If following another vehicle on a dustyroad, or driving in windy and dustyconditions, it is recommended that theair intake selector be temporarily set toRECIRCULATE, which will close off theoutside passage and prevent outsideair and dust from entering the vehicleinterior.

Heating


For automatic operation—

Press in the “AUTO” button.Temperature— To the desired

temperatureAir intake—FRESH (outside air)Air conditioning—OFF

For manual operation—

Fan speed— To the desired fan speedTemperature— Towards WARMAir intake—FRESH (outside air)Air flow—FLOORAir conditioning—OFF

� For quick heating, select recirculatedair for a few minutes. To keep thewindows from fogging, select fresh af-ter the vehicle interior has been war-med.

� Press the “A/C” button on for dehumidi-fied heating.

� Choose floor/windshield air flow to heatthe vehicle interior while defrosting ordefogging the windshield.

Air conditioning



Press in the “AUTO” button.Temperature— To the desired

temperatureAir intake—FRESH (outside air)Air conditioning—ON


Fan speed— To the desired fan speedTemperature— Towards COLDAir intake—FRESH (outside air)Air flow—PANELAir conditioning—ON

� For quick cooling, select recirculatedair for a few minutes.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

232


Ventilation



Press in the “AUTO” button.Temperature— Towards low temperatureAir intake—FRESH (outside air)Air conditioning—OFF


Fan speed— To the desired fan speedTemperature— Towards COLDAir intake—FRESH (outside air)Air flow—PANELAir conditioning—OFF

Defogging and defrosting

—The inside of the windshield


—For automatic operation

Temperature— Towards high temperatureto heat; low temperatureto cool

Air intake—FRESH (outside air)Air flow—WINDSHIELD

—For manual operation

Fan speed— To the desired fan speedTemperature— Towards high temperature

to heat; low temperatureto cool

Air intake—FRESH (outside air)Air flow—WINDSHIELD

Pressing the windshield air flow buttonturns on the defogging function with thepurpose of clearing the front view.

When pressing the windshield air flow but-ton, the air intake selects FRESH auto-matically. This is to clean up the frontview more quickly. It is not possible toreturn to RECIRCULATE in this mode.


� On humid days, do not blow cold airon the windshield—the difference be-tween the outside and inside tempera-tures could make the fogging worse.

—The outside of the windshield


—For automatic operation

Temperature— Towards high temperatureAir intake—FRESH (outside air)Air flow—WINDSHIELD

—For manual operation

Fan speed— To the desired fan speedTemperature— Towards high temperatureAir intake—FRESH (outside air)Air flow—WINDSHIELD

Pressing the windshield air flow buttonturns on the defrosting function with thepurpose of clearing the front view.

When pressing the windshield air flow but-ton, the air intake selects FRESH auto-matically. This is to clean up the frontview more quickly. It is not possible toreturn to RECIRCULATE in this mode.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

233



� To heat the vehicle interior while de-frosting the windshield, choosefloor/windshield air flow.

If air flow control is not satisfactory, checkthe side vents. The side vents may beopened or closed as shown.

The air conditioning filter informationlabel is placed in the glove box asshown and indicates that a filter hasbeen installed.

The air conditioning filter prevents dustfrom entering the vehicle through the airconditioning vent.

Side vents Air conditioning filter—

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

234


The air conditioning filter is behind theglove box.

The air conditioning filter may clog af-ter long use. The filter may need to becleaned or replaced if the air flow ofthe air conditioning and heater experi-ences extreme reductions in operatingefficiency, or if the windows begin tofog up easily in FRESH mode.

To maintain the air conditioning efficiency,inspect, clean and replace the air condi-tioning filter according to the maintenanceschedule. In dusty areas or areas withheavy traffic flow, such as inner city ordesert areas, more frequent cleaning orearly replacement may be required. (Forscheduled maintenance information, pleaserefer to the “Scheduled MaintenanceGuide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.)

1. Open the glove box. Remove thescrew with a Phillips−head screw-driver and slide the hook as shown.

—Checking, cleaning andreplacing the air conditioningfilter

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

235


2. Push in each side of the glove boxto disconnect the claws.

3. Remove the filter case from the filteroutlet as shown in the illustration.

4. Remove the filter from the filtercase.

5. Inspect the filter on the surface.

If it is the just moderately dusty, it maybe cleaned by blowing compressed airfrom the reverse surface. Do not wash oroil the filter.

If it is dirty, it should be cleaned or re-placed.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

236


To clean the filter, blow compressed airthrough it from the bottom.

Hold the air gun 50 mm (2 in.) from thefilter and blow for approximately 2 minutesat 500 kPa (5.0 kgf/cm2 or bar, 72 psi).

If it is not available, have the filtercleaned by your Toyota dealer.

When installing the filter in the filtercase, keep the “ �UP” mark pointing up.

NOTICE

To prevent damage to the air condi-tioning system, do the following.

� When using the air conditioningsystem, make sure that a filter isalways installed.

� When cleaning the filter, do notclean the filter with water.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

237


OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSOther equipmentMulti−information displays 238. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Compass 241. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Portable ashtray 245. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power outlets 246. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Garage door opener 247. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glove box 252. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auxiliary boxes 252. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rear console box 253. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cup holders 254. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Storage box 255. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grocery bag hooks 255. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cargo net 255. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Floor mat 256. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 1− 10

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

238


The following information is displayedon the multi−information displays.

1. Cruise information

2. Clock

3. Outside temperature

When the engine switch is on, the lastpreviously used mode displayed just be-fore the engine switch is off will appear.

If the electrical power source has beendisconnected from the multi−informationdisplay, the display will automatically beset to the initial mode.

CAUTION

Do not adjust the display while thevehicle is moving. Be sure to adjustthe display only when the vehicle isstopped.

SELECTING UNIT

You can select the unit between En-glish/U.S. customary system and metricunit.

To select the unit A (English/U.S. custom-ary system) or unit B (metric unit), pushand hold the “H” and “M” buttons besidethe clock for about 3 second.

The unit variations are as follows;

Information Unit A Unit B

Average andinstantaneousfuel consumption

MPG L/100km

Driving range mile km

Average vehiclespeed

MPH km/h

Outsidetemperature

�F �C

This function is also linked with the auto-matic air conditioning display.

Multi−information displays—

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

239


The left side display indicates thecruise information when the engineswitch is in the “ON” position.

Each time you push the “DISP” buttonon the steering wheel, the displaytoggles through the following informa-tion.

1. Instantaneous fuel consumption

2. Average fuel consumption

3. Driving range

4. Average vehicle speed

5. Elapsed time

The displayed values in the display indi-cate general driving conditions. Accuracyvaries with driving habits and road condi-tions.

1. Instantaneous fuel consumption(“MPG” or “L/100 km”)

The instantaneous fuel consumption iscalculated and displayed based on dis-tance and fuel consumption for 2 sec-onds with the engine running.

—Cruise information

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

240


The displayed value is updated every 2seconds.

Note that an accurate figure may not beshown in the following cases.

� When the vehicle is stopped with theengine running, the display will indicatethe extremely high fuel consumption.

� When the vehicle is driving down along slope, applying the engine brake,the display will indicate the extremelylow fuel consumption.

The calculation is reset when the engineswitch is turned off.

2. Average fuel consumption(“AVG. MPG” or “AVG. L/100 km”)

Average fuel consumption is calculatedand displayed based on total drivingdistance and total fuel consumptionwith the engine running.


To reset the calculations, push and holdthe “DISP” button for more than 1 second.

3. Driving range(“RANGE MI” or “RANGE km”)

The distance the vehicle can travel withthe remaining fuel is calculated anddisplayed based on the quantity of re-maining fuel and past fuel consumption.

The driving range display indicates theapproximate distance that you can driveuntil the fuel gauge reaches “E”. It isdifferent from the actual distance traveled.

The displayed value is updated every timethe fuel equivalent for 1 mile or 1 km isconsumed.

Every time you refuel the vehicle, the cal-culation is reset. However, when only asmall amount of fuel is added to the tank,the display may not be reset.

The actual driving range varies with driv-ing habits and road conditions. If fuel con-sumption is good, the driving range will belonger. If fuel consumption is poor, thedriving range will be shorter.

If the low fuel level warning light comeson, refuel even if the display indicatesthat the vehicle can be driven further.

4. Average vehicle speed(“AVG. MPH” or “AVG. km/H”)

Average vehicle speed is calculated anddisplayed based on total driving dis-tance and total driving time with theengine running.



5. Elapsed time(“E/T”)

The elapsed time after the engine startsis displayed.

When the engine is started, driving timeis counted from 0:00. Up to 99:59 (99hours, 59 minutes) can be displayed.When the driving time exceeds 99:59, thecounter returns to 0:00.


’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

241


The center display indicates the timewhen the engine switch is in the “ACC”or “ON” position.

To reset the hour: Push the “H” button.To reset the minutes: Push the “M” button.

The right side display indicates the out-side air temperatures when the engineswitch is in the “ON” position.

The displayed temperature ranges from−30�C (−22�F) up to 50�C (122�F).

If an abnormality exists in the connectionof the outside air temperature sensor, “−−”will appear on the display. If “−−” appearson the display, contact your Toyota dealer.

There may be a case that “−−” appearsmomentarily when the ignition is quicklyturned to “ON”. It is normal if it goes outsoon.

The direction is indicated on the insiderear view mirror.

If the engine switch was turned off withthe system on, the system will automati-cally turn back on when the engine switchis turned on.

Push the “AUTO” switch for longer than 3seconds to turn the compass system onand off.

—Clock —Outside temperature Compass

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

242


The compass indicates the directionthat the vehicle is heading. In theabove case, it shows that the vehicle isheading north.

Displays Directions

NNEE

SES

SWW

NW

NorthNortheast

EastSoutheast

SouthSouthwest

WestNorthwest

The compass may not show the correctdirection in the following conditions:

� The vehicle is stopped immediately af-ter turning.

� The compass does not adjust while thevehicle is stopped.

� The engine switch is turned off immedi-ately after turning.

� The vehicle is on an inclined surface.

� The vehicle is in a place where theearth’s magnetic field is subject to in-terference by artificial magnetic fields(underground parking, under a steeltower, between buildings, roof parking,near a crossing, near a large vehicle,etc.).

� The vehicle is magnetized. (There is amagnet or a metal object on or nearthe inside rear view mirror.)

� The battery has been disconnected.

If your vehicle is out of the set zone,refer to the “CALIBRATING THECOMPASS” below to set the zone number.

If the deviation is small, the compassworks to calibrate the direction automati-cally while the vehicle is in motion.

For additional precision or for completecalibrating, see “CALIBRATING THECOMPASS” below.

The compass sensor is in the insiderear view mirror.

NOTICE

Do not put magnets or a metal objecton or near the inside rear view mirrorof the vehicle. Doing this may causemalfunction of the compass sensor.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

243


CALIBRATING THE COMPASS (deviationcalibration)

The direction display on the compassdeviates from the true direction deter-mined by the earth’s magnetic field. Theangle of deviation varies according to thegeographic position of the vehicle.

To adjust this deviation, stop the vehicle,then push and hold the switch until thezone number appears on the display. Thenpush the switch, referring to the followingmap to select the number of the zonewhere the vehicle is.

Zone numbers

Samoa: 5 Guam: 8 Saipan: 8

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

244


After calibration, leaving the system forseveral seconds returns it to compassmode.

CAUTION

Do not adjust the display while thevehicle is moving. Be sure to adjustthe display only when the vehicle isstopped.

CALIBRATING THE COMPASS (circlingcalibration)

Sometimes the direction display on thecompass may not change after a turn. Torectify this, stop the vehicle and push andhold the switch until “C” appears on thedisplay.

If “C” appears on the display because ofa drastic change in the magnetic field,perform circling calibration.

Drive the vehicle in a circle at 8 km/h (5mph) or less. If there is not enough spaceto drive in a circle, drive around theblock.

After driving 1 to 3 circles in the abovemethod, calibration is completed when thedirection is shown on the display.

If calibration cannot be performed becauseof the magnetized vehicle etc., take yourvehicle to Toyota dealer.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

245


Perform circling calibration just afteryou have purchased your Toyota. Andthen always perform circling calibrationafter the battery has been removed, re-placed or disconnected.

� Do not perform circling calibration ofthe compass in a place where theearth’s magnetic field is subject to in-terference by artificial magnetic fields(underground parking, under a steeltower, between buildings, roof parking,near a crossing, near a large vehicle,etc.).

� During calibration, do not operate elec-tric systems (moon roof, power win-dows, etc.) as they may interfere withthe calibration.

CAUTION

� When doing the circling calibration,be sure to secure a wide space,and watch out for people and ve-hicles in the neighborhood. Do notviolate any local traffic rules whileperforming circling calibration.

� Do not adjust the display while thevehicle is moving. Be sure to adjustthe display only when the vehicle isstopped.

The ashtray can be removed and usedoutside the vehicle. To use the ashtray,raise the lid.

When finished with your cigarette, thor-oughly extinguish it in the ashtray to pre-vent other cigarette butts from catchingfire. After using the ashtray, close the lidcompletely.

The cup holder lid cannot be closed whilethe ashtray is installed.

To detach the ashtray, pull it out.

Portable ashtray

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

246


CAUTION

To reduce the chance of injury incase of an accident or sudden stopwhile driving, always completely closethe ashtray after use.

In the center console auxiliary box

In the rear console box

The power outlets are designed forpower supply for car accessories.

The engine switch must be in the “ACC”or “ON” position for the power outlet to beused.

NOTICE

� To prevent the fuse from beingblown, do not use the electricityover the total vehicle capacity of12V/120W.

� To prevent the battery from beingdischarged, do not use the poweroutlets longer than necessary whenthe engine is not running.

� Close the power outlet lids whenthe power outlets are not in use.Inserting anything other than an ap-propriate plug that fits the outlet,or allowing any liquid to get intothe outlet may cause electrical fail-ure or short circuits.

Power outlets

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

247


Indicator light

Buttons

Coupe

Indicator light

Buttons

Convertible

The garage door opener ( �

Universal Transceiver) is manufacturedunder license from HomeLink � and canbe programmed to operate garagedoors, gates, entry doors, door locks,home lighting systems, and securitysystems, etc.

(a) Programming the HomeLink �

The HomeLink � in your vehicle has 3buttons and you can store one programfor each button.

To ensure correct programming into theHomeLink�, install a new battery in thehand−held transmitter prior to program-ming.

The battery side of the hand−held trans-mitter must be pointed away from theHomeLink� during the programming pro-cess.

For Canadian users, follow the procedurein “Programming an entrance gate/pro-gramming all devices in the Canadianmarket”.

1. Decide which of 3 HomeLink� buttonsyou want to program.

HomeLink�

Hand−heldgaragetransmitter

25 to 75 mm (1 to 3 in.)

Coupe

HomeLink�

Hand−heldgaragetransmitter

25 to 75 mm (1 to 3 in.)

Convertible

Garage door opener

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

248


2. Place your hand−held garage transmit-ter 25 to 75 mm (1 to 3 in.) away fromthe surface of the HomeLink�.

Keep the indicator light on the HomeLink�

in view while programming.

Coupe

Convertible

3. Simultaneously press and hold thehand−held garage transmitter buttonalong with the selected HomeLink� but-ton.

Do not release the buttons until step 4has been completed.

4. When the indicator light on theHomeLink� changes from a slow to arapid flash after 20 seconds, you canrelease both buttons.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

249


Coupe

Convertible

5. Test the operation of the HomeLink� bypressing the newly programmed button.If programming a garage door opener,check to see if the garage door opensand closes.

If the garage door does not operate, iden-tify if your garage transmitter is of the“Rolling Code” type. Press and hold theprogrammed HomeLink� button. The ga-rage door has the rolling code feature ifthe indicator light (on the HomeLink�)flashes rapidly and then remains lit after2 seconds. If your garage transmitter isthe “Rolling Code” type, proceed to theheading “Programming a rolling code sys-tem”.

6. Repeat steps 2 through 5 for each re-maining HomeLink� button to programanother device.

Programming a rolling code system

If your device is “Rolling Code”equipped, it is necessary to followsteps 1 through 4 under the heading“Programming the HomeLink �” beforeproceeding with the steps listed below.

1. Locate the “training” button on the ceil-ing mounted garage door opener motor.The exact location and color of thebutton may vary by brand of garagedoor opener. Refer to the owner’sguide supplied by the garage dooropener manufacturer for the location ofthis “training” button.

2. Press the “training” button on the ceil-ing mounted garage door opener motor.

Following this step, you have 30 secondsin which to initiate step 3 below.

3. Press and release the vehicle’s pro-grammed HomeLink� button twice. Thegarage door may open. If the doordoes open, the programming process iscomplete. If the door does not open,press and release the button a thirdtime. This third press and release willcomplete the programming process byopening the garage door.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

250


The ceiling mounted garage door openermotor should now recognize theHomeLink� unit and be able activate thegarage door up/down.

4. Repeat steps 1 through 3 for each re-maining HomeLink� button to programanother rolling code system.

Programming an entrance gate/program-ming all devices in the Canadian market

1. Decide which of the 3 HomeLink� but-tons you want to program.

2. Place your hand−held gate/devicetransmitter 25 to 75 mm (1 to 3 in.)away from the surface of theHomeLink�.

Keep the indicator light on the HomeLink�

in view while programming.

3. Press and hold the selectedHomeLink� button.

4. Continuously press and release (cycle)the hand−held gate/device transmitterbutton every two seconds until step 5is complete.

5. When the indicator light on theHomeLink� changes from a slow to arapid flash after 20 seconds, you canrelease both buttons.

6. Test the operation of the HomeLink� bypressing the newly programmed button.Check to see if the gate/device oper-ates correctly.

7. Repeat steps 1 through 6 for each re-maining HomeLink� button to programanother device.

Programming other devices

To program other devices such as homesecurity systems, home door locks orlighting, contact your authorized Toyotadealer for assistance.

Reprogramming a button

Individual HomeLink� buttons cannot beerased, however, to reprogram a singlebutton, follow the procedure “Programmingthe HomeLink�”.

(b) Operating the HomeLink �

To operate the HomeLink�, press theappropriate HomeLink� button to activatethe programmed device. The HomeLink�

indicator light should come on. TheHomeLink� continues to send the signalfor up to 20 seconds as long as thebutton is pressed.

Coupe

Convertible

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

251


(c) Erasing the entire HomeLink �

memory (all three programs)

To erase all previously programmed codesat one time, press and hold down the 2outside buttons for 20 seconds until theindicator light flashes.

If you sell your vehicle, be sure to erasethe programs stored in the HomeLink�

memory.

For additional programming assistancewith your HomeLink � UniversalTransceiver call the:

� Toyota Customer Experience Center at1−800−331−4331 (U.S.A.)

� Toyota Canada Customer InteractionCentre at 1−888−869−6828 (Canada)

Refer to HomeLink� on the internet at:WWW.HOMELINK.COM

CAUTION

� When programming the HomeLink �

Universal Transceiver, you may beoperating a garage door or otherdevice. Make sure people and ob-jects are out of the way of the ga-rage door or other device to pre-vent potential harm or damage.

� Do not use this HomeLink � Univer-sal Transceiver with any garagedoor opener that lacks the safetystop and reverse feature as re-quired by federal safety standards.(This includes any garage dooropener model manufactured beforeApril 1, 1982.) A garage door open-er which cannot detect an object(signaling the door to stop and re-verse), does not meet current feder-al safety standards. Using a garagedoor opener without these featuresincreases risk of serious injury ordeath.

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules and with RSS−210 of the ICRules. Operation is subject to the fol-lowing two conditions: (1) This devicemay not cause harmful interference, and(2) this device must accept any interfer-ence received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation.

WARNING: This transmitter has beentested and complies with FCC and ICrules. Changes or modifications notexpressly approved by the party re-sponsible for compliance could voidthe user’s authority to operate thedevice.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

252


To use the glove box:

Open by pulling the lever.

Lock by inserting the master key and turn-ing it clockwise.

Unlock by inserting the master key andturning it counterclockwise.

With the instrument panel lights on, theglove box light will come on when theglove box is open.

CAUTION

To reduce the chance of injury incase of an accident or a sudden stop,always keep the glove box doorclosed while driving.

Center console

Over head console

Glove box Auxiliary boxes

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

253


To use the auxiliary box, open it asshown in the illustration.

CAUTION

To reduce the chance of injury incase of an accident or a sudden stop,always keep the auxiliary box closedwhile driving.

NOTICE

Over head console box—During hotweather, the interior of the vehiclebecomes very hot. Do not leave any-thing flammable or deformable suchas a lighter, glasses, etc. inside.

UPPER TRAY

To access the upper tray, raise the con-sole box lid while pushing the lock re-lease button.

Rear console box

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

254


CONSOLE BOX

To access the rear console box, pull upthe lock release lever while raising therear console box lid.

CAUTION

To reduce the chance of injury incase of an accident or a sudden stop,always keep the console box closedwhile driving.

Front

Rear

The cup holder is designed for holdingcups or drink−cans securely.

Front cup holder—

To use the front cup holder, open the lid.

A cup holder adapter is located among thecup holders which are under the lid. Tohold the cups or drink−cans securely, ad-just the size with the adapter.

CAUTION

� Do not place anything else otherthan cups or drink−cans in the cupholder, as such items may bethrown about in the compartmentand possibly injure people in thevehicle during sudden braking or inan accident.

� To reduce the chance of injury incase of an accident or sudden stopwhile driving, keep the front cupholder closed when it is not in use.

Cup holders

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

255


This box is designed to hold things likebottles.

This hook is designed to hang thingslike grocery bags.

NOTICE

To prevent damage to the hook, avoidhanging heavy loads on it.

To secure belongings, hang the cargonet on the hooks.

NOTICE

� Do not use the net to secure sharpor heavy objects. The net will tearoff.

� Be sure not to twist the net whenhooking.

Storage box Grocery bag hooks Cargo net

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

256


Use a floor mat of the correct size.

If the vehicle carpet and floor mat have2 holes, then they are designed for usewith locking clips. Fix the floor mat to thevehicle carpet using the clips. Lock thelocking clips into the holes in the vehiclecarpet.

CAUTION

Observe the following precautions.Failure to do so may result in thefloor mat slipping and interfering withthe movement of the pedals duringdriving, resulting in an accident.

� Make sure the floor mat is properlyplaced on the vehicle carpet andthe correct side faces upward.

� Do not place floor mats on top ofexisting mats.

Floor mat

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

257


INFORMATION BEFORE DRIVING YOURTOYOTAInformation before driving your ToyotaBreak−in period 258. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel 258. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel pump shut off system 260. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operation in foreign countries 260. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Three−way catalytic converters 261. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine exhaust cautions 262. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Facts about engine oil consumption 263. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Iridium−tipped spark plugs 264. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brake system 264. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brake pad wear limit indicators 268. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Your Toyota’s identification 268. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Theft prevention labels 270. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Suspension and chassis 270. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tire information 271. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vehicle load limits 284. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cargo and luggage 285. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Types of tires 287. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 2

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

258


Drive gently and avoid high speeds.

Your vehicle does not need an elaboratebreak−in. But following a few simple tipsfor the first 1600 km (1000 miles) can addto the future economy and long life ofyour vehicle:

� Avoid full throttle acceleration whenstarting and driving.

� Avoid racing the engine.

� Try to avoid hard stops during the first300 km (200 miles).

� Do not drive slowly with the manualtransmission in a high gear.

� Do not drive for a long time at anysingle speed, either fast or slow.

� Do not tow a trailer during the first 800km (500 miles).

FUEL TYPE

Your new vehicle must use only un-leaded gasoline.

To help prevent gas station mix−ups, yourToyota has a smaller fuel tank opening.The special nozzle on pumps with un-leaded fuel will fit it, but the larger stan-dard nozzle on pumps with leaded gas willnot.

At a minimum, the gasoline you useshould meet the specifications of ASTMD4814 in the U.S.A. and CGSB 3.5−M93in Canada.

NOTICE

Do not use leaded gasoline. Use ofleaded gasoline will cause the three−way catalytic converter to lose its ef-fectiveness and the emission controlsystem to function improperly. Also,this can increase maintenance costs.

OCTANE RATING

Select Octane Rating 87 (Research Oc-tane Number 91) or higher.

Use of unleaded gasoline with an octanerating or research octane number lowerthan 87 may result in engine knocking.Persistent knocking can lead to enginedamage.

If your engine knocks...

If you detect heavy knocking even whenusing the recommended fuel, or if youhear steady knocking while holding asteady speed on level roads, consult yourToyota dealer.

However, occasionally, you may noticelight knocking for a short time while accel-erating or driving up hills. This is normaland there is no need for concern.

Break−in period Fuel

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

259


GASOLINE CONTAINING DETERGENTADDITIVES

Toyota recommends the use of gasolinethat contains detergent additives toavoid build−up of engine deposits.

However, all gasoline sold in the U.S.contains detergent additives to keep cleanand/or clean intake systems.

QUALITY GASOLINE

Automotive manufacturers in the U.S.,Europe and Japan have developed aspecification for quality fuel namedWorld−Wide Fuel Charter (WWFC) thatis expected to be applied world wide.The WWFC consists of four categoriesthat depend on required emission lev-els. In the U.S., category 4 has beenadopted. The WWFC improves air quali-ty by providing for better emissions invehicle fleets, and customer satisfactionthrough better vehicle performance.

CLEANER BURNING GASOLINE

Cleaner burning gasoline, including re-formulated gasoline that contains oxy-genates such as ethanol or MTBE isavailable in many areas.

Toyota recommends the use of cleanerburning gasoline and appropriately blendedreformulated gasoline. These types of gas-oline provide excellent vehicle perfor-mance, reduce vehicle emissions, and im-prove air quality.

OXYGENATES IN GASOLINE

Toyota allows the use of oxygenateblended gasoline where the oxygenatecontent is up to 10% ethanol or 15%MTBE. If you use gasohol in yourToyota, be sure that it has an octanerating no lower than 87.

Toyota does not recommend the use ofgasoline containing methanol.

GASOLINE CONTAINING MMT

Some gasoline contain an octane en-hancing additive called MMT (Methylcy-clopentadienyl Manganese Tricarbonyl).

Toyota does not recommend the use ofgasoline that contains MMT. If fuel con-taining MMT is used, your emission con-trol system may be adversely affected.The Malfunction Indicator Lamp on the in-strument cluster may come on. If this hap-pens, contact your Toyota dealer for ser-vice.

GASOLINE QUALITY

In a very few cases, you may experiencedriveability problems caused by the partic-ular gasoline that you are using. If youcontinue to have unacceptable driveability,try changing gasoline brands. If this doesnot rectify your problem, then consult yourToyota dealer.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

260


NOTICE

� Do not use gasohol other thanstated above. It will cause fuel sys-tem damage or vehicle performanceproblems.

� If driveab ility problems are encoun-tered (poor hot starting, vaporizing,engine knock, etc.), discontinue theuse.

� Take care not to spill gasohol dur-ing refueling. Gasohol may causepaint damage.

FUEL TANK CAPACITY70 L (18.5 gal., 15.4 Imp. gal.)

The fuel pump shut off system stops sup-plying fuel to the engine to minimize therisk of fuel leakage when the engine stallsor an airbag inflates upon collision. Torestart the engine after the fuel pump shutoff system activates, turn the engineswitch to “ACC” or “LOCK” once and startit.

CAUTION

Inspect the ground under the vehiclebefore restarting the engine. If youfind that fuel has leaked onto theground, the fuel system has beendamaged and is in need of repair. Inthis case, do not restart the engine.

If you plan to drive your Toyota inanother country...

First, comply with the vehicle registrationlaws.

Second, confirm the availability of the cor-rect fuel (unleaded and minimum octanenumber).

Fuel pump shut off system Operation in foreign countries

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

261


The three−way catalytic converter is anemission control device installed in theexhaust system.

The purpose is to reduce pollutants in theexhaust gas.

CAUTION

� Keep people and combustible mate-rials away from the exhaust pipewhile the engine is running. Theexhaust gas is very hot.

� Do not drive, idle or park your ve-hicle over anything that may burneasily such as grass, leaves, paperor rags.

NOTICE

A large amount of unburned gasesflowing into the three−way catalyticconverter may cause it to overheatand create a fire hazard. To preventthis and other damage, observe thefollowing precautions:

� Use only unleaded gasoline.

� Do not drive with an extremely lowfuel level; running out of fuel couldcause the engine to misfire, creat-ing an excessive load on the three−way catalytic converter.

� Do not allow the engine to run atidle speed for more than 20 min-utes.

� Avoid racing the engine.

� Do not push−start or pull−start yourvehicle.

� Do not turn off the ignition whilethe vehicle is moving.

� Keep your engine in good runningorder. Malfunctions in the engineelectrical system, electronic ignitionsystem/distributor ignition systemor fuel system could cause an ex-tremely high three−way catalyticconverter temperature.

� If the engine becomes difficult tostart or stalls frequently, take yourvehicle in for a check−up as soonas possible. Remember, your Toyotadealer knows your vehicle and itsthree−way catalytic converter sys-tem best.

� To ensure that the three−way cata-lytic converter and the entire emis-sion control system operate proper-ly, your vehicle must receive theperiodic inspections required by theToyota Maintenance Schedule. Forscheduled maintenance information,refer to the “Scheduled MaintenanceGuide” or “Owner’s Manual Supple-ment”.

Three−way catalytic converters

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

262


CAUTION

� Exhaust gases include harmful car-bon monoxide (CO) that is colorlessand odorless. Inhaling exhaustgases may lead to death or a seri-ous health hazard.

� The exhaust should be checkedoccasionally. If there is a hole orcrack caused by corrosion, damageto a joint or abnormal exhaustnoise, be sure to have the vehicleinspected and repaired by yourToyota dealer. Failure to do so mayallow exhaust gases to enter thevehicle, resulting in death or aserious health hazard.

� If the vehicle is in a poorly venti-lated area, turn the engine off. In aclosed area, such as a garage, ex-haust gases may collect and enterthe vehicle. This may lead to deathor a serious health hazard.

� Do not remain for a long time in aparked vehicle with the engine run-ning. If it is unavoidable, however,do so only in an unconfined areaand adjust the heating or coolingsystem to force outside air into thevehicle.

� Keep the trunk lid closed whiledriving. An open or unsealed trunklid may cause exhaust gases to bedrawn into the vehicle.

� To allow proper operation of yourvehicle’s ventilation system, keepthe inlet grilles in front of the wind-shield clear of snow, leaves, or oth-er obstructions.

� If the smell of exhaust is noticedinside the vehicle, open the win-dows. Large amounts of exhaust inthe vehicle can cause driver drowsi-ness and an accident, resulting indeath or a serious health hazard.Have the vehicle inspected by yourToyota dealer immediately.

� Do not leave the engine running inan area with snow build−up, orwhere it is snowing. If snowbanksbuild up around the vehicle whilethe engine is running, exhaustgases may collect and enter the ve-hicle. This may lead to death or aserious health hazard.

� When taking a nap in the vehicle,always turn the engine off. Other-wise, you may accidentally movethe shift lever or depress the accel-erator pedal, which could cause anaccident or fire due to engine over-heating. Additionally, if the vehicleis parked in a poorly ventilatedarea, exhaust gases may collect andenter the vehicle, leading to deathor a serious health hazard.

Engine exhaust cautions

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

263


FUNCTIONS OF ENGINE OIL

Engine oil has the primary functions oflubricating and cooling the inside of theengine, and plays a major role in main-taining the engine in proper working order.

ENGINE OIL CONSUMPTION

It is normal that an engine should con-sume some engine oil during normalengine operation. The causes of oilconsumption in a normal engine are asfollows.

� Oil is used to lubricate pistons, pistonrings and cylinders. A thin film of oilis left on the cylinder wall when a pis-ton moves downwards in the cylinder.High negative pressure generated whenthe vehicle is decelerating sucks someof this oil into the combustion chamber.This oil as well as some part of the oilfilm left on the cylinder wall is burnedby the high temperature combustiongases during the combustion process.

� Oil is also used to lubricate the stemsof the intake valves. Some of this oilis sucked into the combustion chambertogether with the intake air and isburned along with the fuel. High tem-perature exhaust gases also burn theoil used to lubricate the exhaust valvestems.

The amount of engine oil consumed de-pends on the viscosity of the oil, thequality of the oil and the conditions thevehicle is driven under.

More oil is consumed by high−speed driv-ing and frequent acceleration and decel-eration.

A new engine consumes more oil, sinceits pistons, piston rings and cylinder wallshave not become conditioned.

Oil consumption: Max. 1.0 L per 1000km (1.1 qt./600 miles, 0.9 Imp. qt./600miles)

When judging the amount of oil con-sumption, note that the oil may becomediluted and make it difficult to judgethe true level accurately.

As an example, if a vehicle is used forrepeated short trips, and consumes a nor-mal amount of oil, the dipstick may notshow any drop in the oil level at all, evenafter 1000 km (600 miles) or more. Thisis because the oil is gradually becomingdiluted with fuel or moisture, making itappear that the oil level has not changed.

The diluting ingredients evaporate outwhen the vehicle is then driven at highspeeds, as on an express way, making itappear that oil is excessively consumedafter driving at high speeds.

IMPORTANCE OF ENGINE OIL LEVELCHECK

One of the most important points in prop-er vehicle maintenance is to keep the en-gine oil at the optimum level so that oilfunction will not be impaired. Therefore, itis essential that the oil level be checkedregularly. Toyota recommends that the oillevel be checked every time you refuelthe vehicle.

NOTICE

Failure to check the oil level regularlycould lead to serious engine troubledue to insufficient oil.

For detailed information on oil level check,see “Checking the engine oil level” onpage 344 in Section 7−2.

Facts about engine oilconsumption

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

264


Your engine is fitted with iridium−tippedspark plugs.

NOTICE

Use only iridium−tipped spark plugs.Do not adjust gaps for engine perfor-mance or smooth driveability.

The tandem master cylinder brake systemis a hydraulic system with two separatesub−systems. If either sub−system shouldfail, the other will still work. However, thepedal will be harder to press, and yourstopping distance will increase. Also, thebrake system warning light may come on.

CAUTION

Do not drive your vehicle with only asingle brake system. Have yourbrakes fixed immediately.

BRAKE BOOSTER

The brake booster uses engine vacuum topower−assist the brakes. If the engineshould quit while you are driving, you canbring the vehicle to a stop with normalpedal pressure. There is enough reservedvacuum for one or two stops—but nomore!

CAUTION

� Do not pump the brake pedal if theengine stalls. Each push on thepedal uses up your reserved vacu-um.

� Even if the power assist is com-pletely lost, the brakes will stillwork. But you will have to push thepedal hard, much harder than nor-mal. And your braking distance willincrease.

Iridium−tipped spark plugs Brake system

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

265


ANTI−LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM

The anti−lock brake system is designedto help prevent lock−up of the wheelsduring a sudden braking or braking onslippery road surfaces. This assists inproviding directional stability and steer-ing performance of the vehicle underthese circumstances.

Effective way to press the ABS brakepedal: When the anti−lock brake systemfunction is in action, you may feel thebrake pedal pulsating and hear a noise.In this situation, to let the anti−lockbrake system work for you, just hold thebrake pedal down more firmly. Do notpump the brake in a panic stop. Thiswill result in reduced braking perfor-mance.

The anti−lock brake system becomes op-erative after the vehicle has acceleratedto a speed in excess of approximately 10km/h (6 mph). It stops operating when thevehicle decelerates to a speed belowapproximately 5 km/h (3 mph).

Depressing the brake pedal on slipperyroad surfaces such as on a manhole cov-er, a steel plate at a construction site,joints in a bridge, etc. on a rainy daytends to activate the anti−lock brake sys-tem.

You may hear a click or motor sound inthe engine compartment for a few secondswhen the engine is started or just afterthe vehicle begins to move. This meansthat the anti−lock brake system is in theself−check mode, and does not indicate amalfunction.

When the anti−lock brake system is ac-tivated, the following conditions mayoccur. They do not indicate a malfunc-tion of the system:

� You may hear the anti−lock brake sys-tem operating and feel the brake pedalpulsating and the vibrations of the ve-hicle body and steering wheel. Youmay also hear the motor sound in theengine compartment even after the ve-hicle is stopped.

� At the end of the anti−lock brake sys-tem activation, the brake pedal maymove a little forward.

CAUTION

Do not overestimate the anti−lockbrake system: Although the anti−lockbrake system assists in providing ve-hicle control, it is still important todrive with all due care and maintaina moderate speed and safe distancefrom the vehicle in front of you, be-cause there are limits to the vehiclestability and effectiveness of steeringwheel operation even with the anti−lock brake system on.

If tire grip performance exceeds itscapability, or if hydroplaning occursduring high speed driving in the rain,the anti−lock brake system does notprovide vehicle control.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

266


Anti−lock brake system is not de-signed to shorten the stopping dis-tance: Always drive at a moderatespeed and maintain a safe distancefrom the vehicle in front of you.Compared with vehicles without ananti−lock brake system, your vehiclemay require a longer stopping dis-tance in the following cases:

� Driving on rough, gravel or snow−covered roads.

� Driving with tire chains installed.

� Driving over the steps such as thejoints on the road.

� Driving on roads where the roadsurface is pitted or has other differ-ences in surface height.

Install all 4 tires of specified size atappropriate pressure: The anti−lockbrake system detects vehicle speedsusing the speed sensors for respec-tive wheels’ turning speeds. The useof tires other than specified may failto detect the accurate turning speedresulting in a longer stopping dis-tance.

For the U.S.A.

For Canada

“ABS” warning light (vehicles withoutvehicle stability control system)

The light comes on when the engineswitch is turned to the “ON” position. Ifthe anti−lock brake system works properly,the light turns off after a few seconds.Thereafter, if the system malfunctions, thelight comes on again.

When the “ABS” warning light is on (andthe brake system warning light is off), theanti−lock brake system does not operate,but the brake system still operates con-ventionally.





’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

267



“ABS” warning light (vehicles withvehicle stability control system)

The light comes on when the engineswitch is turned to the “ON” position. Ifthe anti−lock brake system and the brakeassist system work properly, the lightturns off after a few seconds. Thereafter,if the system malfunctions, the lightcomes on again.

When the “ABS” warning light is on (andthe brake system warning light is off), theanti−lock brake system, the brake assistsystem, the traction control system andthe vehicle stability control system do notoperate, but the brake system still oper-ates conventionally.






CAUTION



DRUM−IN−DISC TYPE PARKING BRAKESYSTEM

Your vehicle has a drum−in−disc typeparking brake system. This type of brakesystem needs bedding−down of the brakeshoes periodically or whenever the parkingbrake shoes and/or drums are replaced.

Have your Toyota dealer perform the bed-ding−down.

BRAKE ASSIST SYSTEM (vehicles withvehicle stability control system)

When you slam the brakes on, thebrake assist system judges as an emer-gency stop and provides more powerfulbraking for a driver who cannot holddown the brake pedal firmly.

When you slam the brakes on, more pow-erful braking will be applied. At this time,you may hear a sound in the enginecompartment and feel the vibrations of thebrake pedal. This does not indicate a mal-function.

The brake assist system becomes opera-tive after the vehicle has accelerated toa speed in excess of approximately 10km/h (6 mph). It stops operating when thevehicle decelerates to a speed belowapproximately 5 km/h (3 mph).

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

268


For an explanation of this system’s warn-ing light, see “Service reminder indicatorsand warning buzzers” on page 133 in Sec-tion 1−6.

The brake pad wear limit indicators onyour disc brakes give a warning noisewhen the brake pads are worn to wherereplacement is required.

If you hear a squealing or scraping noisewhile driving, have the brake padschecked and replaced by your Toyotadealer as soon as possible. Expensive ro-tor damage can result if the pads are notreplaced when necessary.

The vehicle identification number (VIN)is the legal identifier for your vehicle.This number is on the left top of theinstrument panel, and can be seenthrough the windshield from outside.

This is the primary identification numberfor your Toyota. It is used in registeringthe ownership of your vehicle.

Brake pad wear limitindicators

Your Toyota’s identification——Vehicle identificationnumber

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

269


The vehicle identification number (VIN) isalso on the Certification Label.

2.4 L 4−cylinder (2AZ−FE) engine

3.3 L V6 (3MZ−FE) engine

The engine number is stamped on theengine block as shown.

—Engine number

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

270


Your new vehicle carries theft preven-tion labels which are approximately 47mm (1.85 in.) by 12 mm (0.47 in.).

The purpose of these labels is to reducethe incidence of vehicle thefts by facilitat-ing the tracing and recovery of parts fromstolen vehicles. The label is designed sothat once it is applied to a surface, anyattempt to remove it will result in destroy-ing the integrity of the label. Transferringthese labels intact from one part to anoth-er, will be impossible.

NOTICE

You should not attempt to remove thetheft prevention labels as it may vio-late certain state or federal laws.

CAUTION

Do not modify the suspension/chassiswith lift kits, spacers, springs, etc. Itcan cause dangerous vehicle handlingcharacteristics, resulting in loss ofcontrol.

Theft prevention labels Suspension and chassis

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

271


This illustration indicates typical tiresymbols.1. Tire size— For details, see “—Tire

size” on page 275.2. DOT and Tire Identification

Number (TIN)— For details, see“—DOT and Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN)” on page 274.

3. Uniform tire quality grading—For details, see “—Uniform tirequality grading” on page 276.

4. The location of the treadwearindicators— For details, see“Checking and replacing tires” onpage 352.

5. Tire ply composition and mate-rials— Plies mean a layer of rub-ber−coated parallel cords. Cordsmean the strands forming the pliesin the tire.

6. Radial tires or bias−ply tires— Aradial tire has “RADIAL” on thesidewall. A tire not marked with“RADIAL” is a bias−ply tire.

Tire information——Tire symbols (standard tire)

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

272


7. “TUBELESS” or “TUBETYPE”— A tubeless tire does nothave a tube inside the tire and airis directly filled in the tire. A tubetype tire has a tube inside the tireand the tube maintains the airpressure.

8. Load limit at maximum cold tireinflation pressure— For details,see “Checking and replacing tires”on page 352.

9. Maximum cold tire inflationpressure— This means the pres-sure to which a tire may be in-flated. For details about recom-mended cold tire inflationpressure, see “Tires” on page 377.

10.Summer tire or all seasontire— An all season tire has “M+S”on the sidewall. The tire notmarked with “M+S” is a summertire. For details, see “Types oftires” on page 287.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

273


This illustration indicates typical tiresymbols.1. “TEMPORARY USE ONLY”— A

compact spare tire is identified bythe phrase “TEMPORARY USEONLY” molded into its sidewall.This tire is designed for temporaryemergency use only. For details,see “Compact spare tire” on page306.

2. Tire size— For details, see “—Tiresize” on page 275.

3. DOT and Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN)— For details, see“—DOT and Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN)” on page 274.

4. The location of the treadwearindicators— For details, see“Checking and replacing tires” onpage 352.

5. Load limit at maximum cold tireinflation pressure— For details,see “Checking and replacing tires”on page 352.

—Tire symbols (compact spare tire)

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

274


6. Maximum cold tire inflationpressure— This means the pres-sure to which a tire may be in-flated. For details about recom-mended cold tire inflationpressure, see “Tires” on page 377.

7. Tire ply composition and mate-rials— Plies mean a layer of rub-ber−coated parallel cords. Cordsmean the strands forming the pliesin the tire.

8. “TUBELESS” or “TUBETYPE”— A tubeless tire does nothave a tube inside the tire and airis directly filled in the tire. A tubetype tire has a tube inside the tireand the tube maintains the airpressure.

9. Radial tires or bias−ply tires— Aradial tire has “RADIAL” on thesidewall. A tire not marked with“RADIAL” is a bias−ply tire.

This illustration indicates typical DOTand Tire Identification Number (TIN).1. “DOT” symbol2. Tire Identification Number (TIN)3. Tire manufacturer ’s identification

mark4. Tire size code5. Manufacturer ’s optional tire type

code (3 or 4 letters)6. Manufacturing week7. Manufacturing year

The “DOT” symbol certifies that thetire conforms to applicable FederalMotor Vehicle Safety Standards.

—DOT and Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN)

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

275


This illustration indicates typical tiresize.1. Tire use (P=Passenger car,

T=Temporary use)2. Section width (in millimeters)3. Aspect ratio (tire height to section

width)4. Tire construction code (R=Radial,

D=Diagonal)5. Wheel diameter (in inches)6. Load index (2 digits or 3 digits)7. Speed symbol (alphabet with one

letter)

1. Section width2. Tire height3. Wheel diameter

1. Bead2. Sidewall3. Shoulder4. Tread5. Belt6. Inner liner7. Reinforcing rubber8. Carcass9. Rim lines10.Bead wires11. Chafer

—Tire size —Name of each section of tire

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

276


This information has been preparedin accordance with regulations issuedby the National Highway Traffic Safe-ty Administration of the U.S. Depart-ment of Transportation. It providesthe purchasers and/or prospectivepurchasers of Toyota vehicles with in-formation on uniform tire quality grad-ing.Your Toyota dealer will help answerany questions you may have as youread this information.DOT quality grades—All passengervehicle tires must conform to Fed-eral Safety Requirements in addi-tion to these grades. Qualitygrades can be found where appli-cable on the tire sidewall betweentread shoulder and maximum sec-tion width. For example: Treadwear200 Traction AA Temperature A

Treadwear— The treadwear grade isa comparative rating based on thewear rate of the tire when tested un-der controlled conditions on a speci-fied government test course. For ex-ample, a tire graded 150 would wearone and a half (1−1/2) times as wellon the government course as a tiregraded 100. The relative performanceof tires depends upon the actualconditions of their use, however, andmay depart significantly from thenorm due to variations in driving hab-its, service practices and differencesin road characteristics and climate.

Traction AA, A, B, C— The tractiongrades, from highest to lowest, areAA, A, B, and C, and they representthe tire’s ability to stop on wet pave-ment as measured under controlledconditions on specified governmenttest surfaces of asphalt and concrete.A tire marked C may have poor trac-tion performance.Warning: The traction grade assignedto this tire is based on braking(straight ahead) traction tests anddoes not include cornering (turning)traction.

—Uniform tire quality grading

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

277


Temperature A, B, C— The tempera-ture grades are A (the highest), B,and C, representing the tire’s resis-tance to the generation of heat andits ability to dissipate heat whentested under controlled conditions ona specified indoor laboratory testwheel. Sustained high temperaturecan cause the material of the tire todegenerate and reduce tire life, andexcessive temperature can lead tosudden tire failure. The grade C cor-responds to a level of performancewhich all passenger car tires mustmeet under the Federal Motor VehicleSafety Standard No.109. Grades Band A represent higher levels of per-formance on the laboratory test wheelthan the minimum required by law.Warning: The temperature grades forthis tire are established for a tire thatis properly inflated and not over-loaded. Excessive speed, underinfla-tion, or excessive loading, either sep-arately or in combination, can causeheat buildup and possible tire failure.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

278


Tire related term Meaning

Cold tire inflation pressuretire inflation pressure when the vehicle has been parked for at least 3hours or more, or it has not been driven more than 1.5 km or 1 mileunder that condition

Maximum inflation pressure the maximum cold inflation pressure to which a tire may be inflated and itis shown on the sidewall of the tire

Recommended inflation pressure cold tire inflation pressure recommended by a manufacturer

Accessory weight

the combined weight (in excess of those standard items which may bereplaced) of automatic transmission, power steering, power brakes, powerwindows, power seats, radio, and heater, to the extent that these itemsare available as factory−installed equipment (whether installed or not)

Curb weightthe weight of a motor vehicle with standard equipment including themaximum capacity of fuel, oil, and coolant, and, if so equipped, airconditioning and additional weight optional engine

Maximum loaded vehicle weight

the sum of—(a) curb weight;(b) accessory weight;(c) vehicle capacity weight; and(d) production options weight

Normal occupant weight 68 kg (150 lb.) times the number of occupants specified in the secondcolumn of Table 1 that follows

Occupant distribution distribution of occupants in a vehicle as specified in the third column of Table1 that follows

—Glossary of tire terminology

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

279



Production options weight

the combined weight of those installed regular production options weighingover 2.3 kg (5 lb.) in excess of those standard items which they replace,not previously considered in curb weight or accessory weight, includingheavy duty brakes, ride levelers, roof rack, heavy duty battery, and specialtrim

Rim a metal support for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire beadsare seated

Rim diameter (Wheel diameter) nominal diameter of the bead seat

Rim size designation rim diameter and width

Rim type designation the industry of manufacturer ’s designation for a rim by style or code

Rim width nominal distance between rim flanges

Vehicle capacity weight(Total load capacity)

the rated cargo and luggage load plus 68 kg (150 lb.) times the vehicle’s desig-nated seating capacity

Vehicle maximum load on the tire the load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing to each axleits share of the maximum loaded vehicle weight and dividing by two

Vehicle normal load on the tirethe load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing to each axleits share of the curb weight, accessory weight, and normal occupant weight(distributed in accordance with Table 1 that follows) and dividing by two

Weather side the surface area of the rim not covered by the inflated tire

Bead the part of the tire that is made of steel wires, wrapped or reinforced by plycords and that is shaped to fit the rim

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

280



Bead separation a breakdown of the bond between components in the bead

Bias ply tire a pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid atalternate angles substantially less than 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread

Carcass the tire structure, except tread and sidewall rubber which, when inflated, bearsthe load

Chunking the breaking away of pieces of the tread or sidewall

Cord the strands forming the plies in the tire

Cord separation the parting of cords from adjacent rubber compounds

Cracking any parting within the tread, sidewall, or innerliner of the tire extending to cordmaterial

CT

a pneumatic tire with an inverted flange tire and rim system in which the rimis designed with rim flanges pointed radially inward and the tire is designedto fit on the underside of the rim in a manner that encloses the rim flangesinside the air cavity of the tire

Extra load tire a tire designed to operate at higher loads and at higher inflation pressuresthan the corresponding standard tire

Groove the space between two adjacent tread ribs

Innerliner the layer(s) forming the inside surface of a tubeless tire that contains the inflat-ing medium within the tire

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

281



Innerliner separation the parting of the innerliner from cord material in the carcass

Intended outboard sidewall

(A) the sidewall that contains a whitewall, bears white lettering or bearsmanufacturer, brand, and/or model name molding that is higher ordeeper than the same molding on the other sidewall of the tire, or

(B) the outward facing sidewall of an asymmetrical tire that has a particularside that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle

Light truck (LT) tire a tire designated by its manufacturer as primarily intended for use on lightweighttrucks or multipurpose passenger vehicles

Load rating the maximum load that a tire is rated to carry for a given inflation pressure

Maximum load rating the load rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure for thattire

Maximum permissible inflationpressure the maximum cold inflation pressure to which a tire may be inflated

Measuring rim the rim on which a tire is fitted for physical dimension requirements

Open splice any parting at any junction of tread, sidewall, or innerliner that extends to cordmaterial

Outer diameter the overall diameter of an inflated new tire

Overall width the linear distance between the exteriors of the sidewalls of an inflated tire,including elevations due to labeling, decorations, or protective bands or ribs

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

282



Passenger car tirea tire intended for use on passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles,and trucks, that have a gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) of 10,000 lb. orless.

Ply a layer of rubber−coated parallel cords

Ply separation a parting of rubber compound between adjacent plies

Pneumatic tirea mechanical device made of rubber, chemicals, fabric and steel or other mate-rials, that, when mounted on an automotive wheel, provides the traction andcontains the gas or fluid that sustains the load

Radial ply tire a pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid atsubstantially 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread

Reinforced tire a tire designed to operate at higher loads and at higher inflation pressuresthan the corresponding standard tire

Section width the linear distance between the exteriors of the sidewalls of an inflated tire,excluding elevations due to labeling, decoration, or protective bands

Sidewall that portion of a tire between the tread and bead

Sidewall separation the parting of the rubber compound from the cord material in the sidewall

Snow tire

a tire that attains a traction index equal to or greater than 110, compared tothe ASTM E−1136 Standard Reference Test Tire, when using the snow tractiontest as described in ASTM F−1805−00, Standard Test Method for Signal WheelDriving Traction in a Straight Line on Snow−and Ice−Covered Surfaces, andwhich is marked with an Alpine Symbol ( ) on at least one sidewall

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

283



Test rim the rim on which a tire is fitted for testing, and may be any rim listed as appropri-ate for use with that tire

Tread that portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road

Tread rib a tread section running circumferentially around a tire

Tread separation pulling away of the tread from the tire carcass

Treadwear indicators (TWI) the projections within the principal grooves designed to give a visual indicationof the degrees of wear of the tread

Wheel−holding fixture the fixture used to hold the wheel and tire assembly securely during testing

Table 1—Occupant loading and distribution for vehicle normal load for various designated seating capacities

Designated seating capacity,number of occupants

Vehicle normal load, number ofoccupants

Occupant distribution in a normallyloaded vehicle

2 through 4 2 2 in front

5 through 10 3 2 in front, 1 in second seat

11 through 15 5 2 in front, 1 in second seat, 1 in thirdseat, 1 in fourth seat

16 through 20 7 2 in front, 2 in second seat, 2 in thirdseat, 1 in fourth seat

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

284


Vehicle load limits include total loadcapacity, seating capacity, towing ca-pacity and cargo capacity. Follow theload limits shown below. Total load ca-pacity and seating capacity are alsodescribed on the tire and loading in-formation label. For location of the tireand loading information label, see“Checking tire inflation pressure” onpage 349.Total load capacity:

Coupe410 kg (900 lb.)

Convertible342 kg (754 lb.)

Total load capacity means combinedweight of occupants, cargo and lug-gage.

Seating capacity:Coupe

Total 5 (Front 2, Rear 3)Convertible

Total 4 (Front 2, Rear 2)Seating capacity means the maximumnumber of occupants whose esti-mated average weight is supposed tobe 68 kg (150 lb.) per person. De-pending on the weight of each person,the seating capacity given may ex-ceed the total load capacity.

NOTICE

Even if the number of occu-pants are within the seating ca-pacity, do not exceed the totalload capacity.

Towing capacityToyota does not recommend towinga trailer with your vehicle. Your ve-hicle is not designed for trailer towing.Cargo capacityCargo capacity may increase or de-crease depending on the size (weight)and the number of occupants. For de-tails, see “—Capacity and distribu-tion” that follows.

CAUTION

Do not apply the load more thaneach load limit. That may causenot only damage to the tires, butalso deterioration to the steeringability and braking ability, whichmay cause an accident.

Vehicle load limits

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

285


When stowing cargo and luggage inthe vehicle, observe the following:� Put cargo and luggage in the trunk

when at all possible. Be sure allitems are secured in place.

� Be careful to keep the vehicle bal-anced. Locating the weight as farforward as possible helps maintainbalance.

� For better fuel economy, do notcarry unneeded weight.

CAUTION

� To prevent cargo and l uggagefrom sliding forward duringbraking, do not stack anythingin the enlarged trunk. Keep car-go and luggage low, as closeto the floor as possible.

� Never allow anyone to ride inthe enlarged trunk. It is not de-signed for passengers. Theyshould ride in their seats withtheir seat belts properly fas-tened. Otherwise, they aremuch more likely to sufferdeath or serious bodily injury,in the event of sudden brakingor a collision.

� Do not place anything on thepackage tray behind the rearseatback. Such items may bethrown about and possibly in-jure people in the vehicle dur-ing sudden braking or an acci-dent.

� Do not drive with objects lefton top of the instrument panel.They may interfere with thedriver’s field of view. Or theymay move during sharp vehicleacceleration or turning, and im-pair the driver’s control of thevehicle. In an accident theymay injure the vehicle occu-pants.

Cargo capacity depends on the to-tal weight of the occupants.(Cargo capacity) = (Total load capac-ity) – (Total weight of occupants)Steps for Determining CorrectLoad Limit—(1) Locate the statement “The com-

bined weight of occupants andcargo should never exceed XXXkg or XXX lbs.” on your vehicle’splacard.

(2) Determine the combined weightof the driver and passengers thatwill be riding in your vehicle.

(3) Subtract the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers fromXXX kg or XXX lbs.

Cargo and luggage——Stowage precautions —Capacity and distribution

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

286


(4) The resulting figure equals theavailable amount of cargo andluggage load capacity. For exam-ple, if the “XXX” amount equals1400 lbs. and there will be five150 lb passengers in your ve-hicle, the amount of availablecargo and luggage load capacityis 650 lbs. (1400–750(5x150)=650 lbs.)

(5) Determine the combined weightof luggage and cargo beingloaded on the vehicle. Thatweight may not safely exceed theavailable cargo and luggage loadcapacity calculated in Step 4.

(6) If your vehicle will be towing atrailer, load from your trailer willbe transferred to your vehicle.Consult this manual to determinehow this reduces the availablecargo and luggage load capacityof your vehicle.

Toyota does not recommend towinga trailer with your vehicle. Your ve-hicle is not designed for trailer towing.

Cargocapacity

Total loadcapacity

Example on Your VehicleCoupe—In case that 2 people with thecombined weight of 166 kg (366 lb.)are riding in your vehicle with the totalload capacity of 410 kg (900 lb.), theavailable amount of cargo and lug-gage load capacity will be as follows:410 kg – 166 kg = 244 kg.

(900 lb. – 366 lb. = 534 lb.)

Convertible—In case that 2 peoplewith the combined weight of 166 kg(366 lb.) are riding in your vehicle withthe total load capacity of 342 kg (754lb.), the available amount of cargoand luggage load capacity will be asfollows:

342 kg – 166 kg = 176 kg.(754 lb. – 366 lb. = 388 lb.)

From this condition, if 2 more passen-gers with the combined weight of 93kg (205 lb.) get on, the available car-go and luggage load will be reducedas follows:Coupe

244 kg – 93 kg = 151 kg.(534 lb. – 205 lb. = 329 lb.)

Convertible176 kg – 93 kg = 83 kg.(388 lb. – 205 lb. = 183 lb.)

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

287


As shown in the above example, if thenumber of occupants increases, thecargo and luggage load equaling thecombined weight of occupants whogot on later must be reduced. In otherwords, if the increase in the numberof occupants causes the excess ofthe total load capacity (combinedweight of occupants plus cargo andluggage load), you have to reduce thecargo and luggage on your vehicle.For details about total load capacity,see “Vehicle load limits” on page 284.

CAUTION

Even if the total load of occu-pant’s weight and the cargo loadis less than the total load capac-ity, do not apply the load uneven-ly. That may cause not only dam-age to the tire but also deteriora-tion to the steering ability due toimbalance of the vehicle possiblycausing an accident.

Determine what kind of tires yourvehicle is originally equipped with.1. Summer tiresSummer tires are high−speed capabil-ity tires best suited to highway drivingunder dry conditions.Since summer tires do not have thesame traction performance as snowtires, summer tires are inadequate fordriving on snow−covered or icy roads.For driving on snow−covered or icyroads, we recommend using snowtires. If installing snow tires, be sureto replace all four tires.2. All season tiresAll season tires are designed to pro-vide better traction in snow and to beadequate for driving in most winterconditions, as well as for use all yearround.

All season tires, however, do not haveadequate traction performancecompared with snow tires in heavy orloose snow. Also, all season tires fallshort in acceleration and handlingperformance compared with summertires in highway driving.The details about how to distinguishsummer tires from all season tires aredescribed on page 271.

CAUTION

� Do not mix summer and all sea-son tires on your vehicle asthis can cause dangerous han-dling characteristics, resultingin loss of control.

� Do not use tires other than themanufacturer’s designatedtires, and never mix tires orwheels of the sizes differentfrom the originally equippedtires and wheels.

Types of tires

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

288


’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

289


STARTING AND DRIVINGStarting and drivingBefore starting the engine 290. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . How to start the engine 290. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tips for driving in various conditions 291. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Driving in the rain 292. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Winter driving tips 293. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dinghy towing 294. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Trailer towing 295. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . How to save fuel and make your vehicle last longer 296. . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 3

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

290


1. Check the area around the vehicle be-fore entering it.

2. Adjust seat position, seatback angle,seat cushion height, head restraintheight and steering wheel angle andlength.

3. Adjust the inside and outside rear viewmirrors.

4. Lock all doors.

5. Fasten seat belts.

1. Apply the parking brake firmly.

2. Turn off unnecessary lights and acces-sories.

3. Manual transmission: Press the clutchpedal to the floor and shift the trans-mission into neutral. Hold the clutchpedal to the floor until the engine isstarted. A starter safety device will pre-vent the starter from operating if theclutch pedal is not fully depressed.

Automatic transmission: Put the se-lector lever in “P”. If you need to re-start the engine while the vehicle ismoving, put the selector lever in “N”.A starter safety device will prevent thestarter from operating if the selectorlever is in any drive position.

4. Automatic transmission only: De-press the brake pedal and hold it tothe floor until driving off.

Before starting the engine, be sure to fol-low the instructions in “(a) Before crank-ing”.

Normal starting procedure

The multiport fuel injection system/sequen-tial multiport fuel injection system in yourengine automatically controls the properair−fuel mixture for starting. You can starta cold or hot engine as follows:

With your foot off the accelerator pedal,crank the engine by turning the engineswitch to “START”. Release it when theengine starts.

Engine should be warmed up by driving,not in idle. For warming up, drive withsmoothly turning engine until engine cool-ant temperature is within normal range.

If the engine stalls...

Simply restart it, using the correct proce-dure given in normal starting.

If the engine will not start...

See “If your vehicle will not start” on page300 in Section 4.

Before starting the engineHow to start the engine— (a) Before cranking (b) Starting the engine

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

291


NOTICE

� Do not crank for more than 30 se-conds at a time. This may overheatthe starter and wiring systems.

� Do not race a cold engine.

� If the engine becomes difficult tostart or stalls frequently, have theengine checked immediately.

� Always slow down in gusty crosswinds.This will allow you much better control.

� Drive slowly onto curbs and, if pos-sible, at a right angle. Avoid drivingonto high, sharp−edged objects andother road hazards. Failure to do socan lead to severe tire damage suchas a tire burst.

Drive slowly when passing over bumpsor traveling on a bumpy road. Other-wise, the impact could cause severedamage to the tires and/or wheels.

� When parking on a hill, turn the frontwheels until they touch the curb sothat the vehicle will not roll. Apply theparking brake, and place the transmis-sion in “P” (automatic) or in first orreverse (manual). If necessary, blockthe wheels.

� Washing your vehicle or driving throughdeep water may get the brakes wet. Tosee whether they are wet, check thatthere is no traffic near you, and thenpress the pedal lightly. If you do notfeel a normal braking force, the brakesare probably wet. To dry them, drivethe vehicle cautiously while lightlypressing the brake pedal with the park-ing brake applied. If they still do notwork safely, pull to the side of the roadand call a Toyota dealer for assistance.

CAUTION

� Before driving off, make sure thatthe parking brake is fully releasedand the parking brake reminderlight is off.

� Do not leave your vehicle unat-tended while the engine is running.

� Do not rest your foot on the brakepedal while driving. It can causedangerous overheating, needlesswear, and poor fuel economy.

� To drive down a long or steep hill,reduce your speed and downshift.Remember, if you ride the brakesexcessively, they may overheat andnot work properly.

Tips for driving in variousconditions

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

292


� Be careful when accelerating, up-shifting, downshifting or braking ona slippery surface. Sudden accelera-tion or engine braking could causethe vehicle to skid or spin.

� Do not drive in excess of the speedlimit. Even if the legal speed limitpermits it, do not drive over 140km/h (85 mph) unless your vehiclehas high−speed capability tires.Driving over 140 km/h (85 mph) mayresult in tire failure, loss of controland possible injury. Be sure to con-sult a tire dealer to determinewhether the tires on your vehicleare high−speed capability tires ornot before driving at such speeds.

� Do not continue normal drivingwhen the brakes are wet. If they arewet, your vehicle will require alonger stopping distance, and itmay pull to one side when thebrakes are applied. Also, the park-ing brake will not hold the vehiclesecurely.

Driving on a slippery road surface

Drive carefully when it is raining, becausevisibility will be reduced, the windows maybecome fogged−up, and the road will beslippery.

� Drive carefully when it starts to rain,because the road surface will be espe-cially slippery.

� Refrain from high speeds when drivingon an expressway in the rain, becausethere may be a layer of water betweenthe tires and the road surface,preventing the steering and brakesfrom operating properly.

CAUTION

� Sudden braking, acceleration andsteering when driving on a slipperyroad surface may cause tire slip-page and reduce your ability tocontrol the vehicle, resulting in anaccident.

� Sudden changes in engine speed,such as sudden engine braking,may cause the vehicle to skid, re-sulting in an accident.

� After driving through a puddle,lightly depress the brake pedal tomake sure that the brakes are func-tioning properly. Wet brake padsmay prevent the brakes from func-tioning properly. If the brakes ononly one side are wet and not func-tioning properly, steering controlmay be affected, resulting in an ac-cident.

Driving in the rain

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

293


When encountering flooded roadsDo not drive on a road that has floodedafter heavy rain etc. Doing so may causeserious damage to the vehicle.

NOTICE

Driving on a flooded road may causethe engine to stall as well as causeserious vehicle malfunctions such asshorts in electrical components andengine damage from water immersion.In the event that you drive on aflooded road and the vehicle isflooded, be sure to have your Toyotadealer check brake function, changesin quantity and quality of engine oil,transaxle fluid, etc. and lubricant con-dition for the bearings and suspen-sion joints (where possible) and thefunction of all joints and bearings.

Make sure your coolant is properly pro-tected against freezing.

Only use “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant”or similar high quality ethylene glycolbased non−silicate, non−amine, non−nitrite,and non−borate coolant with long−lifehybrid organic acid technology. (Coolantwith long−life hybrid organic acidtechnology is a combination of lowphosphates and organic acids.)

See “Checking the engine coolant level”on page 346 in Section 7−2 for details ofcoolant type selection.

For the U.S.A.—“Toyota Super Long LifeCoolant” is a mixture of 50% coolant and50% deionized water. This coolant pro-vides protection down to about −35�C(−31�F).

For Canada—“Toyota Super Long LifeCoolant” is a mixture of 55% coolant and45% deionized water. This coolant pro-vides protection down to about −42�C(−44�F).

NOTICE

Do not use plain water alone.

Check the condition of the battery andcables.

Cold temperatures reduce the capacity ofany battery, so it must be in top shapeto provide enough power for winter start-ing. Section 7−3 tells you how to visuallyinspect the battery. Your Toyota dealerand most service stations will be pleasedto check the level of charge.

Make sure the engine oil viscosity issuitable for the cold weather.

See page 344 in Section 7−2 for recom-mended viscosity. Leaving a heavy sum-mer oil in your vehicle during wintermonths may cause harder starting. If youare not sure about which oil to use, callyour Toyota dealer—they will be pleasedto help.

Keep the door locks from freezing.

Squirt lock de−icer or glycerine into thelocks to keep them from freezing.

Use a washer fluid containing an anti-freeze solution.

This product is available at your Toyotadealer and most auto parts stores. Followthe manufacturer’s directions for howmuch to mix with water.

Winter driving tips

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

294


NOTICE

Do not use engine antifreeze or anyother substitute because it may dam-age your vehicle’s paint.

Do not use your parking brake whenthere is a possibility it could freeze.

When parking, put the transmission into“P” (automatic) or into first or reverse(manual) and block the rear wheels. Donot use the parking brake, or snow orwater accumulated in and around theparking brake mechanism may freeze,making it hard to release.

Keep ice and snow from accumulatingunder the fenders.

Ice and snow built up under your fenderscan make steering difficult. During badwinter driving, stop and check under thefenders occasionally.

Depending on where you are driving,we recommend you carry some emer-gency equipment.

Some of the things you might put in thevehicle are tire chains, window scraper,bag of sand or salt, flares, small shovel,jumper cables, etc.

Your vehicle is not designed to bedinghy towed (with four wheels on theground) behind a motorhome.

NOTICE

Do not tow your vehicle with fourwheels on the ground. This maycause serious damage to your vehicle.

Your vehicle can be dinghy towed (withfour wheels on the ground) from thefront behind a motorhome.

CAUTION

Dinghy towing requires special equip-ment and accessories. Please refer toyour service outlet of the motorhomemanufacture for the recommendedequipment.

NOTICE

Dinghy towing does not eliminate thepossibility of damage to your vehicle.

Dinghy towing(with automatic transmission)

Dinghy towing(with manual transmission)

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

295


DINGHY TOWING TIPS

Before dinghy towing, be sure to ob-serve the following in order to reducethe damage to your vehicle.

1. Put the shift lever in neutral.

2. Turn the engine switch to the “ACC”position. Make sure the audio is turnedoff and any item is not plugged intothe power outlet.

NOTICE

To avoid the locking of the steeringwheel, turn the engine switch to the“ACC” position.

3. Release the parking brake.

After dinghy towing, let the engine idle formore than 3 minutes before driving thevehicle.

NOTICE

Do not tow your vehicle from therear. This may cause serious damageto your vehicle.

Toyota does not recommend towing atrailer with your Toyota. Toyota alsodoes not recommend the installation ofa tow hitch or the use of a tow hitchcarrier for a wheelchair, scooter, bi-cycle, etc. Your Toyota is not designedfor trailer towing or for the use of towhitch mounted carriers.

Trailer towing

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

296


Improving fuel economy is easy—just takeit easy. It will help make your vehicle lastlonger, too. Here are some specific tipson how to save money on both fuel andrepairs:

� Keep your tires inflated at the cor-rect pressure. Underinflation causestire wear and wastes fuel. See page349 in Section 7−2 for instructions.

� Do not carry unneeded weight inyour vehicle. Excess weight puts aheavier load on the engine, causinggreater fuel consumption.

� Avoid lengthy warm−up idling. Oncethe engine is running smoothly, begindriving—but gently. Remember, howev-er, that on cold winter days this maytake a little longer.

� Put the selector lever into the “D”when engine brake is not required.Driving without the “D” position will re-duce the fuel economy. (For details,see “Automatic transmission” on page146 in Section 1−7.)

� Accelerate slowly and smoothly.Avoid jackrabbit starts. Get into highgear as quickly as possible.

� Avoid long engine idling. If you havea long wait and you are not in traffic,it is better to turn off the engine andstart again later.

� Avoid engine lugging or over−rev-ving. Use a gear position suitable forthe road on which you are traveling.

� Avoid continuous speeding up andslowing down. Stop−and−go drivingwastes fuel.

� Avoid unnecessary stopping andbraking. Maintain a steady pace. Tryto time the traffic signals so you onlyneed to stop as little as possible ortake advantage of through streets toavoid traffic lights. Keep a proper dis-tance from other vehicles to avoid sud-den braking. This will also reduce wearon your brakes.

� Avoid heavy traffic or traffic jamswhenever possible.

� Do not rest your foot on the clutchor brake pedal. This causes prematurewear, overheating and poor fuel econo-my.

� Maintain a moderate speed on high-ways. The faster you drive, the greaterthe fuel consumption. By reducing yourspeed, you will cut down on fuel con-sumption.

� Keep the front wheels in properalignment. Avoid hitting the curb andslow down on rough roads. Improperalignment not only causes faster tirewear but also puts an extra load onthe engine, which, in turn, wastes fuel.

� Keep the bottom of your vehicle freefrom mud, etc. This not only lessensweight but also helps prevent corro-sion.

� Keep your vehicle tuned−up and intop shape. A dirty air cleaner, improp-er valve clearance, dirty plugs, dirty oiland grease, brakes not adjusted, etc.all lower engine performance and con-tribute to poor fuel economy. For longerlife of all parts and lower operatingcosts, keep all maintenance work onschedule, and if you often drive undersevere conditions, see that your vehiclereceives more frequent maintenance.(For scheduled maintenance informa-tion, please refer to the “ScheduledMaintenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manu-al Supplement”.)

How to save fuel and makeyour vehicle last longer

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

297


CAUTION

Never turn off the engine to coastdown hills. Your power steering andbrake booster will not function with-out the engine running. Also, theemission control system operatesproperly only when the engine is run-ning.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

298


’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

299


IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCYIn case of an emergencyIf your vehicle will not start 300. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If your engine stalls while driving 303. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If you cannot increase engine speed 304. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If your vehicle overheats 304. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If you have a flat tire 305. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If your vehicle becomes stuck 315. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If your vehicle needs to be towed 315. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If you cannot shift automatic transmission selector lever 318. . . . . . . . If the convertible top does not rise or lower 319. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If you lose your keys 320. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If you lose your wireless remote control transmitter 320. . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 4

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

300


Before making these checks, make sureyou have followed the correct starting pro-cedure given in “How to start the engine”on page 290 in Section 3 and that youhave sufficient fuel. Also, check whetherthe other keys will start the engine. Ifthey work, your key may be broken. Havethe key checked at your Toyota dealer. Ifnone of your keys work, there may be amalfunction in the immobilizer system. Callyour Toyota dealer. (See “Keys” on page12 in Section 1−2.)

If the engine is not turning over or isturning over too slowly—

1. Check that the battery terminals aretight and clean.

2. If the battery terminals are O.K., switchon the interior light.

3. If the light is out, dim or goes outwhen the starter is cranked, the batteryis discharged. You may try jump start-ing. See “(c) Jump starting” on page301 for further instructions.

If the light is O.K., but the engine still willnot start, it needs adjustment or repair.Call a Toyota dealer or qualified repairshop.

NOTICE

Do not pull− or push−start the ve-hicle. It may damage the vehicle orcause a collision when the enginestarts. Also the three−way catalyticconverter may overheat and become afire hazard.

If the engine turns over at its normalspeed but will not start—

1. Turn the engine switch to “ACC” or“LOCK” and try starting the engineagain.

2. If the engine will not start, the enginemay be flooded because of repeatedcranking. See “(b) Starting a floodedengine” on page 300 for further instruc-tions.

3. If the engine still will not start, it needsadjustment or repair. Call a Toyotadealer or qualified repair shop.

If the engine will not start, your enginemay be flooded because of repeatedcranking.

If this happens, turn the engine switch to“START” with the accelerator pedal fullydepressed. Keep the key and acceleratorpedal in these positions for 15 secondsand release them. Then try starting theengine with your foot off the acceleratorpedal.

If the engine does not start after 15 se-conds of cranking, release the key, waita few minutes and try again.

If the engine still will not start, it needsadjustment or repair. Call a Toyota dealeror qualified repair shop for assistance.

NOTICE

Do not crank for more than 30 se-conds at a time. This may overheatthe starter and wiring systems.

If your vehicle will not start—(a) Simple checks (b) Starting a flooded engine

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

301


To avoid serious personal injury anddamage to your vehicle which might re-sult from battery explosion, acid burns,electrical burns, or damaged electroniccomponents, these instructions must befollowed precisely.

If you are unsure about how to follow thisprocedure, we strongly recommend thatyou seek the help of a competent me-chanic or towing service.

CAUTION

� Batteries contain sulfuric acidwhich is poisonous and corrosive.Wear protective safety glasses whenjump starting, and avoid spillingacid on your skin, clothing, or ve-hicle.

� If you should accidentally get acidon yourself or in your eyes, removeany contaminated clothing and flushthe affected area with water imme-diately. Then get immediate medicalattention. If possible, continue toapply water with a sponge or clothwhile enroute to the medical office.

� The gas normally produced by abattery will explode if a flame orspark is brought near. Use onlystandardized jumper cables and donot smoke or light a match whilejump starting.

NOTICE

The battery used for boosting mustbe 12 V. Do not jump start unless youare sure that the booster battery iscorrect.

JUMP STARTING PROCEDURE

1. If the booster battery is installed inanother vehicle, make sure the vehiclesare not touching. Turn off all unneces-sary lights and accessories.

When boosting, use the battery ofmatching or higher quality. Any otherbattery may be difficult to jump startwith.

If jump starting is difficult, charge thebattery for several minutes.

2. If required, remove all the vent plugsfrom the booster and discharged batter-ies. Lay a cloth over the open ventson the batteries. (This helps reduce theexplosion hazard, personal injuries andburns.)

3. If the engine in the vehicle with thebooster battery is not running, start itand let it run for a few minutes. Duringjump starting run the engine at about2000 rpm with the accelerator pedallightly depressed.

(c) Jump starting

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

302


Discharged battery

Boosterbattery

Jumper cable Positive terminal(“+” mark)

Positiveterminal(“+” mark)

4. Make the cable connections in the or-der a, b, c, d.

a. Connect the clamp of the positive(red) jumper cable to the positive (+)terminal on the discharged battery.

b. Connect the clamp at the other endof the positive (red) jumper cable tothe positive (+) terminal on the boosterbattery.

Discharged battery Boosterbattery

Jumper cable

Negative terminal(“−” mark)

c. Connect the clamp of the negative(black) jumper cable to the negative (−)terminal on the booster battery.

d. Connect the clamp at the other endof the negative (black) jumper cable toa solid, stationary, unpainted, metallicpoint of the vehicle with the dischargedbattery.

The recommended connecting pointsare shown in the following illustrations:

Connecting point for 2.4 L 4−cylinder(2AZ−FE) engine

Connecting point for 3.3 L V6 (3MZ−FE)engine

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

303


Do not connect it to or near any partthat moves when the engine iscranked.

CAUTION

When making the connections, toavoid serious injury, do not lean overthe battery or accidentally let thejumper cables or clamps touch any-thing except the correct battery termi-nals or the ground.

5. Start your engine in the normal way.After starting, run it at about 2000 rpmfor several minutes with the acceleratorpedal lightly depressed.

6. Carefully disconnect the cables in theexact reverse order: the negative cableand then the positive cable.

7. Carefully dispose of the battery covercloths—they may now contain sulfuricacid.

8. If removed, replace all the battery ventplugs.

If the cause of your battery discharging isnot apparent (for example, lights left on),you should have it checked at your Toyotadealer.

If the first start attempt is not success-ful...

Check that the clamp on the jumpercables are tight. Recharge the dischargedbattery with the jumper cables connectedfor several minutes and restart your en-gine in the normal way.

If the another attempt is not successful,the battery may be depleted. Have it ch-ecked at your Toyota dealer.

If your engine stalls while driving...

1. Reduce your speed gradually, keepinga straight line. Move cautiously off theroad to a safe place.

2. Turn on your emergency flashers.

3. Turn the engine switch to “ACC” or“LOCK”, and try starting the engineagain.

If the engine will not start, see “If yourvehicle will not start” on page 300 in thisSection.

CAUTION

If the engine is not running, the pow-er assist for the brakes and steeringwill not work so steering and brakingwill be much harder than usual.

If your engine stalls whiledriving

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

304


If engine speed does not increase whenthe accelerator pedal is depressed, theremay be a problem somewhere in the elec-tronic throttle control system.

At this time, vibration may occur. Howev-er, if you depress the accelerator pedalmore firmly and slowly, you can drive yourvehicle at low speeds. Have your vehiclechecked by your Toyota dealer as soon aspossible.

Even if the abnormality of the electronicthrottle control system is corrected duringlow speed driving, the system may not berecovered until the engine is stopped andthe engine switch is turned to “ACC” or“LOCK” position.

CAUTION

Be especially careful to prevent erro-neous pedal operation.

If your engine coolant temperaturegauge indicates overheating, if you ex-perience a loss of power, or if you heara loud knocking or pinging noise, theengine has probably overheated. Youshould follow this procedure...

1. Pull safely off the road, stop the ve-hicle and turn on your emergencyflashers. Put the transmission in “P”(automatic) or neutral (manual) and ap-ply the parking brake. Turn off the airconditioning if it is being used.

2. If coolant or steam is boiling out of theradiator or reservoir, stop the engine.Wait until the steam subsides beforeopening the hood. If there is no coolantboiling over or steam, leave the enginerunning and make sure the electriccooling fan is operating. If it is not,turn the ignition off.

CAUTION

To help avoid personal injury, keepthe hood closed until there is nosteam. Escaping steam or coolant isa sign of very high pressure.

3. Look for obvious coolant leaks from theradiator, hoses, and under the vehicle.However, note that water draining fromthe air conditioning is normal if it hasbeen used.

CAUTION

When the engine is running, keephands and clothing away from themoving fan and engine drive belts.

4. If the coolant is leaking, stop the en-gine immediately. Call a Toyota dealerfor assistance.

5. If there are no obvious leaks, checkthe coolant reservoir. If it is dry, addcoolant to the reservoir while the en-gine is running. Fill it about half full.For the coolant type, see “Coolant typeselection” on page 347 in Section 7−2.

CAUTION

Do not attempt to remove the radiatorcap when the engine and radiator arehot. Serious injury could result fromscalding hot fluid and steam blownout under pressure.

If you cannot incr ease enginespeed If your vehicle overheats

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

305


6. After the engine coolant temperaturehas cooled to normal, again check thecoolant level in the reservoir. If neces-sary, bring it up to half full again. Seri-ous coolant loss indicates a leak in thesystem. You should have it checked assoon as possible at your Toyota dealer.

1. Reduce your speed gradually,keeping a straight line. Move cau-tiously off the road to a safe placewell away from the traffic. Avoidstopping on the center divider ofa highway. Park on a level spotwith firm ground.

2. Stop the engine and turn on youremergency flashers.

3. Firmly set the parking brake andput the transmission in “P” (auto-matic) or reverse (manual).

4. Have everyone get out of the ve-hicle on the side away from traffic.

5. Read the following instructionsthoroughly.

CAUTION

When jacking, be sure to observethe following to reduce the possi-bility of death or serious injury:� Follow jacking instructions.� Do not put any part of your

body under the vehicle sup-ported by the jack. Otherwise,personal injury may occur.

� Do not start or run the enginewhile your vehicle is supportedby the jack.

� Stop the vehicle on a level firmground, firmly set the parkingbrake and put the transmissionin “P” (automatic) or reverse(manual). Block the wheel diag-onally opposite to the one be-ing changed if necessary.

If you have a flat tire—

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

306


� Make sure to set the jack prop-erly in the jack point. Raisingthe vehicle with jack improper-ly positioned will damage thevehicle or may allow the ve-hicle to fall off the jack andcause personal injury.

� Never get under the vehiclewhen the vehicle is supportedby the jack alone.

� Use the jack only for liftingyour vehicle during wheelchanging.

� Do not raise the vehicle withsomeone in the vehicle.

� When raising the vehicle, donot place any objects on topof or underneath the jack.

� Raise the vehicle only highenough to remove and changethe tire.

NOTICE

Do not continue driving with adeflated tire. Driving even ashort distance can damage atire and wheel beyond repair.

Compact spare tire (on some models)The compact spare tire is designedfor temporary emergency use only.The compact spare tire is identifiedby the distinctive wording“TEMPORARY USE ONLY” moldedinto the side wall of the tire.The compact spare tire saves spacein your luggage compartment, and itslighter weight helps to improve fueleconomy and permits easier installa-tion in case of a flat tire.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

307


The compact spare tire can be usedmany times, if necessary. It has treadlife of up to 4800 km (3000 miles) de-pending on road conditions and yourdriving habits. When treadwear indi-cators appear on the tire, replace thetire.See also the tire information on page352 in Section 7−2 for details on thetreadwear indicators and other ser-vice information.

CAUTION

� The compact spare tire was de-signed especially for your Toy-ota. Do not use it on any othervehicle.

� Do not use more than one com-pact spare tire at the sametime.

� The pressure for the compactspare tire must be 420 kPa (4.2kgf/cm 2 or bar, 60 psi).

� Do not exceed 80 km/h (50mph) when driving with thecompact spare tire.

� Replace the compact spare tirewith the standard tire as soonas possible.

� Avoid sudden a cceleration,sudden d eceleration and sharpturns with the compact sparetire.

NOTICE

Your ground clearance is re-duced when the compact sparetire is installed so avoid drivingover obstacles and drive slowlyon rough, unpaved roads andspeed bumps. Also, do not at-tempt to go through an auto-matic car wash as the vehiclemay get caught, resulting indamage.

1. Get the required tools andspare tire.1. Jack handle2. Wheel nut wrench3. Jack 4. Spare tire

To prepare yourself for an emergency,you should familiarize yourself withthe use of the jack, each of the toolsand their storage locations.

—Required tools and sparetire

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

308


To remove the jack, turn the jack jointcounterclockwise by hand until thejack becomes free.

To store the jack, align the hole of thejack head with the vehicle hook. Turnthe jack joint clockwise until the jackbase fits securely with the vehiclebody.This prevents the jack from flying for-ward during a collision or suddenstop.

Type A

Type B

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

309


To remove the spare tire:1. Loosen the nut and remove it.2. Remove the spare tire cover.3. Loosen the bolt and remove it.4. Remove the spacer.Then take the spare tire out of thevehicle.When storing the spare tire, put it inplace with the outer side of the wheelfacing up. Then secure the tire by re-peating the above removal steps inreverse order to prevent it from flyingforward during a collision or suddenbraking.

2. Block the wheel diagonally op-posite the flat tire to keep thevehicle from rolling when it isjacked up.

When blocking the wheel, place awheel block in front of one of the frontwheels or behind one of the rearwheels.

3. Remove the wheel ornament.Pry off the wheel ornament, using thebeveled end of the wheel nut wrenchas shown.

CAUTION

Do not try to pull off the orna-ment by hand. Take due care inhandling the ornament to avoidunexpected personal injury.

—Blocking the wheel—Removing wheel ornament(steel wheels)

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

310


4. Loosen all the wheel nuts.Always loosen the wheel nuts beforeraising the vehicle.Turn the wheel nuts counterclockwiseto loosen. To get maximum leverage,fit the wrench to the nut so that thehandle is on the right side, as shownabove. Grab the wrench near the endof the handle and pull up on the han-dle. Be careful that the wrench doesnot slip off the nut.Do not remove the nuts yet—just un-screw them about one−half turn.

CAUTION

Never use oil or grease on thebolts or nuts. The nuts may looseand the wheels may fall off,which could cause a serious ac-cident.

5. Position the jack at the correctjack point as shown. Rotate theload rest 90 � from storage posi-tion to lifting position.

Make sure the jack is positioned ona level and solid place.

—Loosening wheel nuts —Positioning the jack

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

311


6. After making sure that no oneis in the vehicle, raise it highenough so that the spare tirecan be installed.

Remember you will need more groundclearance when putting on the sparetire than when removing the flat tire.To raise the vehicle, insert the jackhandle into the jack (it is a loose fit)and turn it clockwise. As the jacktouches the vehicle and begins to lift,double−check that it is properly posi-tioned.

CAUTION

Never get under the vehicle whenthe vehicle is supported by thejack alone.

7. Remove the wheel nuts andchange tires.

Lift the flat tire straight off and put itaside.Roll the spare wheel into position andalign the holes in the wheel with thebolts. Then lift up the wheel and getat least the top bolt started throughits hole. Wiggle the tire and press itback over the other bolts.

—Raising your vehicle —Changing wheels

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

312


Before putting on wheels, remove anycorrosion on the mounting surfaceswith a wire brush or such. Installationof wheels without good metal−to−met-al contact at the mounting surface cancause wheel nuts to loosen andeventually cause a wheel to come offwhile driving.

8. Reinstall all the wheel nuts fin-ger tight.

Reinstall the wheel nuts (tapered endinward) and tighten them as much asyou can by hand. Press back on thetire and see if you can tighten themmore.

CAUTION

Never use oil or grease on thebolts or nuts. Doing so may leadto overtightening the nuts anddamaging the bolts. The nutsmay loose and the wheels mayfall off, which could cause a seri-ous accident. If there is oil orgrease on any bolt or nut, cleanit.

—Reinstalling wheel nuts

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

313


9. Lower the vehicle completelyand tighten the wheel nuts.

Turn the jack handle counterclock-wise to lower the vehicle.Use only the wheel nut wrench totighten the nuts. Do not use othertools or any additional leverage otherthan your hands, such as a hammer,pipe or your foot. Make sure thewrench is securely engaged over thenut.Tighten each nut a little at a time inthe order shown. Repeat the processuntil all the nuts are tight.

CAUTION

� When lowering the vehicle,make sure all portions of yourbody and all other personsaround will not be injured asthe vehicle is lowered to theground.

� Have the wheel nuts tightenedwith torque wrench to 103 N·m(10.5 kgf·m, 76 ft·lbf), as soonas possible after changingwheels. Otherwise, the nutsmay loosen and the wheelsmay fall off, which could causea serious accident.

� Do not attach a heavily dam-aged plastic wheel ornament.It may fly off the wheel andcause accidents while the ve-hicle is moving.

10.Reinstall the wheel ornament.1. Put the wheel ornament into posi-

tion.Align the cutout of the wheel orna-ment with the valve stem as shown.2. Press hand firmly on one side of

wheel ornament and then firmlytap the other side around the edgeof wheel ornament with the heelof your hand to snap into place.

—Lowering your vehicle—Reinstalling wheel ornament(steel wheels)

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

314


CAUTION

Take due care in handling the or-nament to avoid unexpected per-sonal injury.

11.Check the air pressure of the re-placed tire.

Adjust the air pressure to the specifi-cation designed on page 377 in Sec-tion 8. If the pressure is lower, driveslowly to the nearest service stationand fill to the correct pressure.Do not forget to reinstall the tire infla-tion valve cap as dirt and moisturecould get into the valve core andpossibly cause air leakage. If the capis missing, have a new one put on assoon as possible.12.Restow all the tools, jack and

flat tire securely.As soon after changing wheels aspossible, tighten the wheel nuts to thetorque specified on page 377 in Sec-tion 8 with a torque wrench. Have atechnician repair the flat tire and re-place the spare tire with it.Initial adjustment of the tire pres-sure warning system is necessaryafter you have replaced your tiresor wheels. See “Tire pressurewarning system” on page 155 inSection 1−7.

CAUTION

Before driving, make sure all thetools, jack and flat tire are se-curely in place in their storagelocation to reduce the possibilityof personal injury during a colli-sion or sudden braking.

—After changing wheels

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

315


If your vehicle becomes stuck in snow,mud, sand, etc., then you may attemptto rock the vehicle free by moving itforward and backward.

Vehicles with traction control system—Turn off the traction control system tobecome unstuck to allow the tires tospin enough to remove the vehicle fromthe obstruction. (For details, see “Trac-tion control system” on page 151 inSection 1−7.)

CAUTION

Do not attempt to rock the vehiclefree by moving it forward and back-ward if people or objects are any-where near the vehicle. During therocking operation the vehicle maysuddenly move forward or backwardas it becomes unstuck, causing injuryor damage to nearby people or ob-jects.

NOTICE

If you rock your vehicle, observe thefollowing precautions to prevent dam-age to the transmission and otherparts.

� Do not depress the accelerator ped-al while shifting the selector leveror before the transmission is com-pletely shifted to forward or reversegear.

� Do not race the engine and avoidspinning the wheels.

� If your vehicle remains stuck afterrocking the vehicle several times,consider other ways such as tow-ing.

(a) Towing with wheel lift type truck—

—From front

—From rear

(b) Using flat bed truck

If your vehicle becomes stuckIf your vehicle needs to betowed—

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

316


If towing is necessary, we recommendyou to have it done by your Toyotadealer or a commercial tow truck ser-vice. In consultation with them, haveyour vehicle towed using either (a) or(b).

Manual transmission models with tow-ing eyelet—Only when you cannot re-ceive a towing service from a Toyotadealer or commercial tow truck service,tow your vehicle carefully in accor-dance with the instructions given in“—Emergency towing” on page 317 inthis Section.

Proper equipment will help ensure thatyour vehicle is not damaged while beingtowed. Commercial operators are generallyaware of the state/provincial and locallaws pertaining to towing.

Your vehicle can be damaged if it istowed incorrectly. Although most operatorsknow the correct procedure, it is possibleto make a mistake. To avoid damage toyour vehicle, make sure the following pre-cautions are observed. If necessary, showthis page to the tow truck driver.

TOWING PRECAUTIONS:

Use a safety chain system for all towing,and abide by the state/provincial and locallaws. The wheels and axle on the groundmust be in good condition. If they aredamaged, use a towing dolly.

(a) Towing with wheel lift type truck

NOTICE

When lifting wheels, take care to en-sure adequate ground clearance fortowing at the opposite end of theraised vehicle. Otherwise, the bumperand/or underbody of the towed vehiclewill be damaged during towing.

From front— Release the parking brake.

From rear—

� Manual transmission:

We recommend using a towing dollyunder the front wheels. If you do notuse a towing dolly, place the engineswitch in the “ACC” position and putthe transmission in neutral.

NOTICE

Do not tow with the key removed orthe engine switch is turned to“LOCK” position when towing fromthe rear without a towing dolly. Thesteering lock mechanism is not strongenough to hold the front wheelsstraight.

� Automatic transmission:

Use a towing dolly under the frontwheels.

NOTICE

Never tow a vehicle with an automatictransmission from the rear with thefront wheels on the ground, as thismay cause serious damage to thetransmission.

(b) Using flat bed truck

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

317


(c) Towing with slingtype truck

(c) Towing with sling type truck

NOTICE

Do not tow with sling type truck, ei-ther from the front or rear. This maycause body damage.

Towing eyelet (on some models)

If towing is necessary, we recommendyou to have it done by your Toyotadealer or a commercial tow truck ser-vice.

Manual transmission models with tow-ing eyelet—

If towing service is not available in anemergency, your vehicle may be tempo-rarily towed by a cable or chain se-cured to one of the emergency towingeyelets under the vehicle. Use extremecaution when towing vehicles.

NOTICE

� Only use specified towing eyelet;otherwise your vehicle may be dam-aged.

� Vehicles with an automatic trans-mission, never tow a vehicle fromthe rear with four wheels on theground. This may cause seriousdamage to the transmission.

A driver must be in the vehicle to steerit and operate the brakes.

Towing in this manner may be done onlyon hard−surfaced roads for a short dis-tance and at low speeds. Also, thewheels, axles, drive train, steering andbrakes must all be in good condition.

CAUTION

Use extreme caution when towing ve-hicles. Avoid sudden starts or erraticdriving maneuvers which would placeexcessive stress on the emergencytowing eyelets and towing cable orchain. The eyelets and towing cableor chain may break and cause seriousinjury or damage.

—Emergency towing

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

318


NOTICE

Use only a cable or chain specificallyintended for use in towing vehicles.Securely fasten the cable or chain tothe towing eyelets provided.

Before towing, release the parking brakeand put the transmission in neutral. Theengine switch must be in “ACC” (engineoff) or “ON” (engine running).

CAUTION

If the engine is not running, the pow-er assist for the brakes and steeringwill not work so steering and brakingwill be much harder than usual.

If you cannot shift the selector leverout of “P” position to other positionseven though the brake pedal is de-pressed, use the shift lock override but-ton as follows:

1. Turn the engine switch to “LOCK”position. Make sure the parkingbrake is on.

2. Pry up the cover with a flatheadscrewdriver or equivalent.

3. Insert your finger into the hole topush down the shift lock overridebutton. You can shift out of “P”position only while pushing the but-ton.

4. Shift into “N” position.

5. Insert the cover.

6. Start the engine. For your safety,keep the brake pedal depressed.

Be sure to have the system checked byyour Toyota dealer as soon as possible.

If you cannot shift automatictransmission selector lever

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

319


If the convertible top does not rise orlower during convertible top controlswitch operation, have your vehiclechecked at your Toyota dealer.

If raising the convertible top manually isunavoidable, see “RAISING THECONVERTIBLE TOP MANUALLY”. Thenyou should have it checked as soon aspossible at your Toyota dealer.

NOTICE

Do not lower the convertible topmanually. It may cause damage to thesystem.

RAISING THE CONVERTIBLE TOPMANUALLY

1. Lower the side windows, quarterwindows and sun visors.

If the battery is discharged and the win-dows cannot be lowered, open both doors.

2. Turn the engine switch to the “ACC”or “LOCK” position. Open eitherdoor or wait for 43 seconds beforeraising the convertible top manually.

3. From the rear seat, place one handon top of the rear seat head re-straint. With the other hand, graspthe edge of the convertible top atthe center and slowly raise the tophalfway.

4. Move to the front seat, and graspthe handle underneath the convert-ible top. Pull the top forward. Hold-ing the convertible top against thewindshield frame, push the latchhandles fully forward until they arehooked.

Visually check that the latch handles arefully seated in the strikers. Also, pull onthe convertible top side rails to make surethe top is securely hooked.

If the convertible top does notrise or lower

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

320


You can purchase a new key at yourToyota dealer if you can give them thekey number. If your vehicle is equippedwith the engine immobilizer system, thedealer will also need your master key.

Even if you lose only one key, contactyour Toyota dealer to make a new key. Ifyou lose all your master keys, you cannotmake new keys; the whole engine immobi-lizer system must be replaced.

See the suggestion given in “Keys” onpage 12 in Section 1−2.

If your keys are locked in the vehicle andyou cannot get a duplicate, many Toyotadealers can still open the door for you,using their special tools. If you mustbreak a window to get in, we suggestbreaking the smallest side window be-cause it is the least expensive to replace.Be extremely cautious to avoid cuts fromthe glass.

You can purchase a new wireless re-mote control transmitter at your Toyotadealer.

Have the registered identification numbersof your transmitters deleted from your ve-hicle by your Toyota dealer as soon aspossible to avoid the possibility of theft oran accident. Then, have the identificationnumber of your new transmitter registered.At the same time, you must bring all ofthe remaining transmitters to have themregistered again as well.

You can use the wireless remote controlsystem with the new transmitter. Contactyour Toyota dealer for detailed information.

If you lose your keysIf you lose your wirelessremote control transmitter

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

321


CORROSION PREVENTION ANDAPPEARANCE CARECorrosion prevention and appearance careProtecting your Toyota from corrosion 322. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Washing and waxing your Toyota 323. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cleaning the interior 327. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 5

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

322


Toyota, through diligent research, designand use of the most advanced technologyavailable, helps prevent corrosion and pro-vides you with the finest quality vehicleconstruction. Now, it is up to you. Propercare of your Toyota can help ensure long−term corrosion prevention.

The most common causes of corrosionto your vehicle are:

� The accumulation of road salt, dirt andmoisture in hard−to−reach areas underthe vehicle.

� Chipping of paint, or undercoatingcaused by minor accidents or bystones and gravel.

Care is especially important if you livein particular areas or operate your ve-hicle under certain environmental condi-tions:

� Road salt or dust control chemicals willaccelerate corrosion, as will the pres-ence of salt in the air near the sea−coast or in areas of industrial pollution.

� High humidity accelerates corrosion es-pecially when temperatures range justabove the freezing point.

� Wetness or dampness to certain partsof your vehicle for an extended periodof time, may cause corrosion eventhough other parts of the vehicle maybe dry.

� High ambient temperatures can causecorrosion to those components of thevehicle which do not dry quickly due tolack of proper ventilation.

The above signifies the necessity to keepyour vehicle, particularly the underside, asclean as possible and to repair any dam-age to paint or protective coatings assoon as possible.

To help prevent corrosion on yourToyota, follow these guidelines:

Wash your vehicle frequently. It is, ofcourse, necessary to keep your vehicleclean by regular washing, but to preventcorrosion, the following points should beobserved:

� If you drive on salted roads in thewinter or if you live near the ocean,you should hose off the undercarriageat least once a month to minimize cor-rosion.

� High pressure water or steam is effec-tive for cleaning the vehicle’s undersideand wheel housings. Pay particularattention to these areas as it is difficultto see all the mud and dirt. It will domore harm than good to simply wet themud and debris without removing. Thelower edge of doors, rocker panels andframe members have drain holes whichshould not be allowed to clog with dirtas trapped water in these areas cancause corrosion.

� Wash the underside of the vehicle thor-oughly when winter is over.

See “Washing and waxing your Toyota” onpage 323 for more tips.

Check the condition of your vehicle’spaint and trim. If you find any chips orscratches in the paint, touch them up im-mediately to prevent corrosion from start-ing. If the chips or scratches have gonethrough the bare metal, have a qualifiedbody shop make the repair.

Protecting your Toyota fromcorrosion

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

323


Check the interior of your vehicle. Wa-ter and dirt can accumulate under thefloor mats and could cause corrosion. Oc-casionally check under the mats to makesure the area is dry. Be particularly care-ful when transporting chemicals, cleans-ers, fertilizers, salt, etc.; these should betransported in proper containers. If a spillor leak should occur, immediately cleanand dry the area.

Use mud shields on your wheels. If youdrive on salted or gravel roads, mudshields help protect your vehicle. Full−sizeshields, which come as near to the groundas possible, are the best. We recommendthat the fittings and the area where theshields are installed be treated to resistcorrosion. Your Toyota dealer will behappy to assist in supplying and installingthe shields if they are recommended foryour area.

Keep your vehicle in a well ventilatedgarage or a roofed place. Do not parkyour vehicle in a damp, poorly venti-lated garage. If you wash your vehicle inthe garage, or if you drive it covered withwater or snow, your garage may be sodamp as to cause corrosion. Even if yourgarage is heated, a wet vehicle can cor-rode if the ventilation is poor.

Washing your Toyota

Keep your vehicle clean by regularwashing.

The following cases may cause weaknessto the paint or corrosion to the body andparts. Wash your vehicle as soon as pos-sible.

� When driving in a coastal area

� When driving on a road sprinkled withantifreeze

� When exposed to coal tar, tree sap,bird droppings and carcass of an insect

� When driving in areas where there isa lot of smoke, soot, dust, iron dust orchemical substances

� When the vehicle becomes remarkablydirty with dust and mud

Hand−washing your Toyota

Work in the shade and wait until thevehicle body is not warm to the touch.

CAUTION

� When cleaning under floor or chas-sis, be careful not to injure yourhands.

� Exhaust gases cause the exhaustpipe to become quite hot. Whenwashing the vehicle, be careful notto touch the pipe until it has cooledsufficiently, as touching a hot ex-haust pipe can cause burns.

Convertible—For washing instructions forthe convertible top, see “Washing convert-ible top” on page 326 in this Section.

1. Rinse off loose dirt with a hose. Re-move any mud or road salt from theunderside of the vehicle or the wheelwells.

Washing and waxing yourToyota

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

324


Convertible—Spray water on the side win-dows or top seals from above, at a 45�angle to the ground.

NOTICE

Convertible—Do not spray water atside windows and top seals in a waywhich may cause water to enter thevehicle.

2. Wash with a mild car−wash soap,mixed according to the manufacturer’sinstructions. Use a soft cotton mitt andkeep it wet by dipping it frequently intothe wash water. Do not rub hard—letthe soap and water remove the dirt.

Fuel filler door: Do not apply water (high−pressure car wash, for example) at ornear the fuel tank inlet with the fuel fillerdoor opened. If the water enters the airvent, you may experience trouble with re-fueling or rough engine idling.

Plastic wheel ornaments: The plasticwheel ornaments are damaged easily byorganic substances. If any organic sub-stances splash an ornament, be sure towash them off with water and check if theornament is damaged.

Aluminum wheels: Use only a mild soapor neutral detergent.

NOTICE

� Do not use corrosive chemical−based cleaners on your wheels.(Example: hydrofluoric acid)

� Do not use steam cleaners or thechemicals therein to clean yourwheels.

� Do not use scouring pads, wirebrushes, or coarse abrasives toclean your wheels.

� Do not use alcohol, solvents, gaso-line, or other non−neutral deter-gents, because they may alter thewheel’s appearance and resistanceto corrosion.

Plastic bumpers: Wash carefully. Do notscrub with abrasive cleaners. The bumperfaces are soft.

Exterior lights: Wash carefully. Do not useorganic substances or scrub them with ahard brush. This may damage the sur-faces of the lights.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

325


Road tar: Remove with turpentine orcleaners that are marked safe for paintedsurfaces.

3. Rinse thoroughly—dried soap cancause streaking. In hot weather youmay need to rinse each section rightafter you wash it.

4. To prevent water spots, dry the vehicleusing a clean soft cotton towel. Do notrub or press hard—you might scratchthe paint.

NOTICE

� Do not use organic substances(gasoline, kerosene, benzine orstrong solvents), which may be tox-ic or cause damage.

� Do not scrub any part of the ve-hicle with a hard brush, which maycause damage.

Automatic car wash

Coupe—Your vehicle may be washed inan automatic car wash, but remember thatthe paint can be scratched by some typesof brushes, unfiltered washing water, orthe washing process itself. Scratching re-duces paint durability and gloss, especiallyon darker colors. The manager of the carwash should be able to advise you wheth-er the process is safe for the paint onyour vehicle.

NOTICE

Convertible—Do not run convertiblethrough automatic car washes or pos-sible damage to the convertible topmay result.

Waxing your Toyota

Polishing and waxing is recommendedto maintain the original beauty of yourToyota’s finish.

Apply wax once a month or if the vehiclesurface does not repel water well.

1. Always wash and dry the vehicle be-fore you begin waxing, even if you areusing a combined cleaner and wax.

2. Use a good quality polish and wax. Ifthe finish has become extremely weath-ered, use a car−cleaning polish, fol-lowed by a separate wax. Carefully fol-low the manufacturer’s instructions andprecautions. Be sure to polish and waxthe chrome trim as well as the paint.

Windshield washer nozzles: Make surethat the nozzles do not become blockedwhen waxing. If a nozzle becomesblocked, contact your Toyota dealer tohave the vehicle serviced.

NOTICE

If a nozzle becomes blocked, do nottry to clear it with a pin or otherobject. The nozzle will be damaged.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

326


Exterior lights: Do not apply wax on thesurfaces of the lights. Wax may causedamage to the lenses. If you accidentallyput wax on the light surfaces, wipe orwash it off.

3. Wax the vehicle again when waterdoes not bead but remains on the sur-face in large patches.

Washing convertible top

General cleaning—

Follow the procedure shown below.

1. Brush off any loose dirt and rinse offwith a hose.

2. Using a sponge, wash with a mild solu-tion of soap (hand soap) in lukewarmwater (below 38�C or 100�F).

3. Rinse thoroughly to remove soap.

NOTICE

� Do not use harsh or abrasive clean-ers as they may damage the topmaterial.

� Do not use water−repellents, wax orother preservative finishes as theymay stain the top material.

Additional cleaning (for more difficultstains)—

Follow the procedure shown below usinga mild cleaning solution composed of thefollowing ingredient.

� 110 g (4 oz.) of chlorine bleach

� 60 g (2 oz.) of soap (hand soap)

� 3.8 L (1.0 gal., 0.8 Imp. gal.) of luke-warm water (below 38�C or 100�F)

1. Rinse the top, then spread the mildcleaning solution on the entire top. Donot put excessive amounts of liquid onthe fabric.

2. Scrub with a small, soft bristle hand−brush. Add water as needed until thecleaner becomes soapy. Allow solutionto settle for two to five minutes. Usea cloth or sponge to remove dirt so itwill not be ground into the top. Becareful not to allow any cleaner to dryon the body paint as it may causestreaks.

3. Rinse thoroughly.

If any dirt is left, repeat the procedure.

After the top has been cleaned, rinse thevehicle with clean water to remove all thecleaner.

After cleaning, always make sure the topis completely dry before you lower it. Low-ering the top while wet or damp maycause interior water damage, water stainsor mildew of the top material.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

327


CAUTION

� Vehicles with side airbags and cur-tain shield airbags:

Be careful not to splash water orspill liquid on the floor. This mayprevent the side airbags from acti-vating correctly, resulting in deathor serious injury.

� Do not wash the vehicle floor withwater, or allow water to get ontothe floor when cleaning the vehicleinterior or exterior. Water may getinto audio components or otherelectrical components above or un-der the floor carpet (or mat) andcause a malfunction; and it maycause body corrosion.

Vinyl interior

The vinyl upholstery may be easilycleaned with a mild soap or detergentand water.

First vacuum over the upholstery to re-move loose dirt. Then, using a sponge orsoft cloth, apply the soap solution to thevinyl. After allowing it to soak in for a fewminutes to loosen the dirt, remove the dirtand wipe off the soap with a clean dampcloth. If all the dirt do not come off, re-peat the procedure. Commercial foaming−type vinyl cleaners are also availablewhich work well. Follow the manufacturer’sinstructions.

NOTICE

Do not use solvent, thinner, gasolineor window cleaner on the interior.

Carpets

Use a good foam−type shampoo toclean the carpets.

Begin by vacuuming thoroughly to removeas much dirt as possible. Several types offoam cleaners are available; some are inaerosol cans and others are powders orliquids which you mix with water to pro-duce a foam. To shampoo the carpets,use a sponge or brush to apply the foam.Rub in overlapping circles.

Do not apply water—the best results areobtained by keeping the carpet as dry aspossible. Read the shampoo instructionsand follow them closely.

Seat belts

The seat belts may be cleaned withmild soap and water or with lukewarmwater.

Use a cloth or sponge. As you are clean-ing, check the belts for excessive wear,fraying, or cuts.

NOTICE

� Do not use dye or bleach on thebelts—it may weaken them.

� Do not use the belts until they be-come dry.

Windows

The windows may be cleaned with anyhousehold window cleaner.

NOTICE

When cleaning the inside of the rearwindow, be careful not to scratch ordamage the heater wires or connec-tors.

Cleaning the interior

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

328


Air conditioning control panel, audiopanel, instrument panel, console paneland switches

Use a soft damp cloth for cleaning.

Soak a clean soft cloth in water or luke-warm water then lightly wipe off dirt.

NOTICE

� Do not use organic substances (sol-vents, kerosene, alcohol, gasoline,etc.) or alkaline or acidic solutions.These chemicals can cause discol-oring, staining or peeling of thesurface.

� If you use cleaners or polishingagents, make sure their ingredientsdo not include the substances men-tioned above.

� If you use a liquid car freshener, donot spill the liquid onto the ve-hicle’s interior surfaces. It may con-tain the ingredients mentionedabove. Immediately clean any spillusing the method mentioned above.

Leather interior

The leather upholstery may be cleanedwith neutral detergent for wool.

Remove dirt using a soft cloth dampenedwith 5% solution of neutral detergent forwool. Then thoroughly wipe off all tracesof detergent with a clean damp cloth.

After cleaning or whenever any part of theleather gets wet, dry with a soft cleancloth. Allow the leather to dry in a venti-lated shaded area.

NOTICE

� If a stain should fail to come outwith a neutral detergent, apply acleaner that does not contain anorganic solvent.

� Never use organic substances suchas benzine, alcohol or gasoline, oralkaline or acid solutions for clean-ing the leather as these couldcause discoloring.

� Use of a nylon brush or syntheticfiber cloth, etc. may scratch thefine grained surface of the leather.

� Mildew may develop on soiled leath-er upholstery. Be especially carefulto avoid oil spots. Try to keep yourupholstery always clean.

� Long exposure to direct sunlightmay cause the leather surface toharden and shrink. Keep your ve-hicle in a shaded area, especially inthe summer.

� The interior of your vehicle is aptto heat up on hot summer days, soavoid placing on the upholsteryitems made of vinyl or plastic orcontaining wax as these tend tostick to leather when warm.

� Improper cleaning of the leather up-holstery could result in discolor-ation or staining.

If you have any questions about thecleaning of your Toyota, your localToyota dealer will be pleased to answerthem.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

329


VEHICLE MAINTENANCE AND CAREVehicle maintenance and careMaintenance requirements 330. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General maintenance 331. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Does your vehicle need repairing? 333. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Emissions Inspection and Maintenance (I/M) programs 334. . . . . . . . .

For scheduled maintenance information, please refer to the“Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.

SECTION 6

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

330


Your Toyota vehicle has been designed forfewer maintenance requirements with long-er service intervals to save both your timeand money. However, each regular mainte-nance, as well as day−to−day care, ismore important than ever before to ensuresmooth, trouble−free, safe, and economicaldriving.

It is the owner’s responsibility to makesure the specified maintenance, includinggeneral maintenance service, is performed.Note that both the new vehicle and emis-sion control system warranties specify thatproper maintenance and care must be per-formed. See “Owner’s Warranty Informa-tion Booklet” or “Owner’s Manual Supple-ment” for complete warranty information.

General maintenance

General maintenance items are those day−to−day care practices that are important toyour vehicle for proper operation. It is theowner’s responsibility to insure that thegeneral maintenance items are performedregularly.

These checks or inspections can be doneeither by yourself or a qualified technician,or if you prefer, your Toyota dealer will bepleased to do them at a nominal cost.

Scheduled maintenance

The scheduled maintenance items listed inthe “Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or“Owner’s Manual Supplement” are thoserequired to be serviced at regular inter-vals.

For details of your maintenance schedule,read the “Scheduled Maintenance Guide”or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.

It is recommended that any replacementparts used for maintenance or for therepair of the emission control systembe Toyota supplied.

The owner may elect to use non−Toyotasupplied parts for replacement pur-poses without invalidating the emissioncontrol system warranty. However, useof replacement parts which are not ofequivalent quality may impair the effec-tiveness of the emission control sys-tems.

You may also elect to have mainte-nance, replacement, or repair of theemission control devices and systemperformed by any automotive repair es-tablishment or individual without invali-dating this warranty. See “Owner’s War-ranty Information Booklet” or “Owner’sManual Supplement” for complete war-ranty information.

Where to go for service?

Toyota technicians are well−trained spe-cialists and are kept up to date with thelatest service information through technicalbulletins, service tips, and in−dealershiptraining programs. They learn to work onToyotas before they work on your vehicle,rather than while they are working on it.

You can be confident that your Toyotadealer’s service department performs thebest job to meet the maintenance require-ments on your vehicle—reliably and eco-nomically.

Your copy of the repair order is proof thatall required maintenance has been per-formed for warranty coverage. If any prob-lems should arise with your vehicle whileunder warranty, your Toyota dealer willpromptly take care of it. Again, be sureto keep a copy of the repair order for anyservice performed on your Toyota.

What about do−it−yourself maintenance?

Many of the maintenance items are easyto do yourself if you have a little mechani-cal ability and a few basic automotivetools. Simple instructions for how to per-form them are presented on page 335 inSection 7.

Maintenance requirements

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

331


If you are a skilled do−it−yourself mechan-ic, the Toyota service manuals are recom-mended. Please be aware that do−it−your-self maintenance can affect your warrantycoverage. See “Owner’s Warranty Informa-tion Booklet” or “Owner’s Manual Supple-ment” for the details.

Listed below are the general maintenanceitems that should be performed as fre-quently as specified. In addition to check-ing the items listed, if you notice anyunusual noise, smell or vibration, youshould investigate the cause or take yourvehicle to your Toyota dealer or a quali-fied service shop immediately. It is recom-mended that any problem you notice bebrought to the attention of your dealer orthe qualified service shop for their advice.

CAUTION

Make these checks only with ade-quate ventilation if you run the en-gine.

IN THE ENGINE COMPARTMENT

Items listed below should be checkedfrom time to time, e.g. each time whenrefueling.

Washer fluidMake sure there is sufficient fluid in thetank. See page 363 in Section 7−3 foradditional information.

Engine coolant levelMake sure the coolant level is betweenthe “F” and “L” lines on the see−throughreservoir when the engine is cold. Seepage 346 in Section 7−2 for additionalinformation.

Radiator, condenser and hosesCheck that the front of the radiator andcondenser are clean and not blocked withleaves, dirt, or insects. See page 347 inSection 7−2 for additional information.

Battery conditionCheck the battery condition by the indica-tor color. See page 360 in Section 7−3 foradditional information.

Brake fluid levelMake sure the brake fluid level is correct.See page 348 in Section 7−2 for addition-al information.

Engine oil levelCheck the level on the dipstick with theengine turned off and the vehicle parkedon a level spot. See page 344 in Section7−2 for additional information.

Power steering fluid levelCheck the level through the reservoir. Thelevel should be in the “HOT” or “COLD”range depending on the fluid temperature.See page 348 in Section 7−2 for addition-al information.

General maintenance

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

332


Exhaust systemIf you notice any change in the sound ofthe exhaust or smell exhaust fumes, havethe cause located and corrected immedi-ately. (See “Engine exhaust cautions” onpage 262 in Section 2.)

INSIDE THE VEHICLE

Items listed below should be checkedregularly, e.g. while performing periodicservices, cleaning the vehicle, etc.

LightsMake sure the headlights, stop lights, taillights, turn signal lights, and other lightsare all working. Check headlight aim.

Service reminder indicators and warningbuzzersCheck that all service reminder indicatorsand warning buzzers function properly.

Steering wheelBe alert for changes in steering condition,such as hard steering or strange noise.

SeatsCheck that all front seat controls such asseat adjusters, seatback recliner, etc. op-erate smoothly and that all latches locksecurely in any position. Check that thehead restraints move up and downsmoothly and that the locks hold securelyin any latched position. For folding−downrear seatbacks, check that the latcheslock securely.

Seat beltsCheck that the seat belt system such asbuckles, retractors and anchors operateproperly and smoothly. Make sure that thebelt webbings not cut, frayed, worn ordamaged.

Accelerator pedalCheck the pedal for smooth operation anduneven pedal effort or catching.

Clutch pedalCheck the pedal for smooth operation.

Brake pedalCheck the pedal for smooth operation andthat the pedal has the proper clearance.Check the brake booster function.

BrakesIn a safe place, check that the brakes donot pull to one side when applied.

Parking brakeCheck that the lever has the proper traveland that, on a safe incline, your vehicleis held securely with only the parkingbrake applied.

Automatic transmission “Park” mecha-nismCheck the lock release button of the se-lector lever for proper and smooth opera-tion. On a safe incline, check that yourvehicle is held securely with the selectorlever in “P” position and all brakes re-leased.

OUTSIDE THE VEHICLE

Items listed below should be performedfrom time to time, unless otherwisespecified.

Fluid leaksCheck underneath for leaking fuel, oil, wa-ter or other fluid after the vehicle hasbeen parked for a while. If you smell fuelfumes or notice any leak, have the causefound and corrected immediately.

Doors and engine hoodCheck that all doors including trunk lidoperate smoothly and all latches lock se-curely. Make sure the engine hood sec-ondary latch secures the hood from open-ing when the primary latch is released.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

333


Tire inflation pressureCheck the pressure with a gauge ev-ery two weeks, or at least once amonth. See page 349 in Section 7−2for additional information.Tire surface and wheel nutsCheck the tires carefully for cuts,damage or excessive wear. See page352 in Section 7−2 for additional in-formation. When checking the tires,make sure no nuts are missing, andcheck the nuts for looseness. Tightenthem if necessary.Tire rotationRotate the tires according to themaintenance schedule. (For sched-uled maintenance information, pleaserefer to the “Scheduled MaintenanceGuide” or “Owner’s Manual Supple-ment”.) See page 354 in Section 7−2for additional information.

Be on the alert for changes in perfor-mance, sounds, and visual tip−offs thatindicate service is needed. Some impor-tant clues are as follows:

� Engine missing, stumbling, or pinging

� Appreciable loss of power

� Strange engine noises

� A leak under the vehicle (however, wa-ter dripping from the air conditioningafter use is normal.)

� Change in exhaust sound (This mayindicate a dangerous carbon monoxideleak. Drive with the windows open andhave the exhaust system checked im-mediately.)

� Flat−looking tire; excessive tire squealwhen cornering; uneven tire wear

� Vehicle pulls to one side when drivingstraight on a level road

� Strange noises related to suspensionmovement

� Loss of brake effectiveness; spongyfeeling brake or clutch pedal; pedal al-most touches floor; vehicle pulls to oneside when braking

� Engine coolant temperature continuallyhigher than normal

If you notice any of these clues, take yourvehicle to your Toyota dealer as soon aspossible. It probably needs adjustment orrepair.

CAUTION

Do not continue driving with the ve-hicle unchecked. It could result in se-rious vehicle damage and possiblypersonal injury.

Does your vehicle needrepairing?

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

334


Some states have vehicle emission in-spection programs which include OBD(On−Board Diagnostics) checks.

The OBD system monitors the operationof the emission control system. When theOBD system determines that a problemexists somewhere in the emission controlsystem, the malfunction indicator lampcomes on. In this case, your vehicle maynot pass the I/M test and need to berepaired. Contact your Toyota dealer toservice the vehicle.

Even if the malfunction indicator lampdoes not come on, your vehicle may notpass the I/M test as readiness codeshave not been set in the OBD system.

Readiness codes are automatically setduring ordinary driving. However, when thebattery is disconnected or run down, thecodes are erased. Also, depending onyour driving habits, the codes may not becompletely set.

Also, if the malfunction indicator lamp hadcome on recently due to temporary mal-function such as a loose fuel tank cap,your vehicle may not pass the I/M test.

The malfunction indicator lamp will go offafter taking several driving trips, but theerror code in the OBD system will not becleared unless about 40 trips or more aretaken.

If your vehicle does not pass the I/M testeven the malfunction indicator lamp doesnot come on, contact your Toyota dealerto prepare the vehicle for re−testing.

Emissions Inspection andMaintenance (I/M) programs

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

335


DO−IT−YOURSELF MAINTENANCEIntroductionEngine compartment overview 336. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuse locations 338. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Do−it−yourself service precautions 338. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Positioning a floor jack 340. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Parts and tools 341. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 7− 1

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

336


1. Power steering fluid reservoir

2. Engine oil filler cap

3. Engine oil level dipstick

4. Brake fluid reservoir

5. Fuse block

6. Battery

7. Radiator

8. Electric cooling fans

9. Condenser

10. Windshield washer fluid tank

11. Engine coolant reservoir

Engine compartment overview�2.4 L 4−cylinder (2AZ−FE) engine

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

337


1. Power steering fluid reservoir

2. Engine oil level dipstick

3. Engine oil filler cap

4. Brake fluid reservoir

5. Fuse block

6. Battery

7. Radiator

8. Electric cooling fans

9. Condenser

10. Windshield washer fluid tank

11. Engine coolant reservoir

�3.3 L V6 (3MZ−FE) engine

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

338


Spare fuses

If you perform maintenance by yourself,be sure to follow the correct proceduregiven in this Section.

You should be aware that improper or in-complete servicing may result in operatingproblems.

Performing do−it−yourself maintenanceduring the warranty period may affect yourwarranty coverage. Read the separateToyota Warranty statement for details andsuggestions.

This Section gives instructions only forthose items that are relatively easy for anowner to perform. As explained in Section6, there are still a number of items thatmust be done by a qualified technicianwith special tools.

For information on tools and parts for do−it−yourself maintenance, see “Parts andtools” on page 341 in this Section.

Utmost care should be taken when work-ing on your vehicle to prevent accidentalinjury. Here are a few precautions thatyou should be especially careful to ob-serve:

Fuse locationsDo−it−yourself serviceprecautions

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

339


CAUTION

� When the engine is running, keephands, clothing, and tools awayfrom the moving fan and enginedrive belts. (Removing rings,watches, and ties is advisable.)

� Right after driving, the enginecompartment—the engine, radiator,exhaust manifold and spark plugboots, etc.—will be hot. So be care-ful not to touch them. Oil, fluidsand spark plugs may also be hot.

� If the engine is hot, do not removethe radiator cap or loosen the drainplugs to prevent burning yourself.

� Do not leave anything that mayburn easily, such as paper or rags,in the engine compartment.

� Do not smoke, cause sparks or al-low open flames around fuel or thebattery. Their fumes are flammable.

� Do not get under your vehicle withjust the body jack supporting it. Al-ways use automotive jack stands orother solid supports.

� Be sure that the ignition is off ifyou work near the electric coolingfans or radiator grille. With theignition on, the electric cooling fanswill automatically start to run if theengine coolant temperature is highand/or the air conditioning is on.

� Use eye protection whenever youwork on or under your vehiclewhere you may be exposed to flyingor falling material, fluid spray, etc.

� Used engine oil contains potentiallyharmful contaminants which maycause skin disorders such as in-flammation or skin cancer, so careshould be taken to avoid prolongedand repeated contact with it. To re-move used engine oil from yourskin, wash thoroughly with soapand water.

� Do not leave used oil within thereach of children.

� Be extremely cautious when work-ing on the battery. It contains poi-sonous and corrosive sulfuric acid.

� Dispose of used oil and filter onlyin a safe and acceptable manner.Do not dispose of used oil and fil-ter in household trash, in sewers oronto the ground. Call your dealer ora service station for informationconcerning recycling or disposal.

NOTICE

� Remember that battery and ignitioncables carry high currents or volt-ages. Be careful of accidentallycausing a short circuit.

� Add only “Toyota Super Long LifeCoolant” or similar high quality eth-ylene glycol based non−silicate,non−amine, non−nitrite, and non−bo-rate coolant with long−life hybridorganic acid technology to fill theradiator. “Toyota Super Long LifeCoolant” is a mixture of 50% cool-ant and 50% deionized water (forthe U.S.A.) or 55% coolant and 45%deionized water (for Canada).

� If you spill some of the coolant, besure to wash it off with water toprevent it from damaging the partsor paint.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

340


� Do not allow dirt or anything elseto fall through the spark plugholes.

� Use only spark plugs of the speci-fied type. Using other types willcause engine damage, loss of per-formance or radio noise.

� Do not reuse iridium−tipped sparkplugs by cleaning or regapping.

� Do not overfill automatic transmis-sion fluid, or the transmissioncould be damaged.

� Do not drive with the air cleanerfilter removed, or excessive enginewear could result. Also backfiringcould cause a fire in the enginecompartment.

� Be careful not to scratch the glasssurface with the wiper frame.

� When closing the engine hood,check to see that you have not for-gotten any tools, rags, etc.

Front

Rear

When jacking up your vehicle with thefloor jack, position the jack correctly asshown in the illustrations.

CAUTION

When jacking, be sure to observe thefollowing to reduce the possibility ofdeath or serious injury:

� Follow jacking instructions.

� Do not put any part of your bodyunder the vehicle supported by thefloor jack. Personal injury may oc-cur.

� Do not start or run the engine whileyour vehicle is supported by thefloor jack.

� Stop the vehicle on a level firmground, firmly set the parking brakeand put the transmission in “P”(automatic) or reverse (manual).Block the wheels on the oppositeside of the floor jack up point ifnecessary.

Positioning a floor jack

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

341


� Make sure to set the floor jackproperly in the jack point. Raisingthe vehicle with floor jack improper-ly positioned will damage the ve-hicle or may allow the vehicle tofall off the floor jack and causepersonal injury.

� Never get under the vehicle whenthe vehicle is supported by thefloor jack alone; use vehicle sup-port stands.

� Do not raise the vehicle with some-one in the vehicle.

� When raising the vehicle, do notplace any objects on top of or un-derneath the floor jack.

NOTICE

Make sure to place the floor jack cor-rectly, or your vehicle may be dam-aged.

Here is a list of parts and tools you willneed to perform do−it−yourself mainte-nance. Remember all Toyota parts are de-signed in metric sizes, so your tools mustbe metric.

CHECKING THE ENGINE OIL LEVEL

Parts (if level is low):

� “Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” or equiva-lent

See page 344 in Section 7−2 for de-tails about engine oil selection.

Tools:

� Rag or paper towel

� Funnel (only for adding oil)

CHECKING THE ENGINE COOLANTLEVEL


� “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” orsimilar high quality ethylene glycolbased non−silicate, non−amine, non−ni-trite, and non−borate coolant with long−life hybrid organic acid technology.

“Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” is amixture of 50% coolant and 50% deion-ized water (for the U.S.A.) or 55%coolant and 45% deionized water (forCanada).

Tools:

� Funnel (only for adding coolant)

CHECKING BRAKE FLUID


� SAE J1703 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 3brake fluid

Tools:


� Funnel (only for adding fluid)

CHECKING POWER STEERING FLUID


� Automatic transmission fluidDEXRON�II or III

Tools:


� Funnel (only for adding fluid)

CHECKING BATTERY CONDITION

Tools:

� Warm water

� Baking soda

� Grease

� Conventional wrench (for terminalclamp bolts)

Parts and tools

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

342


CHECKING AND REPLACING FUSES

Parts (if replacement is necessary):

� Genuine Toyota fuse or equivalent withsame amperage rating as original

ADDING WASHER FLUID

Parts:

� Water

� Washer fluid containing antifreeze (forwinter use)

Tools:

� Funnel

REPLACING LIGHT BULBS

Parts:

� Bulb with same number and wattagerating as original (See charts in “Re-placing light bulbs” on page 364 inSection 7−3.)

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

343


DO−IT−YOURSELF MAINTENANCEEngine and ChassisChecking the engine oil level 344. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checking the engine coolant level 346. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checking the radiator and condenser 347. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checking brake fluid 348. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checking power steering fluid 348. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checking tire inflation pressure 349. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checking and replacing tires 352. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rotating tires 354. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Installing snow tires and chains 355. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Replacing wheels 357. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Aluminum wheel precautions 358. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 7− 2

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

344


Low level Full level

Add oil O.K. Too full

2.4 L 4−cylinder (2AZ−FE) engine

Low level Full level

Add oil O.K. Too full

3.3 L V6 (3MZ−FE) engine

With the engine at operating tempera-ture and turned off, check the oil levelon the dipstick.

1. To get a correct reading, the vehicleshould be on level ground. After turningoff the engine, wait a few minutes forthe oil to drain back into the bottom ofthe engine.

2. Pull the dipstick out, hold a rag underthe end and wipe it clean.

3. Reinsert the dipstick—push it in as faras it will go, or the reading will not becorrect.

4. Pull the dipstick out and look at the oillevel while holding a rag under theend.

CAUTION

Be careful not to touch the hot ex-haust manifold.

NOTICE

Be careful not to drop engine oil onthe vehicle components.

If the oil level is below or only slightlyabove the low level line, add engine oilof the same type as already in the en-gine.

Remove the oil filler cap and add engineoil in small quantities at a time, checkingthe dipstick. We recommend that you usea funnel when adding oil.

The approximate quantity of oil needed toraise the level between low and full on thedipstick is indicated as follows:

2.4 L 4−cylinder (2AZ−FE) engine1.1 L (1.1 qt., 1.0 Imp. qt.)

3.3 L V6 (3MZ−FE) engine1.5 L (1.6 qt., 1.3 Imp. qt.)

For the engine oil capacity, see “Servicespecifications” on page 373 in Section 8.

When the level reaches within the correctrange, install the filler cap hand−tight.

Checking the engine oil level

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

345


NOTICE

� Be careful not to spill engine oil onthe vehicle components.

� Avoid overfilling, or the enginecould be damaged.

� Check the oil level on the dipstickonce again after adding the oil.

ENGINE OIL SELECTION

“Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” is used inyour Toyota vehicle. Use Toyota approved“Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” or equivalentto satisfy the following grade andviscosity.

Oil grade:ILSAC multigrade engine oil

Recommended viscosity:

2.4 L 4−cylinder (2AZ−FE) engineSAE 5W−20 or 0W−20

Outside temperature

SAE 5W−20 or 0W−20 engine oil may beused. However, SAE 0W−20 is the bestchoice for good fuel economy, andgood starting in cold weather.

3.3 L V6 (3MZ−FE) engineSAE 5W−30

Outside temperature

SAE 5W−30 is the best choice for goodfuel economy, and good starting in coldweather.

If SAE 5W−30 oil is not available, SAE10W−30 oil may be used. However, itshould be replaced with SAE 5W−30 atthe next oil change.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

346


Oil identification mark

The ILSAC (International Lubricant Stan-dardization and Approval Committee) Certi-fication Mark is added to some oil con-tainers to help you select the oil youshould use.

To ensure excellent lubrication perfor-mance for your engine, “Toyota GenuineMotor Oil” is available, which has beenspecifically tested and approved for allToyota engines.

Please contact your Toyota dealer for fur-ther details about “Toyota Genuine MotorOil”.

Look at the see−through coolant reser-voir when the engine is cold. The cool-ant level is satisfactory if it is betweenthe “F” and “L” lines on the reservoir.If the level is low, add the coolant. (Forthe coolant type, see “Coolant typeselection” described below.)

The coolant level in the reservoir will varywith engine temperature. However, if thelevel is on or below the “L” line, addcoolant. Bring the level up to the “F” line.

If the coolant level drops within a shorttime after replenishing, there may be aleak in the system. Visually check theradiator, hoses, engine coolant filler cap,radiator cap and drain cock and waterpump.

If you can find no leak, have your Toyotadealer test the cap pressure and checkfor leaks in the cooling system.

CAUTION

To prevent burning yourself, do notremove the radiator cap when the en-gine is hot.

Checking the engine coolantlevel

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

347


Coolant type selection

Use of improper coolants may damageyour engine cooling system.

Only use “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant”or similar high quality ethylene glycolbased non−silicate, non−amine, non−nitrite,and non−borate coolant with long−life hy-brid organic acid technology. (Coolant withlong−life hybrid organic acid technology isa combination of low phosphates and or-ganic acids.)

For the U.S.A.—“Toyota Super Long LifeCoolant” is a mixture of 50% coolant and50% deionized water. This coolant pro-vides protection down to about −35�C(−31�F).

For Canada—“Toyota Super Long LifeCoolant” is a mixture of 55% coolant and45% deionized water. This coolant pro-vides protection down to about −42�C(−44�F).

NOTICE


Toyota recommends “Toyota Super LongLife Coolant”, which has been tested toensure that it will not cause corrosion norresult in malfunction of your enginecoolant system with proper usage. “ToyotaSuper Long Life Coolant” is formulatedwith long−life hybrid organic acidtechnology and has been specificallydesigned to avoid engine cooling systemmalfunction on Toyota vehicles.

Please contact your Toyota dealer forfurther details.

If any of the above parts are extremelydirty or you are not sure of their condi-tion, take your vehicle to a Toyota dealer.

CAUTION

To prevent burning yourself, be care-ful not to touch the radiator or con-denser when the engine is hot.

NOTICE

To prevent damage to the radiatorand condenser, do not perform thework by yourself.

Checking the radiator andcondenser

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

348


To check the fluid level, simply look atthe see−through reservoir. The levelshould be between the “MAX” and“MIN” lines on the reservoir.

It is normal for the brake fluid level to godown slightly as the brake pads wear. Sobe sure to keep the reservoir filled.

If the reservoir needs frequent refilling, itmay indicate a serious mechanical prob-lem.

If the level is low, add SAE J1703 orFMVSS No.116 DOT 3 brake fluid to thebrake reservoir.

Remove and replace the reservoir cap byhand. Fill the brake fluid to the dottedline. This brings the fluid to the correctlevel when you put the cap back on.

Use only newly opened brake fluid. Onceopened, brake fluid absorbs moisture fromthe air, and excess moisture can cause adangerous loss of braking.

CAUTION

Take care when filling the r eservoirbecause brake fluid can harm yourhands or eyes. If fluid gets on yourhands or in your eyes, flush the af-fected area with clean water immedi-ately. If you still feel uncomfortablewith your hands or eyes, go to thedoctor.

NOTICE

If you spill some of the fluid, be sureto wipe it off to prevent it from dam-aging the parts or paintwork.

If hot O.K.

If hotadd

Close Open

If cold O.K.

If coldadd

Check the fluid level through the reser-voir. If necessary, add automatic trans-mission fluid DEXRON �II or III.

If the vehicle has been driven around 80km/h (50 mph) for 20 minutes (a littlemore in frigid temperatures), the fluid ishot (60�C—80�C or 140�F—175�F). Youmay also check the level when the fluidis cold (about room temperature,10�C—30�C or 50�F—85�F) if the enginehas not been run for about five hours.

Checking brake fluid Checking power steering fluid

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

349


Clean all dirt from the outside of the res-ervoir tank and look at the fluid level. Ifthe fluid is cold, the level should be in the“COLD” range. Similarly, if it is hot, thefluid level should be in the “HOT” range.If the level is at the low side of eitherrange, add automatic transmission fluidDEXRON�II or III to bring the level withinthe range.

To remove the reservoir cap, turn it coun-terclockwise and lift up. To reinstall it,turn it clockwise. After replacing the reser-voir cap, visually check the steering boxcase, vane pump and hose connectionsfor leaks or damage.

CAUTION

The reservoir tank may be hot so becareful not to burn yourself.

NOTICE

Avoid overfilling, or the power steer-ing could be damaged.

Keep your tire inflation pressuresat the proper level.The recommended cold tire inflationpressures, tire sizes and the com-bined weight of occupants and cargo(vehicle capacity weight) are de-scribed on pages 372 and 377. Theyare also on the tire and loading infor-mation label.You should check the tire inflationpressure every two weeks, or at leastonce a month. And do not forget thespare!

Checking tire inflationpressure

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

350


The following instructions forchecking tire inflation pressureshould be observed:� The pressure s hould be

checked only when the tires arecold. If your vehicle has beenparked for at least 3 hours and hasnot been driven for more than 1.5km or 1 mile since, you will getan accurate cold tire inflation pres-sure reading.

� Always use a tire pressuregauge. The appearance of a tirecan be misleading. Besides, tireinflation pressures that are evenjust a few pounds off can degraderide and handling.

� Take special care when addingair to the compact spare tire.The smaller tire size can gainpressure very quickly. Add com-pressed air in small quantities andcheck the pressure often until itreaches the specified pressure.

� Do not bleed or reduce tireinflation pressure after driving.It is normal for the tire inflationpressure to be higher after driving.

� Never exceed the vehicle capac-ity weight. Passenger and lug-gage weight should be located sothat the vehicle is balanced.

Tire pressure gauge

INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENTPROCEDURE1. Remove the tire valve cap.2. Press the tip of the tire pressure

gauge to the tire valve.3. Read the pressure using the grad-

uations of the gauge.4. In case the tire inflation pressure

is not within the prescribed range,insert the compressed air from thevalve. In case of applying toomuch air, press the center of thevalve and release the air to adjust.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

351


5. After completing the tire inflationpressure measurement and ad-justment, apply soapy water to thevalve and check for leakage.

6. Install the tire valve cap.If a gauge and air pump are not avail-able, have your vehicle checked byyour Toyota dealer.

CAUTION

Be sure to reinstall the tire valvecaps. Without the valve caps, dirtor moisture could get into thevalve core and cause air leakage.If the caps have been lost, havenew ones put on as soon as pos-sible.

Incorrect tire inflation pressure maywaste fuel, reduce the comfort of driv-ing, reduce tire life and make your ve-hicle less safe to drive.If a tire frequently needs refilling,have it checked by your Toyota deal-er.

CAUTION

Keep your tires properly inflated.Otherwise, the following condi-tions may occur and cause an ac-cident resulting in death or seri-ous injuries.Low tire pressure ( underinfla-tion)—� Excessive wear� Uneven wear� Poor handling� Possibility of blowouts from an

overheated tire� Poor sealing of the tire bead� Wheel deformation and/or tire

separation� A greater possibility of tire

damage from road hazards

High tire pressure (overinfla-tion)—� Poor handling� Excessive wear� Uneven wear� A greater possibility of tire

damage from road hazards

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

352


Treadwear indicator

CHECKING YOUR TIRESCheck the tire’s tread for treadwearindicators. If the indicators show,replace the tires. The location oftreadwear indicators is shown bythe “TWI” or “ Δ” marks, etc.,molded on the sidewall of eachtire.

The tires on your Toyota have built−intreadwear indicators to help you knowwhen the tires need replacement.When the tread depth wears to 1.6mm (0.06 in.) or less, the indicatorswill appear. If you can see the indica-tors in two or more adjacent grooves,the tire should be replaced. The lowerthe tread, the higher the risk of skid-ding.The effectiveness of snow tires islost if the tread wears down below4 mm (0.16 in.).If you have tire damage such ascuts, splits, cracks deep e nough toexpose the fabric, or bulges indi-cating internal damage, the tireshould be repl aced.If a tire often goes flat or cannot beproperly repaired due to the size orlocation of a cut or other damage, itshould be replaced. If you are notsure, consult with your Toyota dealer.If air loss occurs while driving, do notcontinue driving. Driving even a shortdistance can damage a tire beyondrepair.

Any tires which are over 6 yearsold must be checked by a qualifiedtechnician even if damage is notobvious.Tires deteriorate with age even if theyhave never or seldom been used.This applies also to the spare tire andtires stored for future use.

Checking and replacing tires

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

353


REPLACING YOUR TIRESWhen replacing a tire, use a tire ofthe same size and construction,and the same or greater maximumload as the originally installedtires.Using any other size or type of tiremay seriously affect handling, ride,speedometer/odometer calibration,ground clearance, and clearance be-tween the body and tires or snowchains.Check that the maximum load of thereplaced tire is greater than 1/2 of theGross Axle Weight Ratings (GAWR)of either the front axle or the rearaxle, whichever is greater. As for themaximum load of the tire, see the loadlimit at maximum cold tire inflationpressure mentioned on the sidewallof the tire, and as for the Gross AxleWeight Ratings (GAWR), see the Cer-tification Label.For details about the side wall of thetire and the Certification Label, seepages 268 and 271 .

CAUTION

Observe the following instruc-tions. Otherwise, an accidentmay occur resulting in death orserious injuries.� Do not mix radial, bias belted,

or bias−ply tires on your ve-hicle, as this may cause dan-gerous handling characteris-tics resulting in loss of control.

� Do not use tires other than themanufacturer’s recommendedsize, as this may cause danger-ous handling characteristicsresulting in loss of control.

Toyota recommends all four tires,or at least both of the front or reartires be replaced at a time as a set.See “If you have a flat tire” on page305 for tire change procedure.When a tire is replaced, the wheelshould always be balanced.An unbalanced wheel may affect ve-hicle handling and tire life. Wheelscan get out of balance with regularuse and should therefore be balancedoccasionally.When replacing a tubeless tire, theair valve should also be repl acedwith a new one.Initial adjustment of the tire pres-sure warning system is necessaryafter you have rotated your tires.See “Tire pressure warning sys-tem” on page 155 in Section 1−7.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

354


With a spare tire of the samewheel type as the installed tires

With a spare tire of differentwheel type from the installedtires

To equalize the wear and help ex-tend tire life, Toyota recommendsthat you rotate your tires accord-ing to the maintenance schedule.(For scheduled maintenance infor-mation, please refer to the “Sched-uled Maintenance Guide” or “Own-er’s Manual Supplement”.)However, the most appropriate tim-ing for tire rotation may vary ac-cording to your driving habits androad surface conditions.See “If you have a flat tire” on page305 in Section 4 for tire change proce-dure.When rotating tires, check for unevenwear and damage. Abnormal wear isusually caused by incorrect tire pres-sure, improper wheel alignment, out−of−balance wheels, or severe braking.

Rotating tires

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

355


CAUTION

Do not include a compact sparetire when rotating the tires. It isdesigned for temporary use only.

The tire pressure warning systemmust be initialized when rotatingtires, in case that specified tireinflation pressure is different be-tween front and rear.

WHEN TO USE SNOW TIRES ORCHAINS

Snow tires or chains are recommendedwhen driving on snow or ice.

On wet or dry roads, conventional tiresprovide better traction than snow tires.

SNOW TIRE SELECTION

If you need snow tires, select tires ofthe same size, construction and loadcapacity as the originally installed tires.

Do not use tires other than those men-tioned above. Do not install studded tireswithout first checking local regulations forpossible restrictions.

CAUTION

Do not use snow tires other than themanufacturer’s recommended size, asthis may cause dangerous handlingcharacteristics resulting in loss ofcontrol. Otherwise, an accident mayoccur resulting in death or seriousinjuries.

SNOW TIRE INSTALLATION

Snow tires should be installed on allwheels.

Installing snow tires on the front wheelsonly can lead to an excessive differencein road grip capability between the frontand rear tires which could cause loss ofvehicle control.

When storing removed tires you shouldstore them in a cool dry place. Mark thedirection of rotation and be sure to installthem in the same direction when replac-ing.

CAUTION

� Do not drive with the snow tiresincorrectly inflated.

� Never drive over 120 km/h (75 mph)with any type of snow tires.

Installing snow tires andchains

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

356


Side chain

Cross chain

TIRE CHAIN SELECTION

Use the tire chains of correct size.

For P215/60R16 and P215/55R17 tires,use the following type chains.

mm (in.)A Diameter of side chain 3 (0.12)B Width of side chain 10 (0.39)C Length of side chain 30 (1.18)D Diameter of cross chain 4 (0.16)E Width of cross chain 14 (0.55)F Length of cross chain 25 (0.98)

Regulations regarding the use of tirechains vary according to location ortype of road, so always check local reg-ulations before installing chains.

NOTICE

If the wrong combination of tire andchain is used, the chains could dam-age the vehicle body.

CHAIN INSTALLATION

Install the chains on the front tires astightly as possible. Do not use tirechains on the rear tires. Retightenchains after driving 0.5—1.0 km(1/4—1/2 mile).

When installing chains on your tires, care-fully follow the instructions of the chainmanufacturer.

If wheel covers are used, they will bescratched by the chain band, so removethe covers before putting on the chains.

If the chains are installed, the tire pres-sure warning system may not operateproperly. For details, see “Tire pressurewarning system” on page 155 in Section1−7.

CAUTION

� Do not exceed 50 km/h (30 mph) orthe chain manufacturer’s recom-mended speed limit, whichever islower.

� Drive carefully avoiding bumps,holes, and sharp turns, which maycause the vehicle to bounce.

� Avoid sharp turns or locked−wheelbraking, as use of chains may ad-versely affect vehicle handling.

� When driving with chains installed,be sure to drive carefully. Slowdown before entering curves toavoid losing control of the vehicle.Otherwise an accident may occur.

NOTICE

Do not attempt to use a tire chain onthe compact spare tire, as it may re-sult in damage to the vehicle as wellas the tire.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

357


As you might have difficulty in identify-ing a flat or deflated tire, a tire pres-sure warning system is provided onthis vehicle.

When replacing the wheels, be sure toinstall tire pressure warning valves andtransmitters on the wheels. Consult yourToyota dealer about how to set up the tirepressure warning valves and transmitters.

CAUTION

� Have the tires, wheels or tire pres-sure warning valves and transmit-ters replaced and ID codes regis-tered by Toyota dealer. If you needtire pressure warning valves andtransmitters, purchase from Toyotadealer.

� The tire pressure warning valve andtransmitter nuts should always betightened to a torque of 4 N·m (0.4kgf·m, 2.9 ft·lbf).

� The use of non−genuine wheels mayresult in the tire pressure warningsystem failure or air−leak.

WHEN TO REPLACE YOUR WHEELS

If you have wheel damage such asbending, cracks or heavy corrosion, thewheel should be replaced.

If you fail to replace a damaged wheel,the tire may slip off the wheel or causeloss of handling control.

WHEEL SELECTION

When replacing wheels, care should betaken to ensure that the wheels are re-placed by ones with the same load ca-pacity, diameter, rim width, and offset.

Correct replacement wheels are availableat your Toyota dealer.

A wheel of a different size or type mayadversely affect handling, wheel and bear-ing life, brake cooling, speedometer/odom-eter calibration, stopping ability, headlightaim, bumper height, vehicle ground clear-ance, and tire or snow chain clearance tothe body and chassis.

Replacement with used wheels is not rec-ommended as they may have been sub-jected to rough treatment or high mileageand could fail without warning. Also, bentwheels which have been straightened mayhave structural damage and thereforeshould not be used. Never use an innertube in a leaking wheel which is designedfor a tubeless tire.

CAUTION

Do not use wheels other than themanufacturer’s recommended size, asthis may cause dangerous handlingcharacteristics resulting in loss ofcontrol. Otherwise, an accident mayoccur resulting in death or seriousinjuries.

Initial adjustment of the tire pressurewarning system is necessary after youhave rotated your tires. See “Tire pres-sure warning system” on page 155 inSection 1−7.

Replacing wheels

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

358


� When installing aluminum wheels,check that the wheel nuts are tightafter driving your vehicle the first 1600km (1000 miles).

� If you have rotated, repaired, orchanged your tires, check that thewheel nuts are still tight after driving1600 km (1000 miles).

� When using tire chains, be careful notto damage the aluminum wheels.

� Use only Toyota wheel nuts andwrench designed for your aluminumwheels.

� When balancing your wheels, use onlyToyota balance weights or equivalentand a plastic or rubber hammer.

� As with any wheel, periodically checkyour aluminum wheels for damage. Ifdamaged, replace immediately.

Aluminum wheel precautions

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

359


DO−IT−YOURSELF MAINTENANCEElectrical componentsChecking battery condition 360. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Battery recharging precautions 361. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checking and replacing fuses 362. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding washer fluid 363. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Replacing light bulbs 364. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 7− 3

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

360


CAUTION

BATTERY PRECAUTIONS

The battery produces flammable andexplosive hydrogen gas.

� Do not cause a spark from the bat-tery with tools.

� Do not smoke or light a match nearthe battery.

The electrolyte contains poisonousand corrosive sulfuric acid.

� Avoid contact with eyes, skin orclothes.

� Never ingest electrolyte.

� Wear protective safety glasses whenworking near the battery.

� Keep children away from the bat-tery.

EMERGENCY MEASURES

� If electrolyte gets in your eyes,flush your eyes with clean waterimmediately and get immediatemedical attention. If possible, con-tinue to apply water with a spongeor cloth while en route to the medi-cal office.

� If electrolyte gets on your skin,thoroughly wash the contact area. Ifyou feel pain or burning, get medi-cal attention immediately.

� If electrolyte gets on your clothes,there is a possibility of its soakingthrough to your skin, so immediate-ly take off the exposed clothing andfollow the procedure above, if nec-essary.

� If you accidentally swallow electro-lyte, drink a large quantity of wateror milk. Follow with milk of magne-sia, beaten raw egg or vegetableoil. Then go immediately for emer-gency help.

Terminals

Hold−downclamp

Ground cable

Check the battery for corroded or looseterminal connections, cracks, or loosehold−down clamp.

a. If the battery is corroded, wash it offwith a solution of warm water and bak-ing soda. Coat the outside of the termi-nals with grease to prevent further cor-rosion.

b. If the terminal connections are loose,tighten their clamp nuts—but do notovertighten.

c. Tighten the hold−down clamp onlyenough to keep the battery firmly inplace. Overtightening may damage thebattery case.

Checking battery c ondition——Precautions —Checking battery exterior

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

361


NOTICE

� Be sure the engine and all accesso-ries are off before performing main-tenance.

� When checking the battery, removethe ground cable from the negativeterminal (“−” mark) first and rein-stall it last.

� Be careful not to cause a short cir-cuit with tools.

� Take care no solution gets into thebattery when washing it.

If the battery is disconnected or rundown, the driver’s power window (coupe)and moon roof may not operate automati-cally and the jam protection will not func-tion correctly after you reconnect, replaceor recharge the battery. In any of thesecases, you should initialize the power win-dow and moon roof. To initialize the powerwindow and moon roof, see “Power win-dows” on page 24 and “Electric moonroof” on page 34 in Section 1−2.

Type A

Green DarkClear orlight yellow

Type B

Blue White Red

CHECKING BY INDICATOR

Check the battery condition by the indi-cator color.

Indicator colorCondition

Type A Type B

Green Blue Good

Dark White

Charging necessary.Have batterychecked by yourToyota dealer.

Clear orlight

yellowRed

Have batterychecked by yourToyota dealer.

During recharging, the battery is pro-ducing hydrogen gas.

Therefore, before recharging:

1. If recharging with the battery installedon the vehicle, be sure to disconnectthe ground cable.

2. Be sure the power switch on the re-charger is off when connecting thecharger cables to the battery and whendisconnecting them.

CAUTION

� Always charge the battery in an un-confined area. Do not charge thebattery in a garage or closed roomwhere there is not sufficient ventila-tion.

� Only do a slow charge (5 A orless). Charging at a quicker rate isdangerous. The battery may ex-plode, causing personal injuries.

NOTICE

Never recharge the battery while theengine is running. Also, be sure allaccessories are turned off.

—Checking battery c ondition Battery recharging pr ecautions

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

362


Good Blown

Type A

Good Blown

Type B

Good Blown

Type C

Good Blown

Type D

If the headlights or other electricalcomponents do not work, check thefuses. If any of the fuses are blown,they must be replaced.

See “Fuse locations” on page 338 in Sec-tion 7−1 for locations of the fuses.

Turn the engine switch and inoperativecomponent off. Pull the suspected fusestraight out and check it.

Determine which fuse may be causing theproblem. The lid of the fuse box showsthe name of the circuit for each fuse. Seepage 377 in Section 8 for the functionscontrolled by each circuit.

Checking and replacing fuses

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

363


Type A and B fuses can be pulled out bythe pull−out tool. The location of the pull−out tool is shown in the illustration.

If you are not sure whether the fuse hasblown, try replacing the suspected fusewith one that you know is good.

If the fuse has blown, push a new fuseinto the clip.

Only install a fuse with the amperage rat-ing designated on the fuse box lid.

If you do not have a spare fuse, in anemergency you can pull out the “P/POINT”or “RAD1” fuse, which may be dispens-able for normal driving, and use it if itsamperage rating is the same.

If you cannot use one of the same amper-age, use one that is lower, but as closeto the rating as possible. If the amperageis lower than that specified, the fusemight blow out again but this does notindicate anything wrong. Be sure to getthe correct fuse as soon as possible andreturn the substitute to its original clip.

It is a good idea to purchase a set ofspare fuses and keep them in your ve-hicle for emergencies.

If the new fuse immediately blows out,there is a problem with the electrical sys-tem. Have your Toyota dealer correct it assoon as possible.

You should normalize the driver’s powerwindow (coupe) and moon roof may notoperate correctly after replacing blownfuses. To normalize the power window andmoon roof, see “Power windows” on page24 and “Electric moon roof” on page 34in Section 1−2.

CAUTION

Never use a fuse with a higher am-perage rating, or any other object, inplace of a fuse. This may cause ex-tensive damage and possibly a fire.

If any washer does not work or the lowwindshield washer fluid level warninglight comes on, the washer tank may beempty. Add washer fluid.

You may use plain water as washer fluid.However, in cold areas where tempera-tures range below the freezing point, usewasher fluid containing antifreeze. Thisproduct is available at your Toyota dealerand most auto parts stores. Follow themanufacturer’s directions for how much tomix with water.

NOTICE

Do not use engine antifreeze or anyother substitute because it may dam-age your vehicle’s paint.

Adding washer fluid

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

364


The following illustrations show how togain access to the bulbs. When replacinga bulb, make sure the engine switch andlight switch are off. Use bulbs with thewattage ratings given in the table.

The stop/tail and rear side maker lightsand high mounted stoplight (convertible)consist of a number of LEDs. If any ofthe LEDs burn out, take your vehicle toyour Toyota dealer to have the light re-placed.

If one or more LEDs in a stop/tail lightburn out, your vehicle may not conform tolocal laws (SAE).

CAUTION

� To prevent burning yourself, do notreplace the light bulbs while theyare hot.

� Halogen bulbs have pressurized gasinside and require special handling.They can burst or shatter ifscratched or dropped. Hold a bulbonly by its plastic or metal case.Do not touch the glass part of abulb with bare hands.

Vehicle with discharge headlights—

� Do not touch the high−intensity dis-charge headlight’s high voltagesocket when the headlights areturned on. An extremely high volt-age of 20000 V will be dischargedand could result in serious injury ordeath by electric shock.

� Do not attempt to take apart or re-pair the low beam headlight bulbs,connectors, power supply circuits,or related components. Doing socould result in electric shock andserious injury or death. Call yourToyota dealer for headlight repair orservicing, including replacement ofbulbs and bulb disposal.

NOTICE

Only use a bulb of the listed type.

The inside of the lens of exterior lightssuch as headlights may temporarily fog upwhen the lens becomes wet in the rain orin a car wash. This is not a problembecause the fogging is caused by thetemperature difference between the outsideand inside of the lens, just like thewindshield fogs up in the rain. However, ifthere is a large drop of water on theinside of the lens, or if there is waterpooled inside the light, contact yourToyota dealer.

Replacing light bulbs—

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

365


Light bulbs BulbNo.

W Type

Headlights (low)With dischargeheadlightsWithoutdischargeheadlights

—35

55

A

B

Headlights (high beam)

— 65 C

Front fog lights — 55 B

Parking, frontside marker andfront turn signallights

3457NA 30/8 E

Rear turn signallights

T20NA 21 E

Back−up lights 921 16 D

License platelights

194 3.8 D

High mountedstoplight (coupe)

921 17.9 D

Personal lights (coupe)

— 5 D

Light bulbs BulbNo.

W Type

Personal lights (convertible)

— 8 F

Interior light — 8 G

Vanity lights (coupe)

— 1.4 G

Vanity lights (convertible)

— 1.5 F

Glove box light — 1.2 D

Quarter trimcourtesy light

194 3.8 F

Trunk light (coupe)

2825 5 D

Trunk light (convertible)

— 3.8 D

A: D4S discharge bulbs B: H11 halogen bulbsC: HIR1 halogen bulbsD: Wedge base bulbs (clear)E: Wedge base bulb (amber)F: Single end bulbsG: Double end bulbs

1. Open the hood. Turn the bulb covercounterclockwise and remove it.

—Low beam headlights(except discharge headlights)

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

366


2. Turn the bulb base counterclockwiseto the front of the vehicle as shown.

The above illustration shows the left−handheadlight.

3. Unplug the connector while depress-ing the lock release.

If the connector is tight, wiggle it.

4. Plug in a new bulb into the connec-tor and install it into the mountinghole.

Aiming is not necessary after replacingthe bulb. When aiming adjustment is nec-essary, contact your Toyota dealer.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

367


5. Install the bulb cover and turn itclockwise.


1. Open the hood. Unplug the connec-tor while depressing the lock re-lease.

If the connector is tight, wiggle it.

The above illustration shows the left−handheadlight.

2. Turn the bulb base counterclockwiseto the front of the vehicle as shown.

—High beam headlights

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

368


3. Install a new bulb into the mountinghole. Plug the connector.


—Rear turn signal lights

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

369


Use a flathead screwdriver.

—High mounted stoplight(coupe) —License plate lights

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

370


If either the left or right front fog, park-ing, front side marker, front turn signaland back−up lights burns out, contactyour Toyota dealer.

NOTICE

Do not try to replace the front fog,parking, front side marker and frontturn signal light bulbs by yourself.You may damage the vehicle.

—Front fog, parking, frontside marker, front turn signaland back−up lights

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

371


SPECIFICATIONSSpecificationsDimensions and weight 372. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine 372. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel 373. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Service specifications 373. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tires 377. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuses 377. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 8

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

372


Model:2AZ−FE and 3MZ−FE

Type:

2AZ−FE engine4 cylinder in line, 4 cycle, gasoline

3MZ−FE engine6 cylinder V type 4 cycle, gasoline

Bore and stroke, mm (in.):

2AZ−FE engine88.5 � 96.0 (3.48 � 3.78)

3MZ−FE engine92.0 � 83.0 (3.62 � 3.27)

Displacement, cm3 (cu. in.):2AZ−FE engine 2362 (144.1)3MZ−FE engine 3311 (201.9)

Dimensions and weight

Overall length mm (in.)

Overall width mm (in.)

Overall height∗ mm (in.)

Wheelbase mm (in.)

Front tread mm (in.)

Rear tread mm (in.)

Vehicle capacity weight(occupants + luggage) kg (lb.)

∗: Unladen vehicle

1440 (56.7)

4890 (192.5)

1815 (71.5)

2720 (107.1)

1545 (60.8)

1535 (60.4)

410 (900)

Coupe

1450 (57.1)

4890 (192.5)

1815 (71.5)

2720 (107.1)

1545 (60.8)

1535 (60.4)

342 (754)

Convertible

Engine

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

373


Fuel type:

Unleaded gasoline, Octane Rating 87(Research Octane Number 91) or higher

Fuel tank capacity, L (gal., Imp. gal.):70 (18.5, 15.4)

ENGINE

Valve clearance (engine cold), mm (in.):

2.4 L 4−cylinder (2AZ−FE) engineIntake 0.19—0.29 (0.007—0.011)Exhaust 0.38—0.48 (0.015—0.019)

3.3 L V6 (3MZ−FE) engineIntake 0.15—0.25 (0.006—0.010)Exhaust 0.25—0.35 (0.010—0.014)

Spark plug type:DENSO SK20R11NGK IFR6A11

Spark plug gap, mm(in.):1.1 (0.043)

3.3 L V6 (3MZ−FE) engine only—Drivebelt tension measured with Borroughsdrive belt tension gauge No.BT−33−73F(used belt), Ibf:

115�20

ENGINE LUBRICATION

Oil capacity (drain and refill), L (qt., Imp.qt.):

2.4 L 4−cylinder (2AZ−FE) engineWith filter 4.3 (4.5, 3.7)Without filter 4.1 (4.3, 3.6)

3.3 L V6 (3MZ−FE) engineWith filter 4.7 (5.0, 4.1)Without filter 4.5 (4.8, 4.0)

“Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” is used inyour Toyota vehicle. Use Toyota approved“Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” or equivalentto satisfy the following grade andviscosity.

Oil grade:ILSAC multigrade engine oil

Fuel Service specifications

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

374


Recommended oil viscosity:

2.4 L 4−cylinder (2AZ−FE) engineSAE 5W−20 or 0W−20

Outside temperature

3.3 L V6 (3MZ−FE) engineSAE 5W−30

Outside temperature

Please contact your Toyota dealer for fur-ther details.

COOLING SYSTEM

Total capacity, L (qt., Imp. qt.):2.4 L 4−cylinder (2AZ−FE) engine

6.2 (6.6, 5.4)3.3 L V6 (3MZ−FE) engine

9.2 (9.8, 8.1)

Coolant type:

“Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” isused in your Toyota vehicle at factoryfill. In order to avoid technical problems,only use “Toyota Super Long LifeCoolant” or similar high quality ethyleneglycol based non−silicate, non−amine,non−nitrite, and non−borate coolant withlong−life hybrid organic acid technology.(Coolant with long−life hybrid organicacid technology is a combination of lowphosphates and organic acids.)


Please contact your Toyota dealer forfurther details.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

375


BATTERY

Open voltage∗ at 20�C (68�F):12.6—12.8 V Fully charged12.2—12.4 V Half charged11.8—12.0 V Discharged

∗: Voltage that is checked 20 minutes af-ter the key is removed with all the lightsturned off

Charging rates:5 A max.

NOTE: If replacement is necessary, makesure to do so with a battery thatmeets the same standard as theoriginal.

CLUTCH

Pedal free play, mm (in.):5—15 (0.2—0.6)

Fluid type:SAE J1703 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 3

MANUAL TRANSAXLE

Oil capacity, L (qt., Imp. qt.):2.5 (2.6, 2.2)

Oil type:Gear oil API GL−4 or GL−5

Recommended oil viscosity:SAE 75W−90

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE

Fluid capacity (drain and refill), L (qt.,Imp. qt.):

3.5 (3.7, 3.1)

Fluid type:

2.4 L 4−cylinder (2AZ−FE) engineToyota Genuine ATF WS

3.3 L V6 (3MZ−FE) engineToyota Genuine ATF Type T−IV

Change automatic transmission fluid onlyas necessary.

Generally, it is necessary to changeautomatic transmission fluid only if yourvehicle is driven under one of the SpecialOperating Conditions listed in your“Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or“Owner’s Manual Supplement”. Whenchanging the automatic transmission fluid,use only the following types to aid inassuring optimum transaxle performance.

2.4 L 4−cylinder (2AZ−FE) engine“Toyota Genuine ATF WS” (ATFJWS3324 or NWS9638)

3.3 L V6 (3MZ−FE) engine“Toyota Genuine ATF Type T−IV” (ATFJWS3309 or NWS6500)

Notice: Using automatic transmissionfluid other than “Toyota Genuine ATFWS” (2.4 L 4−cylinder [2AZ−FE] engine)or “Toyota genuine ATF Type T−IV” (3.3L V6 [3MZ−FE] engine) may cause dete-rioration in shift quality, locking up ofyour transmission accompanied byvibration, and ultimately damage the au-tomatic transmission of your vehicle.

Please contact your Toyota dealer for fur-ther details.

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

376


BRAKES

Minimum pedal clearance when depressedwith the force of 490 N (50 kgf, 110 lbf)with the engine running, mm (in.):

With vehicle stability control system78 (3.1)

Without vehicle stability control system68.5 (2.7)

Pedal free play, mm (in.): 1—6 (0.04—0.24)

Pad wear limit, mm (in.): 1.0 (0.04)

Lining wear limit, mm (in.): 1.0 (0.04)

Parking brake adjustment when pulled withthe force of 196 N (20 kgf, 44 lbf):

6—9 clicks

Fluid type: SAE J1703 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 3

STEERING

Wheel free play: Less than 30 mm (1.2 in.)

Power steering fluid type: Automatic transmission fluid DEXRON�IIor III

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

377


Engine compartment

Tires

Tire size

P215/60R16 94V

Front

P215/55R17 93V

200 (2.0, 29)

220 (2.2, 32)

Rear

200 (2.0, 29)

220 (2.2, 32)

Wheel size

16 � 6 1/2 J16 � 6 1/2 JJ

17 � 7 J

When driving under the above driving conditions at sustained high speedsabove 160 km/h (100 mph), in countries where such speeds are permittedby law, inflate the front and rear tires to 240 kPa (2.4 kgf/cm2 or bar, 35psi) provided that it does not exceed the maximum cold tire inflation pressuremolded on the tire sidewall.

Tire size and cold tire inflation pressure:Front and rear kPa (kgf/cm2 or bar, psi)

NOTE: For a complete information on tires (e.g. replacing tires or replacingwheels), see “Checking tire inflation pressure” through “Aluminumwheel precautions”, pages 349 through 358, in Section 7−2.

Wheel nut torque, N·m (kgf·m, ft·lbf):103 (10.5, 76)

Tire size

P215/60R16 94V

Front

P215/55R17 93V

200 (2.0, 29)

220 (2.2, 32)

Rear

200 (2.0, 29)

220 (2.2, 32)

Wheel size

16 � 6 1/2 J16 � 6 1/2 JJ

17 � 7 J

Spare kPa (kgf/cm2 or bar, psi)

T155/70R17 110M 420 (4.2, 60) 420 (4.2, 60) 17 � 4 T

Fuses

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

378


Instrument panel

Fuses (type A)

1. HEAD LH LWR 15 A: Left−hand head-light (low beam)

2. HEAD RH LWR 15 A: Right−handheadlight (low beam)

3. DRL 5 A: Daytime running light system

4. A/C 10 A: Air conditioning system

5. EFI2 5 A: Multiport fuel injection sys-tem/sequential multiport fuel injectionsystem

6. ST 5 A: Starting system

7. SPARE 10 A: Spare fuse



10. AM2 30 A: Starting system, “IGN” and“IG2” fuses

11. HEAD LH UPR 10 A: Left−hand head-light (high beam)

12. HEAD RH UPR 10 A: Right−handheadlight (high beam)

13. ALT−S 5 A: Charging system

14. IGN 15 A: Ignition system, multi−infor-mation display

15. IG2 10 A: Multiport fuel injection sys-tem/sequential multiport fuel injectionsystem, SRS airbag system, cruisecontrol system, gauges and meters,front passenger occupant classificationsystem

16. DOOR1 25 A: Multiplex communicationsystem (power door lock system, auto−door locking system, wireless remotecontrol system)

17. EFI 20 A: Multiport fuel injection sys-tem/sequential multiport fuel injectionsystem, emission control system

18. HORN 10 A: Horns

19. D.C.C 30 A: “ECU−B”, “RAD1” and“DOME” fuses

20. A/F 25 A: Multiport fuel injection sys-tem/sequential multiport fuel injectionsystem

21. ABS No.2 25 A: Anti−lock brake sys-tem, vehicle stability control system,traction control system, brake assistsystem

22. ETCS 10 A: Multiport fuel injectionsystem/sequential multiport fuel injec-tion system

23. HAZ 15 A: Emergency flashers

Fuses (type B)

24. P/W No.2 7.5 A (convertible): Sidepower windows

25. FOG 15 A: Front fog lights

26. OBD 7.5 A: On−board diagnosis sys-tem

27. AMP 25 A: Audio system

28. STOP 15 A: Stop lights, high mountedstoplight, anti−lock brake system, shiftlock control system, vehicle stabilitycontrol system, multiport fuel injectionsystem/sequential multiport fuel injec-tion system

29. AM1 7.5 A: Starting system

30. P/W 25 A: Power windows

31. S/ROOF 25 A: Electric moon roof

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

379


32. TAIL 10 A: Tail lights, parking lights,license plate lights, front fog lights,multiport fuel injection system/sequen-tial multiport fuel injection system

33. PANEL 10 A: Glove box light, multi−in-formation display, instrument clusterlights, instrument panel lights

34. ECU−IG 10 A: SRS airbag system,anti−lock brake system, vehicle stabilitycontrol system, traction control system,brake assist system, compass, anti−glare inside rear view mirror, electricmoon roof, power windows, multiplexcommunication system

35. HTR 10 A: Air conditioning system,rear window defogger, outside rearview mirror defoggers

36. WASH 15 A: Windshield washer

37. S/HTR 20 A: Seat heaters

38. GAUGE1 10 A: Gauges and meters,multi−information display, shift lock con-trol system, turn signal lights, back−uplights, cruise control system, chargingsystem, theft deterrent system, auto-matic transmission

39. WIP 25 A: Windshield wipers

40. RAD1 20 A: Audio system

41. ECU−B 10 A: Multiplex communicationsystem (power door lock system, secu-rity system, auto−door locking system,automatic light control system, head-light delay off system, tail light autocut system, illuminated entry system,daytime running light system, wirelessremote control system), air conditioningsystem, front passenger occupant clas-sification system, gauges and meters,vehicle stability control system

42. DOME 7.5 A: Engine switch light, inte-rior light, personal lights, trunk light,vanity lights, wireless remote controlsystem, multi−information display

43. ECU ACC 7.5 A: Power rear view mir-rors, multi−information display, gaugesand meters, automatic transmission,multiplex communication system

44. CIG 15 A: Power outlet

45. P/POINT 15 A: Power outlet

46. RAD2 10 A: Audio system

47. MIR HTR 10 A: Outside rear view mir-ror defoggers, multiport fuel injectionsystem/sequential multiport fuel injec-tion system

Fuses (type C)

48. MAIN 40 A: Headlights, daytime run-ning light system, multiport fuel injec-tion system/sequential multiport fuel in-jection system, “HEAD LH LWR”,“HEAD RH LWR”, “HEAD LH UPR”,“HEAD RH UPR” and “DRL” fuses

49. ABS No.1 50 A: Anti−lock brake sys-tem, vehicle stability control system,traction control system, brake assistsystem

50. CDS 30 A: Electric cooling fan

51. RDI 30 A: Electric cooling fan

52. HTR 50 A: Air conditioning system

53. TSK 30 A (convertible): Convertibletop control system, quarter windows

54. PWR 30 A: Side power windows

55. P/SEAT 30 A: Power seats

Fuses (type D)

56. ALT 120 A: “HEAD LH LWR”, “HEADRH LWR”, “DRL”, “A/C”, “AM2”, “HEADLH UPR”, “HEAD RH UPR”, “ALT−S”,“IGN”, “IG2”, “DOOR1”, “EFI”, “HORN”,“D.C.C”, “A/F”, “ABS No.2”, “ETCS”,“HAZ”, “DEF”, “MAIN”, “ABS No.1”,“CDS”, “RDI” and “HTR (50 A)” fuses

57. DEF 40 A: Rear window defogger, out-side rear view mirror defoggers

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

380


’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

381


FOR OWNERSFor ownersReporting safety defects for U.S. owners 382. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Seat belt instructions for Canadian owners (in French) 382. . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 9

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

382


If you believe that your vehiclehas a defect which could cause acrash or could cause injury ordeath, you should immediately in-form the National Highway TrafficSafety Administration (NHTSA) inaddition to notifying Toyota MotorSales, U.S.A., Inc. (Toll−free: 1−800−331−4331).If NHTSA receives similar com-plaints, it may open an investiga-tion, and if it finds that a safetydefect exists in a group of ve-hicles, it may order a recall andremedy campaign. However,NHTSA cannot become involvedin individual problems betweenyou, your dealer, or Toyota MotorSales, U.S.A., Inc.

To contact NHTSA, you may callthe Vehicle Safety Hotline toll−freeat 1−888−327−4236 (TTY:1−800−424−9153); go tohttp://www.safercar.gov; or writeto: Administrator, NHTSA, 1200New Jersey Ave, S.E.,Washington, DC 20590. You canalso obtain other information aboutmotor vehicle safety fromhttp://www.safercar.gov.

The following is a French explanationof seat belt instructions extracted fromthe seat belt section in this manual.

See the seat belt section for more de-tailed seat belt instructions in English.

Reporting safety defects forU.S. owners

Seat belt instructions forCanadian owners (inFrench)—

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

383


’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

384


’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

385


’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

386


’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

387


INDEXIndex

SECTION 10

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

388


AAdding washer fluid 363. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjustment

Front seats 46,47. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Seat belt 52. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Air conditioning filter 233. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Air conditioning system

Automatic air conditioning system 226. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Manual air conditioning system 220. . . . . . Airbags 61,67,73,81. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . All window control switches 24. . . . . . . . . . . . Aluminum wheel precautions 358. . . . . . . . . . Anti−glare inside rear view mirror 110. . . . . . Anti−lock brake system warning light

(brake assist system warning light) 133. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Anti−theft steering column lock 144. . . . . . . . Appearance care

Cleaning the interior 327. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Protecting your Toyota from

corrosion 322. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Washing and waxing 323. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Ashtray 245. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Audio remote controls 180. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Audio system 168. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Audio system

AUX 181. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Audio system operating tips 182. . . . . . . . . . . Auto anti−glare inside rear view mirror

Compass 241. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Automatic air conditioning system 226. . . . . .

Automatic door locking and unlocking functions 23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Automatic transmissionDriving with an automatic

transmission 146. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shift lock override button 318. . . . . . . . . . . . Shift pattern 146. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shifting speed 146. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

AUX 181. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auxiliary boxes 252. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auxiliary catch, Engine hood 30. . . . . . . . . . .

BBattery

Checking battery condition 360. . . . . . . . . . Gas caution 360. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handling safety 360. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Recharging precautions 361. . . . . . . . . . . . . Winter driving tips 293. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Before starting the engine 290. . . . . . . . . . . . . Bluetooth� 189. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brake pad wear limit indicators 268. . . . . . . . Brake system 264. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brake system warning light 133. . . . . . . . . . . . Brakes

Fluid level 348. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pad wear limit indicators 268. . . . . . . . . . . . Parking 162. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Break−in tips 258. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brightness control 123. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

CCarbon monoxide caution 262. . . . . . . . . . . . . Cargo and luggage

Capacity 284. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Capacity and distribution 285. . . . . . . . . . . . Stowage precautions 285. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cargo net 255. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Certification label 268. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Charging system warning light 133. . . . . . . . . Checking and replacing fuses 362. . . . . . . . . Checking and replacing the air

conditioning filter 233. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checking brake fluid 348. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checking the engine oil level 344. . . . . . . . . . Checking the radiator and

condenser 347. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Child restraint

Child restraint system 87. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Installation 88. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Installation with child restraint

lower anchorages 102,103. . . . . . . . . . . . Precautions 85. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Types of child restraint system 87. . . . . . . . Using a top strap 98,100. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cigarette lighter 245. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cleaning the interior 327. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Clock 241. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cold weather

Operation 293. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Compact disc changer 168. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Compact disc changer controller 168. . . . . . . Compact disc player 168. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Compass 241. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Condenser

Checking the condenser 347. . . . . . . . . . . .

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

389


Console boxRear 253. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Controls, Instrument panel 2,7. . . . . . . . . . . . Controls, steering switches 6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Convertible top

Convertible top 36. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If the convertible top does not

rise or lower 319. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cooling system

Coolant level 346. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine overheating 304. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Radiator and reservoir 346. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Radiator cap 304. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Winter driving tips 293. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Corrosion prevention 322. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cruise control 163. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cruise information display 239. . . . . . . . . . . . . Cup holders 254. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

DDefogger

Outside rear view mirror 127. . . . . . . . . . . . Rear window 127. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Dimmer switch, Headlight 116,119. . . . . . . . . Dinghy towing 294. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Directional signals 116,119. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Do−it−yourself maintenance

Parts and tools 341. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Service precautions 338. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Does your vehicle need repairing? 333. . . . . Doors

Side doors 21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Driver’s seat belt reminder buzzer 133. . . . . . Driver’s seat belt reminder light 133. . . . . . . .

DrivingAutomatic transmission 146. . . . . . . . . . . . . Driving tips 290. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manual transmission 150. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Driving in the rain 292. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Driving tips

Driving in the rain 292. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Driving tips in various conditions 291. . . . . Driving with a manual

transmission 150. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Driving with an automatic

transmission 146. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Economical driving 296. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Good driving practice 146,150. . . . . . . . . . . Winter driving tips 293. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

DuringBreak−in 258. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

EEconomical driving

Saving money on both fuel and repairs 296. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Electric moon roof 34. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electrical system

Battery 360,361. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuse locations 338. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuses 362. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Emergency flasher switch 122. . . . . . . . . . . . . Emergency, In case of

Blown fuse 362. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Emergency flasher switch 122. . . . . . . . . . . Flat tire 305. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

If the convertible top does not rise or lower 319. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

If you cannot increase engine speed 304. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

If you cannot shift automatic transmission selector lever 318. . . . . . . .

If you lose your keys 320. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If you lose your wireless remote

control transmitter 320. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If your engine stalls while driving 303. . . . . If your vehicle becomes stuck 315. . . . . . . If your vehicle needs to be towed 315. . . . . If your vehicle will not start 300. . . . . . . . . . Jump starting 301. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overheating 304. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Towing 315. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Emissions Inspection and Maintenance (I/M) programs 334. . . . . . . . .

EngineBefore starting the engine 290. . . . . . . . . . . Checking the coolant level 346. . . . . . . . . . Emission control device 261. . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine compartment 336. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Exhaust gas caution 262. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hood release 30. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Identification number 269. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil consumption 263. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil level 344. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overheating 304. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Starting procedure 290. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Three−way catalytic converter 261. . . . . . .

Engine coolantTemperature gauge 130. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Winter driving tips 293. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

390


Engine coolant temperature gauge 130. . . . . Engine immobilizer system 14. . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine oil

Winter driving tips 293. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine oil replacement reminder

light 133. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine switch 144. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Exhaust gas caution 262. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

FFacts about engine oil consumption 263. . . . Flasher, Headlight 116,119. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flat tire

After changing wheels 314. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing tire 311. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If you have a flat tire 305. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Jack point 310. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Jacking precautions 305. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Jacking up 311. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Loosening wheel nuts 310. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lowering vehicle 313. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reinstalling wheel ornament 313. . . . . . . . . Removing wheel ornament 309. . . . . . . . . . Wheel block 309. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wheel nuts 312. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Floor mat 256. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fluid level

Brake 348. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power steering 348. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Washer fluid 363. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fog light switch, Front 123. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fold−down rear seat 49. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Foreign countries, Operation in 260. . . . . . . . Front fog light switch 123. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front passenger occupant

classification system 81. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front passenger’s seat belt

reminder buzzer 133. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front passenger’s seat belt

reminder light 133. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front seat

Rear seat entry 48. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front seats 45,46,47. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel

Filler door opener 32. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel economy 296. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel pump shut off system 260. . . . . . . . . . Gauge 130. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operation in foreign countries 260. . . . . . . Tank cap 32. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fuel information 258. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel pump shut off system 260. . . . . . . . . . . . Fuse

Fuse box 362. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuse locations 338. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

GGarage door opener 247. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gauge

Engine coolant temperature 130. . . . . . . . . Fuel 130. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Glove box 252. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Good driving practice 146,150. . . . . . . . . . . . . Grocery bag hooks 255. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

HHands−free phone system 189. . . . . . . . . . . . Hazard switch 122. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Head restraints 51. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Headlight beam level control dial 121. . . . . . . Headlight switch 116,119. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High speed operation

During break−in 258. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hood release, Engine 30. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . How to start the engine 290. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

II/M test 334. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Identification

Engine 269. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tire 274. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vehicle 268. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Ignition switch 144. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ignition switch light 124. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Indicator symbols 8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Instrument panel

Brightness control 123. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel gauge 130. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Indicator symbols 8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Odometer 131. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tachometer 131. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Trip meter 131. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Instrument panel light control 123. . . . . . . . . . Instrument panel overview 2,7. . . . . . . . . . . . Internal trunk release handle 29. . . . . . . . . . .

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

391


JJack

Location 307. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Jack, Audio

AUX 181. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Jump starting 301. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

KKey reminder buzzer 133. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Keys 12,320. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

LLight bulbs

Back−up light 370. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front fog light 370. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front side marker light 370. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front turn signal light 370. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Headlight 365,367. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High mounted stoplight 369. . . . . . . . . . . . . License plate lights 369. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Parking light 370. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rear turn signal light 368. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Light bulbs, Replacing 364. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Light, Interior

Ignition switch light 124. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interior light 123. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Personal light 125. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quarter trim courtesy light 124. . . . . . . . . . .

Load capacity 284. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

LockInternal trunk release handle 29. . . . . . . . . Side doors 21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Steering column 144. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Trunk lid 28. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Low engine oil pressure warning light 133. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Low fuel level warning light 133. . . . . . . . . . . . Low tire pressure warning light 155. . . . . . . . . Low windshield washer fluid level

warning light 133. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Luggage security system 28. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

MMaintenance

Do−it−yourself maintenance 338. . . . . . . . . Does your vehicle need

repairing? 333. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General maintenance 331. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maintenance requirements 330. . . . . . . . . . Parts and tools 341. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Where to go for service 330. . . . . . . . . . . . .

Malfunction indicator lamp 334. . . . . . . . . . . . Malfunction indicator lamp

Emissions Inspection and Maintenance (I/M) programs 133. . . . . . .

Service reminder indicator 133. . . . . . . . . . Manual air conditioning system 220. . . . . . . . Manual transmission

Driving with a manual transmission 150. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Shift pattern 150. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shifting speed 150. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maximum allowable speedAutomatic transmission 146. . . . . . . . . . . . . Manual transmission 150. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

MirrorAnti−glare inside rear view 110. . . . . . . . . . Auto anti−glare inside rear view 111. . . . . .

MirrorsOutside rear view 109. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power rear view 110. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vanity 113. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Moon roof 34. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multi−information displays 238. . . . . . . . . . . .

NNew vehicle break−in 258. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

OOdometer 131. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil

Consumption 263. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power steering 348. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Viscosity and grade 344. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Oil consumption 263. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Open door warning light 133. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operation in foreign countries 260. . . . . . . . . Outside temperature display 241. . . . . . . . . . . Overheating, Engine 304. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overheating, Engine coolant 130. . . . . . . . . . Overview

Engine compartment 336. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

392


PParking brake

Operation 162. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reminder light 162. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Polishing 323. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Positioning a floor jack 340. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power outlet 246. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power rear view mirror control 110. . . . . . . . . Power steering

Fluid level 348. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power window switches 24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Preloaders

(seat belt pretensioners) 58. . . . . . . . . . . . . Pretensioners

(seat belt pretensioners) 58. . . . . . . . . . . . . Protecting your Toyota from

corrosion 322. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

QQuarter trim courtesy light 124. . . . . . . . . . . . Quarter windows 24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

RRadiator

Checking the radiator 347. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Coolant, Engine 346. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Radio 168. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rear console box 253. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rear seat

Fold−down 49. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Rear view mirrorAnti−glare inside 110. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Rear view mirror, auto anti−glare inside 111. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Rear view mirrorsOutside 109. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power 110. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Rear window and outside rear view mirror defogger switch 127. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Reporting safety defects for U.S. owners 382. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SSatellite radio controller 168. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Seat adjustment precautions

Front seats 45. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Seat belt extender 56. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Seat belts

Cleaning 327. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fastening 52. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Seat belt precautions 52. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Seat belt pretensioners 58. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Seat heater switches 50. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Seating capacity 284. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Seats 44. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Service and maintenance 330. . . . . . . . . . . . . Side door locks 21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Side door locks

Automatic locking and unlocking functions 23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Side doors 21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Side doors

Automatic locking and unlocking functions 23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Side vents 233. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Side windows 24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Spare fuse 362. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Spare tire 307. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Spark plugs

Iridium−tipped spark plugs 264. . . . . . . . . . Specifications 372. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SRS driver airbag and front

passenger airbag 61. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SRS side airbags 67. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SRS side airbags and curtain

shield airbags 73. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SRS warning light 133. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Starting

Cold weather 290. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine 290. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Jump starting 301. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SteeringAdjusting steering wheel 108. . . . . . . . . . . .

Steering switches overview 6. . . . . . . . . . . . . Steering switches, Audio remote

control 180. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Storage box 255. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sun visors 112. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Suspension and chassis 270. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Switch

Emergency flasher 122. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine 144. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Headlight, dimmer and turn

signal 116,119. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ignition 144. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Outside rear view mirror

defogger 127. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rear window defogger 127. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Windshield wiper and washer 126. . . . . . . .

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)

393


TTachometer 131. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Telescopic steering column 108. . . . . . . . . . . . Theft deterrent system 30. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Theft prevention labels 270. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Three−way catalytic converter 261. . . . . . . . . Tilt steering wheel 108. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tire pressure warning light 133. . . . . . . . . . . . Tire pressure warning system 155. . . . . . . . . Tires

Changing 305. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checking and replacing 352. . . . . . . . . . . . . Flat tire 305. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glossary 278. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inflation pressure 349,377. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Replacing wheels 357. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rotating tires 354. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Size 275,377. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Snow tires and chains 355. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Spare 307. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Symbols 271,273. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tire Identification Number (TIN) 274. . . . . .

Tools 307. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Towing

Dinghy towing 294. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Emergency towing 317. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If your vehicle needs to be towed 315. . . . . Trailer 295. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Traction control system 151. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Trailer towing 295. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Trip meter 131. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Trunk lid 28. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Turn signals 116,119. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Types of tires 287. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

UUniform tire quality grading 276. . . . . . . . . . . .

VVanity mirrors 113. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vehicle identification number 268. . . . . . . . . . Vehicle stability control system 154. . . . . . . . Vehicle stability control system

warning light 133. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

WWasher fluid

Adding washer fluid 363. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Washing and waxing 323. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wheels

Aluminum wheel 358. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Replacing wheels 357. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Windshield wiper and washer switch 126. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Winter driving tips 293. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wireless remote control 16,320. . . . . . . . . . . .

’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802)


Publication No. OM33810UPart No. 01999-33810Printed in Japan 01−0802−00

( U)

Quick index

� If a service reminder indicator or warning buzzer comes on 133. . . . . . . . . . .

� If your vehicle will not start 300. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� If your engine stalls while driving 303. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� If your vehicle overheats 304. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� If you have a flat tire 305. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� If your vehicle needs to be towed 315. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� Tips for driving during break−in period 258. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� How to start the engine 290. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� General maintenance 331. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Gas station information

Fuel type:

UNLEADED gasoline, Octane Rating 87 (Research Octane Number 91) orhigher

See page 258 for detailed information.

Fuel tank capacity: 70 L (18.5 gal., 15.4 Imp. gal.)

Engine oil: ILSAC multigrade engine oil is recommended.

See page 345 for detailed information.

Tire information: See pages 349 through 358.

Tire inflation pressure: See page 377.

hU 9

C

s3cf792cad773e861.jimcontent.com...’08 Solara_U (L/O 0802) i 2008 CAMRY SOLARA from Feb. ’08 Prod. (OM33810U) Foreword Welcome to the growing group of value−conscious people

Documents